2004 PDF

B ENGINE
EC
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM C
E
CONTENTS
KA24DE Fail-safe Chart ........................................................ 72 F
Basic Inspection ..................................................... 73
INDEX FOR DTC ...................................................... 17 Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 83
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 17 Engine Control Component Parts Location ............ 87 G
DTC No. Index ....................................................... 19 Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 89
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 22 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............. 90
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................... 90
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- H
CONSULT-II Function ............................................. 98
SIONER” ................................................................ 22 Generic Scan Tool (GST) ..................................... 109
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
of Engine ................................................................ 22 ..111 I
Engine Fuel & Emission Control System ............... 23 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Precautions ............................................................ 24 Mode ..................................................................... 112
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 25 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 115 J
PREPARATION ......................................................... 26 Description ............................................................ 115
Special Service Tools ............................................. 26 Testing Condition .................................................. 115
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 26 Inspection Procedure ............................................ 115
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 28 K
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 116
System Diagram ..................................................... 28 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 29 DENT ....................................................................... 119
System Chart ......................................................... 30 Description ............................................................ 119 L
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 30 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 119
Distributor Ignition (DI) System .............................. 32 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ........... 120
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................... 33 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 120 M
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 121
Speed) .................................................................... 33 Ground Inspection ................................................ 126
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) ................................................ 34 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER ..................... 127
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .............................. 35 Description ............................................................ 127
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Adjustment ............................................................. 35 . 127
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................. 45 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 127
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check ............................. 47 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 128
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 48 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 129
Introduction ............................................................ 48 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 130
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 48 Removal and Installation ...................................... 131
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 49 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 132
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 61 Description ............................................................ 132
OBD System Operation Chart ................................ 62 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 67 . 132
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 67 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 132
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 71
EC-1
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 133 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 179
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 134 Component Inspection .......................................... 181
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 135 DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ........................................ 182
Removal and Installation ...................................... 137 Component Description ........................................ 182
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 138 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 182
Component Description ........................................ 138 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 183
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 184
. 138 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 185
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 138 Component Inspection .......................................... 187
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 139 DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 188
Overall Function Check ........................................ 140 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 188
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 141 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 188
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 142 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 188
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 145 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................. 190
Component Description ........................................ 145 Component Description ........................................ 190
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 145 .190
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 145 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 190
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 146 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 191
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 147 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 192
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 151 Component Inspection .......................................... 195
Component Description ........................................ 151 Removal and Installation ....................................... 196
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 151 DTC P0133 HO2S1 ................................................. 197
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 152 Component Description ........................................ 197
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 153 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 154 .197
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 156 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 197
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Overall Function Check ......................................... 199
. 156 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 200
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 156 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 201
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 157 Component Inspection .......................................... 203
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 158 Removal and Installation ....................................... 205
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 159 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 206
Component Inspection .......................................... 160 Component Description ........................................ 206
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR ........................................ 161 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description ........................................ 161 .206
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 206
. 161 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 207
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 162 Overall Function Check ......................................... 208
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 162 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 209
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 164 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 210
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 165 Component Inspection .......................................... 211
Component Inspection .......................................... 168 Removal and Installation ....................................... 212
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 170 DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................. 213
. 170 .213
Component Inspection .......................................... 174 Component Inspection .......................................... 217
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 176 Removal and Installation ....................................... 219
Component Description ........................................ 176 DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................. 220
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 176 Component Description ........................................ 220
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 177 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 178 .220
EC-2
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 220 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 221 . 267 A
Overall Function Check ........................................ 221 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 267
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 223 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 267
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 224 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 269 EC
Component Inspection ......................................... 226 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 270
Removal and Installation ...................................... 228 Component Inspection .......................................... 272
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 229 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR ..................................... 273
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 229 Component Description ........................................ 273 C
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 229 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 273
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 232 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 275 D
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 236 Component Inspection .......................................... 278
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 236 Removal and Installation ...................................... 279 E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 236 DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION ................................. 280
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 238 Description ............................................................ 280
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 239 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 282
Component Inspection ......................................... 241 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 282 F
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ...................................... 242 Overall Function Check ........................................ 283
Component Description ........................................ 242 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 285
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 242 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 286 G
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 244 Removal and Installation ...................................... 290
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 245 DTC P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE FUNCTION .......... 291 H
Component Inspection ......................................... 246 Description ............................................................ 291
Removal and Installation ...................................... 246 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 291
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ......................... 247 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 292
I
Component Description ........................................ 247 Overall Function Check ........................................ 293
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 247 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 294
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 248 DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR ...................... 297 J
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 249 Component Description ........................................ 297
Component inspection ......................................... 250 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 297
Removal and Installation ...................................... 250 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 298 K
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE Overall Function Check ........................................ 298
ENRICHMENT PROTECTION ................................ 251 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 300
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 251 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 301 L
Overall Function Check ........................................ 251 Component Inspection .......................................... 302
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 252 Removal and Installation ...................................... 303
Main 11 Causes of Overheating ........................... 253 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 304
Component Inspection ......................................... 254 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 304 M
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 304
MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE ............................ 256 Overall Function Check ........................................ 305
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 257 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 309
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 257 System Description ............................................... 309
Component Inspection ......................................... 262 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 309
Removal and Installation ...................................... 262 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 310
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 263 Overall Function Check ........................................ 310
Component Description ........................................ 263 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 311
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 263 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 318
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 265 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 322
Component Inspection ......................................... 266 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL-
Removal and Installation ...................................... 266 UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 331
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (OBD) ......................... 267 Description ............................................................ 331
Component Description ........................................ 267 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EC-3
. 331 DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 392
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 335 Overall Function Check ......................................... 393
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 394
VALVE ..................................................................... 337 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 395
Component Description ........................................ 337 DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 397
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ............................................................ 397
. 337 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 337 .397
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 339 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 399
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 400
SENSOR .................................................................. 343 DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 402
Component Description ........................................ 343 Description ............................................................ 402
. 343 .402
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 407
SENSOR .................................................................. 350 Description ............................................................ 407
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .407
. 350 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 407
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 350 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 408
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 353 DTC P0510 CTP SWITCH ....................................... 412
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 360 Component Description ........................................ 412
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 362 Overall Function Check ......................................... 413
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 371 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 414
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 372 DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 419
Overall Function Check ........................................ 373 Component Description ........................................ 419
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 382 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 419
Component Description ........................................ 382 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 420
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 382 DTC P1143 HO2S1 .................................................. 421
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 386 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 422
Component Description ........................................ 386 Overall Function Check ......................................... 422
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 386 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 423
Overall Function Check ........................................ 386 Removal and Installation ....................................... 425
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 388 DTC P1144 HO2S1 .................................................. 426
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 388 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 388 .426
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 389 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 426
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 390 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 427
Removal and Installation ...................................... 391 Overall Function Check ......................................... 427
EC-4
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 428 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............................... 473
Removal and Installation ...................................... 430 Description ............................................................ 473 A
DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................. 431 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description ........................................ 431 . 473
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 474 EC
. 431 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 474
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 431 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 475
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 432 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 477
Overall Function Check ........................................ 432 DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL C
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 434 VALVE ..................................................................... 482
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 435 Component Description ........................................ 482
Removal and Installation ...................................... 437 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode D
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................. 438 . 482
Component Description ........................................ 438 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 482
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 482 E
. 438 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 483
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 438 DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 439 VALVE ..................................................................... 486
Overall Function Check ........................................ 439 Component Description ........................................ 486 F
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 441 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 442 . 486
Removal and Installation ...................................... 444 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 486 G
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ................ 445 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 487
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 445 Overall Function Check ........................................ 488
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 445 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 488 H
Overall Function Check ........................................ 445 DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 492
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ....... 447 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 493
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 447 Overall Function Check ........................................ 494
Overall Function Check ........................................ 447 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 495
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 448 DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 503
Main 11 Causes of Overheating ........................... 450 Component Description ........................................ 503 J
DTC P1336 CKP SENSOR (OBD) ......................... 451 On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 503
Component Description ........................................ 451 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 503
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 451 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 504 K
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 451 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 505
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 452 Removal and Installation ...................................... 505
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 453 DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE. 506 L
DTC P1400 EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE .................. 456 Description ............................................................ 506
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 506
. 456 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 506 M
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 456 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 507
Overall Function Check ........................................ 457 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 509
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 458 DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE. 512
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 459 Description ............................................................ 512
DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION ................................. 462 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Description ........................................................... 462 . 512
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 464 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 513
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 464 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 513
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 466 Overall Function Check ........................................ 514
DTC P1442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 471 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 516
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 471 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ...................................... 522
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 472 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME . 522
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 522
EC-5
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 523 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 576
Overall Function Check ........................................ 523 EGR Temperature Sensor ..................................... 576
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 524 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 576
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 525 IACV-AAC Valve ................................................... 576
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................. 527 Injector .................................................................. 576
Component Description ........................................ 527 Resistor ................................................................. 577
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Throttle Position Sensor ........................................ 577
. 527 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater .......................... 577
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 528 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 577
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 529 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 577
Removal and Installation ...................................... 533 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater .......................... 577
INJECTOR CIRCUIT ............................................... 534 Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) ....................... 577
Component Description ........................................ 534 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ............................. 577
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 534 VG33E
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 535
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 537 INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 578
Removal and Installation ...................................... 538 Alphabetical Index ................................................. 578
START SIGNAL ...................................................... 539 DTC No. Index ...................................................... 581
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode PRECAUTIONS ....................................................... 584
. 539 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 540 (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 541 SIONER” ............................................................... 584
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ............................................ 543 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
Description ............................................................ 543 A/T ........................................................................ 584
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Precautions ........................................................... 585
. 543 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ............... 588
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 544 PREPARATION ....................................................... 589
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 545 Special Service Tools ............................................ 589
Removal and Installation ...................................... 547 Commercial Service Tools .................................... 590
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ..... 548 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 591
Component Description ........................................ 548 System Diagram ................................................... 591
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 592
. 548 System Chart ........................................................ 593
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 549 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 593
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 550 Distributor Ignition (DI) System ............................. 595
Removal and Installation ...................................... 551 Air Conditioner Cut Control ................................... 596
IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE .............................. 552 Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Load).596
Component Description ........................................ 552 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................. 598
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 553 Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 554 Adjustment ............................................................ 598
DATA LINK CONNECTOR ...................................... 557 Fast Idle Cam (FIC) Inspection and Adjustment ... 609
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 557 Fuel Pressure Check ............................................ 611
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 558 Fuel Pressure Regulator Check ............................ 612
Description ............................................................ 558 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ........... 613
Component Inspection .......................................... 561 Introduction ........................................................... 613
How To Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ..................... 562 Two Trip Detection Logic ....................................... 613
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 614
(ORVR) .................................................................... 564 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ......................... 628
System Description ............................................... 564 OBD System Operation Chart ............................... 629
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 565 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 634
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ............... 574 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 634
Description ............................................................ 574 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 639
Inspection ............................................................. 574 Fail-safe Chart ...................................................... 640
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 576 Basic Inspection .................................................... 640
Fuel Pressure Regulator ....................................... 576 Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 653
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 576 Engine Control Component Parts Location ........... 657
Ignition Coil ........................................................... 576 Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 660
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 576 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............ 661
EC-6
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 661 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 730
CONSULT-II Function .......................................... 669 Component Description ........................................ 730 A
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ...................... 680 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 730
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 730
. 682 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 732 EC
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 733
Mode .................................................................... 684 Component Inspection .......................................... 735
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 687 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ......................... 736
Description ........................................................... 687 Component Description ........................................ 736 C
Testing Condition .................................................. 687 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 736
Inspection Procedure ........................................... 687 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 737
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 688 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 738 D
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 739
DENT ...................................................................... 691 Component Inspection .......................................... 740
Description ........................................................... 691 Removal and Installation ...................................... 740 E
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 691 DTC P0121 TP SENSOR ........................................ 741
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .......... 692 Component Description ........................................ 741
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 693 . 741 F
Ground Inspection ................................................ 697 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 742
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER. 699 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 742
Description ........................................................... 699 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 744 G
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 745
. 699 Component Inspection .......................................... 749
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 699 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 750 H
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 704 . 750
I
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER. 707 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 752
Description ........................................................... 707 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 753 J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .......................................... 757
. 707 DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ..................................... 758
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 707 Component Description ........................................ 758 K
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 712 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 759 L
Component Inspection ......................................... 714 Component Inspection .......................................... 760
Removal and Installation ...................................... 714 Removal and Installation ...................................... 760
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .................................... 715 DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ....................................... 761
Component Description ........................................ 715 Component Description ........................................ 761 M
. 715 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 761
Overall Function Check ........................................ 717 DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 764
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 718 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 764
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 719 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 764
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................ 723 Component Inspection .......................................... 765
Component Description ........................................ 723 Removal and Installation ...................................... 765
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1 ..................................... 766
. 723 Component Description ........................................ 766
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 723 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 723 . 766
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 725 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 766
Component Inspection ......................................... 728 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 768
EC-7
Removal and Installation ...................................... 774 Removal and Installation ....................................... 836
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1 ..................................... 775 DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .......................... 837
. 775 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 837
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 775 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 838
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 776 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 839
Overall Function Check ........................................ 777 Removal and Installation ....................................... 840
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 778 DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 781 ENRICHMENT PROTECTION ................................ 841
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1 ..................................... 787 Overall Function Check ......................................... 841
Component Description ........................................ 787 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 843
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 845
. 787 DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 787 FIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE ..................... 846
Overall Function Check ........................................ 788 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 846
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 793 DTC P0327, P0328 KS ............................................ 855
Removal and Installation ...................................... 796 Component Description ........................................ 855
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ..................................... 797 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 855
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 856
. 797 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 857
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 797 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (OBD) .......................... 859
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ..................................... 806 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 859
Component Description ........................................ 806 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 861
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 862
. 806 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR ..................................... 865
Overall Function Check ........................................ 807 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 865
Removal and Installation ...................................... 816 Removal and Installation ....................................... 871
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION .................................. 872
FUNCTION .............................................................. 817 Description ............................................................ 872
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 819 Overall Function Check ......................................... 874
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 877
FUNCTION .............................................................. 825 Component Inspection .......................................... 880
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 825 Removal and Installation ....................................... 880
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 825 DTC P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE FUNCTION .......... 881
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 827 Description ............................................................ 881
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ...................................... 832 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 881
Component Description ........................................ 832 Overall Function Check ......................................... 883
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 834 DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR ....................... 887
Component Description ........................................ 887
EC-8
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 887 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 947
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 887 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 947 A
Overall Function Check ........................................ 888 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 948
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 890 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 949
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 891 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 956 EC
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNC- Overall Function Check ........................................ 958
TION ........................................................................ 893 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 959 C
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 893 DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 967
Overall Function Check ........................................ 894 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 967 D
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 899 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 968
System Description .............................................. 899 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 969 E
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 899 Removal and Installation ...................................... 970
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 899 DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 971
Overall Function Check ........................................ 900 Component Description ........................................ 971
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 901 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 971 F
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 907 Overall Function Check ........................................ 971
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 907 DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 973
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 908 Component Description ........................................ 973 G
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL- DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 973
UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..................... 919 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 974 H
Description ........................................................... 919 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 975
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Removal and Installation ...................................... 976
. 919 DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 977
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 920 Component Description ........................................ 977
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 923 Overall Function Check ........................................ 977 J
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 979
VALVE ..................................................................... 926 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 980
Component Description ........................................ 926 DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 982 K
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ............................................................ 982
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 926 . 982 L
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 986 M
SENSOR ................................................................. 932 Removal and Installation ...................................... 988
Component Description ........................................ 932 DTC P0510 CLOSED TP SWITCH ......................... 989
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description ........................................ 989
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 932 . 989
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 935 Overall Function Check ........................................ 990
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 991
SENSOR ................................................................. 938 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 992
Component Description ........................................ 938 DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 996
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode System Description ............................................... 996
. 938 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 996
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 938 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 996
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 940 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1000
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 941
EC-9
DTC P0605 ECM ....................................................1002 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1044
Component Description .......................................1002 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1045
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1002 DTC P1400 EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE ................. 1049
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1002 Component Description ....................................... 1049
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1003 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1 ....................................1004 1049
Component Description .......................................1004 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1049
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1049
1004 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1050
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1004 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1051
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1005 DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION ................................. 1054
Overall Function Check .......................................1006 Description ........................................................... 1054
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1006 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1055
Removal and Installation .....................................1009 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1055
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1 ....................................1010 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1058
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection ......................................... 1061
1010 DTC P1442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 1062
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1010 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1062
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1011 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1063
Overall Function Check .......................................1011 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1063
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1012 DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
Removal and Installation .....................................1016 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .............................. 1064
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2 ....................................1017 Description ........................................................... 1064
Component Description .......................................1017 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1064
1017 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1065
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1017 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1065
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1017 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1066
Overall Function Check .......................................1018 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1068
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1019 DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1022 VALVE .....................................................................
1073
Removal and Installation .....................................1026 Component Description ....................................... 1073
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2 ....................................1027 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description .......................................1027 1073
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1073
1027 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1073
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1027 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1075
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1027 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1076
Overall Function Check .......................................1028 DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1029 VALVE .....................................................................
1079
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1032 Component Description ....................................... 1079
Removal and Installation .....................................1036 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ...1037 1079
Overall Function Check .......................................1037 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1081
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1038 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1082
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1083
(OVERHEAT) ..........................................................1039 DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 1087
Overall Function Check .......................................1039 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1088
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1040 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1089
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1041 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1089
DTC P1336 CKP SENSOR (OBD) .........................1043 DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ...................... 1097
Component Description .......................................1043 Component Description ....................................... 1097
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1098
EC-10
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1099 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ....1152
Removal and Installation .....................................1099 Component Description .......................................1152 A
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1100 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Description ..........................................................1100 1152
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ....................................................1153 EC
1100 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1154
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1100 IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE .............................1156
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1100 Component Description .......................................1156
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1102 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1157 C
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1103 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1158
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1106 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR .....................1161
Description ..........................................................1106 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1161 D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................1162
1106 Description ...........................................................1162
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1107 Component Inspection .........................................1165 E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1107 How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage .....................1166
Overall Function Check .......................................1108 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1109 (ORVR) ...................................................................1168
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1110 System Description ..............................................1168 F
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1169
LINE .......................................................................1118 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ..............1178
Component Description .......................................1118 Description ...........................................................1178 G
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1118 Component Inspection .........................................1178
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1118 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...1179
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1119 Fuel Pressure Regulator ......................................1179 H
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1122 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................1179
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH .....................................1124 Ignition Coil ..........................................................1179
Component Description .......................................1124 Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1179
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1179
1124 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ........................1179
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1124 Fuel Pump ...........................................................1179
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1124 IACV-AAC Valve ..................................................1180 J
Overall Function Check .......................................1125 Injector .................................................................1180
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1126 Throttle Position Sensor ......................................1180
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1127 Calculated Load Value .........................................1180 K
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................1131 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................1180
Component Description .......................................1131 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ........................1180
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1132 Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) ......................1180 L
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1133 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ...........................1180
Removal and Installation .....................................1136
INJECTOR CIRCUIT ..............................................1137 VG33ER
Component Description .......................................1137 M
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INDEX FOR DTC ....................................................1181
1137 Alphabetical Index ...............................................1181
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1138 DTC No. Index .....................................................1184
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1139 PRECAUTIONS .....................................................1187
Removal and Installation .....................................1142 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
START SIGNAL .....................................................1143 (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode SIONER” ..............................................................1187
1143 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1144 A/T .......................................................................1187
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1145 Precautions ..........................................................1188
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ...........................................1147 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............1191
Description ..........................................................1147 PREPARATION ......................................................1192
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Special Service Tools ..........................................1192
1147 Commercial Service Tools ...................................1193
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1148 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................1194
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1149 System Diagram ..................................................1194
Removal and Installation .....................................1151 Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................1195
EC-11
System Chart .......................................................1196 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................1196 1308
Distributor Ignition (DI) System ............................1198 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1309
Air Conditioner Cut Control ..................................1199 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1309
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Load)1199 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1310
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................1201 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1311
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Component Inspection ......................................... 1313
Adjustment ...........................................................1201 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER1314
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) Inspection and Adjustment ..1212 Description ...........................................................
1314
Fuel Pressure Check ...........................................1214 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check ..........................1215 1314
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .........1216 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1314
Introduction ..........................................................1216 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1314
Two Trip Detection Logic .....................................1216 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1316
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............1217 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1319
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................1230 Component Inspection ......................................... 1321
OBD System Operation Chart .............................1230 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1321
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .........................................1236 DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .................................... 1322
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................1236 Component Description ....................................... 1322
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..............................1241 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Fail-safe Chart .....................................................1242 1322
Basic Inspection ..................................................1242 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1322
Symptom Matrix Chart .........................................1255 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1322
Engine Control Component Parts Location .........1259 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1324
Circuit Diagram ....................................................1262 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1325
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..........1263 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1326
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1263 Component Inspection ......................................... 1328
CONSULT-II Function ..........................................1271 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................ 1330
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ......................1281 Component Description ....................................... 1330
1283 1330
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1330
Mode ....................................................................1285 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1330
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE1288 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1332
Description ...........................................................1288 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1333
Testing Condition .................................................1288 Component Inspection ......................................... 1335
Inspection Procedure ...........................................1288 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 1337
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1337
DENT ......................................................................1292 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1337
Description ...........................................................1292 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1339
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1292 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1340
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..........1293 Component Inspection ......................................... 1342
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1293 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ......................... 1343
Ground Inspection ...............................................1298 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1343
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER1300 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1344
1300 Component Inspection ......................................... 1348
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1300 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1348
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1300 DTC P0121 TP SENSOR ....................................... 1349
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1302 Component Description ....................................... 1349
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1305 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Inspection .........................................1307 1349
Removal and Installation .....................................1307 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1350
DTC P0034 SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1350
VALVE ....................................................................1308 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1352
Description ...........................................................1308
EC-12
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1353 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ....................................1405
Component Inspection ........................................1357 Component Description .......................................1405 A
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ..........................1358 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1405 EC
1358 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1405
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1358 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1407
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1359 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1410
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1360 Removal and Installation .....................................1413 C
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1361 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ....................................1414
Component Inspection ........................................1365 Component Description .......................................1414
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ....................................1366 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode D
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1366 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1414
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1366 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1414 E
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1367 Overall Function Check .......................................1415
Component Inspection ........................................1368 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1416
Removal and Installation .....................................1368 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1419
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ......................................1369 Removal and Installation .....................................1423 F
Component Description .......................................1369 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1369 FUNCTION .............................................................1424
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1369 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1424 G
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1370 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1424
Component Inspection ........................................1371 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1426
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ...............1372 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1428 H
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1372 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1372 FUNCTION .............................................................1432
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1372 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1432
I
Component Inspection ........................................1373 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1432
Removal and Installation .....................................1373 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1434
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1 ...................................1374 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1436
Component Description .......................................1374 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR .....................................1439 J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description .......................................1439
1374 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1439
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1374 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1439 K
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1375 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1441
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1376 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1442
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1379 Removal and Installation .....................................1443 L
Removal and Installation .....................................1382 DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .........................1444
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1 ...................................1383 Component Description .......................................1444
Component Description .......................................1383 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1444
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1444 M
1383 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1445
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1383 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1446
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1384 Removal and Installation .....................................1447
Overall Function Check .......................................1385 DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1386 ENRICHMENT PROTECTION ...............................1448
Removal and Installation .....................................1394 Overall Function Check .......................................1448
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1 ...................................1395 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1450
Component Description .......................................1395 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1452
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0299 SUPERCHARGER FUNCTION ..........1453
1395 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1453
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1395 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1453
Overall Function Check .......................................1396 DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1398 FIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE ....................1456
Removal and Installation .....................................1404
EC-13
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1456 SENSOR .................................................................
1521
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ...........................................1465 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1466 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1523
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (OBD) .........................1469 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
Component Description .......................................1469 SENSOR .................................................................
1527
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description ....................................... 1527
1469 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1469 1527
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1469 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1527
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1471 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1527
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1472 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1529
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR ....................................1475 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1530
Component Description .......................................1475 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 1536
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1477 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1538
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1479 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 1546
Removal and Installation .....................................1481 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1546
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNC- DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1547
TION .......................................................................1482 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1548
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1482 DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ...................... 1557
Overall Function Check .......................................1483 Component Description ....................................... 1557
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1485 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1557
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1488 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1557
System Description ..............................................1488 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1558
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1488 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1560
Overall Function Check .......................................1489 DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ...................... 1561
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1496 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1561
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1496 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1561
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1497 DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 1563
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL- On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1563
UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .....................1508 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1563
1508 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1566
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1509 DTC P0500 VSS ..................................................... 1567
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1510 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1567
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1512 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1567
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL Overall Function Check ........................................ 1567
VALVE ....................................................................1515 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1569
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM ...................................... 1572
1515 Description ...........................................................
1572
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1515 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1515 1572
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1517 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1573
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1518 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1573
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1575
EC-14
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1576 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1622
Removal and Installation .....................................1578 Removal and Installation .....................................1626 A
DTC P0510 CLOSED TP SWITCH ........................1579 DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ...1627
Component Description .......................................1579 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1627
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1627 EC
1579 Overall Function Check .......................................1627
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1579 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1628
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1579 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
Overall Function Check .......................................1580 (OVERHEAT) .........................................................1629 C
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1581 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1629
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE ............1586 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1630 D
System Description .............................................1586 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1631
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1586 DTC P1336 CKP SENSOR (OBD) .........................1633
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1586 Component Description .......................................1633 E
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1587 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1633
DTC P0605 ECM ...................................................1592 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1634
Component Description .......................................1592 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1635 F
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1592 DTC P1442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1638
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1592 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1638
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1593 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1639 G
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1 ....................................1594 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1639
Component Description .......................................1594 DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..............................1640 H
1594 Description ...........................................................1640
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1594 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
I
Overall Function Check .......................................1596 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1641
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1 ....................................1600 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1644 J
Component Description .......................................1600 DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode VALVE ....................................................................1649
1600 Component Description .......................................1649 K
Overall Function Check .......................................1601 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1649 L
Component Description .......................................1607 DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL M
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode VALVE ....................................................................1655
1607 Component Description .......................................1655
Overall Function Check .......................................1608 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1655
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1609 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1655
Component Description .......................................1617 DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1663
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1663
1617 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1664
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1617 Overall Function Check .......................................1665
Overall Function Check .......................................1618 DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................1673
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1619 Component Description .......................................1673
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1673
EC-15
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1674 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1720
Removal and Installation .....................................1675 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ............................................ 1723
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1676 Description ........................................................... 1723
Description ...........................................................1676 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1723
1676 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1724
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1676 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1728
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1678 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH .... 1729
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1682 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Description ...........................................................1682 1729
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1730
1682 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1731
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1683 IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE .............................. 1733
Overall Function Check .......................................1684 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1734
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1685 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1735
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1686 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ..................... 1738
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1738
LINE ........................................................................1694 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .................... 1739
Component Description .......................................1694 Description ........................................................... 1739
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1694 Component Inspection ......................................... 1742
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1694 How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ..................... 1743
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1695 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1698 (ORVR) ...................................................................1745
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH .....................................1700 System Description .............................................. 1745
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ............... 1755
1700 Description ........................................................... 1755
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1700 Component Inspection ......................................... 1755
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1700 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ... 1756
Overall Function Check .......................................1701 Fuel Pressure Regulator ...................................... 1756
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1702 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 1756
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1703 Ignition Coil ..........................................................1756
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................1707 Mass Air Flow Sensor .......................................... 1756
Component Description .......................................1707 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 1756
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1708 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 1756
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1709 Fuel Pump ............................................................ 1756
Removal and Installation .....................................1712 IACV-AAC Valve .................................................. 1757
INJECTOR CIRCUIT ..............................................1713 Injector .................................................................
1757
Component Description .......................................1713 Throttle Position Sensor ....................................... 1757
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Calculated Load Value ......................................... 1757
1713 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................ 1757
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1714 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ......................... 1757
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1715 Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) ...................... 1757
Removal and Installation .....................................1718 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ............................ 1757
START SIGNAL .....................................................1719
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EC-16
INDEX FOR DTC
[KA24DE]
INDEX FOR DTC PFP:00024
A
Alphabetical Index UBS008LO
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1 *2 EC
Items MIL lighting
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) up
GST
Unable to access ECM — — — EC-72 C
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 2 × EC-267
CKP SENSOR (COG) P1336 2 × EC-451
D
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1 × EC-445
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC P0510 2 × EC-412
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 2 × EC-273 E
CYL1 MISFIRE P0301 2 × EC-256
F
ECM P0605 2 × EC-419 G
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 1 × EC-156
H
ECT SENSOR P0125 2 × EC-176
EGR SYSTEM P0400 2 × EC-280
EGR SYSTEM P1402 2 × EC-462 I
EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC P0405 2 × EC-297
EGRC-BPT VALVE P0402 2 × EC-291 J
EGRC SOLENOID/V P1400 2 × EC-456
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 1 × EC-251
K
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 2 × EC-360
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 2 × EC-309 L
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 2 × EC-318
M
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 2 × EC-343
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 2 × EC-371
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 2 × EC-247
FTT SENSOR P0181 2 × EC-242
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 2 × EC-382
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC P1464 2 × EC-503
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 2 × EC-386
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 2 × EC-388
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 2 × EC-229
EC-17
INDEX FOR DTC
[KA24DE]
DTC*1 *2
Items MIL lighting
GST
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 2 × EC-236
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 2 × EC-190
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 2 × EC-197
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 2 × EC-206
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 2 × EC-421
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 2 × EC-426
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 2 × EC-127
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 2 × EC-127
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 2 × EC-213
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 2 × EC-220
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 2 × EC-431
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 2 × EC-438
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 2 × EC-132
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 2 × EC-132
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 1 × EC-151
IAT SENSOR P0127 2 × EC-182
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC P0505 2 × EC-397
ISC SYSTEM P0506 2 × EC-402
ISC SYSTEM P0507 2 × EC-407
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 1 — EC-263
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 2 × EC-138
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 2 × EC-256
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 2 × EC-522
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 2 × EC-331
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 2 × EC-188
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0121 2 × EC-161
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 2 × EC-304
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 2 × EC-512
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 2 × EC-506
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 2 × EC-392
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 2 × EC-337
EC-18
INDEX FOR DTC
[KA24DE]
DTC*1 *2
Items
Trip
MIL lighting
Reference page
A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II up
GST
EC
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012. C
DTC No. Index UBS008LP

D
DTC*1 *2
Items MIL lighting
GST
E
— Unable to access ECM — — EC-72
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 FURTHER TESTING — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED. F
P0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-127
P0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-127
G
P0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-132
P0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-132
P0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-138 H
P0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-145
I
P0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-151
P0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-156 J
P0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-156
P0121 TP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-161
K
P0125 ECT SENSOR 2 × EC-176 L
P0127 IAT SENSOR 2 × EC-182
P0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN 2 × EC-188
M
P0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-190
P0133 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-197
P0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-206
P0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-213
P0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-220
P0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 2 × EC-229
P0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 2 × EC-236
P0181 FTT SENSOR 2 × EC-242
P0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-247
P0217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-251
P0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE 2 × EC-256
P0301 CYL1 MISFIRE 2 × EC-256
EC-19
INDEX FOR DTC
[KA24DE]
DTC*1 *2
Items MIL lighting
GST
P0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 1 — EC-263
P0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-267
P0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-273
P0400 EGR SYSTEM 2 × EC-280
P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE 2 × EC-291
P0405 EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-297
P0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 2 × EC-304
P0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON 2 × EC-309
P0442 EVAP SMALL LEAK 2 × EC-318
P0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 × EC-331
P0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE 2 × EC-337
P0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN 2 × EC-343
P0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK 2 × EC-360
P0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK 2 × EC-371
P0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH 2 × EC-382
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 × EC-386
P0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-388
P0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-392
P0505 ISC SYSTEM/CIRC 2 × EC-397
P0506 ISC SYSTEM 2 × EC-402
P0507 ISC SYSTEM 2 × EC-407
P0510 CLOSED TP SW/CIRC 2 × EC-412
P0605 ECM 2 × EC-419
P1143 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-421
P1144 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-426
P1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-431
P1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-438
P1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 1 × EC-445
P1336 CKP SENSOR (COG) 2 × EC-451
P1400 EGRC SOLENOID/V 2 × EC-456
EC-20
INDEX FOR DTC
[KA24DE]
DTC*1 *2
Items
Trip
MIL lighting
Reference page
A
CONSULT-II (CONSULT-II screen terms) up
GST
EC
P1490 VC/V BYPASS/V 2 × EC-506 C
P1491 VC CUT/V BYPASS/V 2 × EC-512
P1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-522
D
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012.
EC-21
PRECAUTIONS
[KA24DE]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” UBS00EM9
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system may include seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. If
equipped with dual stage front air bag modules, the SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the
front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and
whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is
included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
● The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated
by the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled
and will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled
and could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the
passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle
arrived for service.
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine UBS008LR
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer toPG-4, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system,
etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM
before returning the vehicle to the customer.
EC-22
PRECAUTIONS
[KA24DE]
Engine Fuel & Emission Control System UBS008LS
EC
SEC744C
EC-23
PRECAUTIONS
[KA24DE]
Precautions UBS008LT
● Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-

nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned OFF.
SEF289H
● When connecting ECM harness connector, tighten securing

bolt until the gap between orange indicators disappears.
: 3 - 5 N·m (0.3 - 0.5 kg-m, 26 - 43 in-lb)
SEF308Q
● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminals when connecting pin connectors.
SEF291H
● Before replacing ECM, perform Terminals and Reference

Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-90, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" .
MEF040D
EC-24
PRECAUTIONS
[KA24DE]
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
Overall Function Check or DTC Confirmation Procedure. A
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
EC
SEF217U
D
● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
E
damage the ECM power transistor.
● Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, F
such as the ground.
SEF348N
K
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS008LU
When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

● GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams". L
● PG-8, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING".
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
M
● GI-9, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES".
● GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
EC-25
PREPARATION
[KA24DE]
PREPARATION PFP:00002
Special Service Tools UBS008LV
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen-
(J-36471-A) sor 1 with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
NT379

(J-38365) sor 2
Heated oxygen sensor wrench a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
NT636
(J-45178) Used to test the throttle position sensor

TPS test connector
LEC120A
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap

(J-33984-A) and radiator filler neck
Radiator cap tester adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564
Commercial Service Tools UBS008LW
Tool name Description

Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve open-
ing pressure
NT653
Leak detector Locating the EVAP leak

i.e.: (J41416)
NT703
EC-26
PREPARATION
[KA24DE]
Tool name Description
A
EVAP service port adapter Applying positive pressure through EVAP ser-
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD) vice port
EC
NT704 C
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tem-
perature sensor
D
E
NT705
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

i.e.: (J-43897-18) before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use
i.e.: (J-43897-12) with anti-seize lubricant shown in “Commer-
F
cial Service tools”.
a: J-43897-18 18 mm diameter, for Zirconia
Oxygen Sensor G
b: J-43897-12 12 mm diameter, for Titania Ox-
AEM488 ygen Sensor
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
i.e.: (Permatex™ 133AR or equivalent tool when reconditioning exhaust system H
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) threads.
AEM489
EC-27
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[KA24DE]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
System Diagram UBS008LX
PBIB1401E
EC-28
[KA24DE]
Vacuum Hose Drawing UBS008LY
EC
WEC551
Refer to EC-28, "System Diagram" for vacuum control system.
EC-29
[KA24DE]
System Chart UBS008LZ
Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)

● Camshaft position sensor Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Fuel injector
● Mass air flow sensor Distributor ignition system Power transistor
● Engine coolant temperature sensor IACV-AAC valve and IACV-FICD
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Idle air control system
● solenoid valve
● Ignition switch Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
● Throttle position sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor & on Malfunction indicator lamp
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch board diagnostic system (On the instrument panel)
● Air conditioner switch EGR control EGRC-solenoid valve
● Knock sensor
Heated oxygen sensors 1, 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor heater
● EGR temperature sensor*1
EVAP canister purge volume con-
● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) EVAP canister purge flow control
trol solenoid valve
● EVAP control system pressure sensor*1 Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
1
● Fuel tank temperature sensor*
● Battery voltage
● Fuel level sensor*1
● Power steering oil pressure switch ● EVAP canister vent control
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system valve
● Vehicle speed sensor
● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
● Intake air temperature sensor
● Heated oxygen sensor 2*2
● Closed throttle position switch*3
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system. This is used only for the on board diagnosis.
*2: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*3: This switch will operate in place of the throttle position sensor to control EVAP parts if the sensor malfunctions.
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS008M0
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed and piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position
Throttle position sensor
Throttle valve idle position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Fuel injection
& mixture Fuel injector
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed
ratio control
Ignition switch Start signal
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Battery Battery voltage
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering operation
Heated oxygen sensor 2* Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
*: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
EC-30
[KA24DE]
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the camshaft position sensor and the mass air flow
sensor. A
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below. EC
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
● When starting the engine C
● During acceleration
● Hot-engine operation
D
● High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
● During deceleration E
● During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
F
SEF336WB
I
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The J
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-197 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. K
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2. L
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. M
● Deceleration and acceleration
● Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
● Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
● High engine coolant temperature
● During warm-up
● When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close
to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
EC-31
[KA24DE]
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN com-
pared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used.

Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
Distributor Ignition (DI) System UBS008M1

Throttle position
Ignition tim-
Power transistor
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed ing control
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
EC-32
[KA24DE]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air- A
fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition tim-
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown
above. EC
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor. C
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A°BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the D
SEF742M
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
● At starting
● During warm-up E
● At idle
● At low battery voltage
● During acceleration F
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. G
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The
ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioning Cut Control UBS008M2
H
I
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal
Throttle position sensor Throttle valve opening angle
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed J
Air conditioner
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner relay
cut control
K
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION L
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. M
● When cranking the engine.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
● When operating power steering and air conditioner during low engine speed or when fully releasing accel-
erator pedal.
● When engine speed is excessively low.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) UBS008M3

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Fuel cut control Fuel injector
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed
EC-33
[KA24DE]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 3,000 rpm under no load, (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
speed is over 3,000 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-30, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
System" .
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) UBS008M4
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The FIC is installed on the throttle body to maintain adequate engine
speed while the engine is cold. It is operated by a volumetric change
in wax located inside the thermo-element. The thermo-element is
operated by engine coolant temperature.
For inspection refer to EC-73, "Basic Inspection" .
SEF500V
EC-34
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[KA24DE]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018
A
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS008M5
PREPARATION
1. Make sure that the following parts are in good order.
EC
● Battery
● Ignition system
● Engine oil and coolant levels C
● Fuses
● ECM harness connector
● Vacuum hoses D
● Air intake system
(Oil filler cap, oil level gauge, etc.)
● Fuel pressure E
● Engine compression
● EGR valve operation
F
● Throttle valve
● EVAP system
2. On models equipped with air conditioner, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is G
OFF.
3. When measuring CO percentage, insert probe more than 40 cm (15.7 in) into tail pipe.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF headlamp, heater blower. H
5. Keep front wheels pointed straight ahead.
EC-35
[KA24DE]
OVERALL INSPECTION SEQUENCE
SEF554YA
NOTE:
If a vehicle contains a part which is operating outside of design specifications with no MIL illumina-
tion, the part shall not be replaced prior to emission testing unless it is determined that the part has
been tampered with or abused in such a way that the diagnostic system cannot reasonably be
expected to detect the resulting malfunction.
EC-36
[KA24DE]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
A
1. INSPECTION START
1. Visually check the following:
– Air cleaner clogging EC
– Hoses and duct for leaks
– EGR valve operation
C
– Electrical connectors
– Gasket (intake manifold, cylinder head, exhaust system)
– Throttle valve and throttle position sensor operation D
2. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine speed stays below 1,000 rpm.
3. Open engine hood and run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about E
2 minutes under no-load.
4. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG F
OK >> ● GO TO 2 (With CONSULT-II).
● GO TO 3 (Without CONSULT-II).
NG >> ● Repair or replace components as necessary. G

● GO TO 2 (With CONSULT-II).
SEF810K
● GO TO 3 (Without CONSULT-II).
H
EC-37
[KA24DE]
2. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine two or three times under no-load, then run engine at
idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in WORK SUPPORT mode.
SEF978U
4. Touch “START”.
5. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-
load, then run engine at idle speed.
PEF546N
6. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

20°±5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF320V
EC-38
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK IGNITION TIMING A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Rev engine two or three times under no-load, then run engine at
idle speed for about 1 minute.
C
E
SEF978U
3. Stop engine and disconnect throttle position sensor harness F

connector.
4. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
G
SEF265S I

20°±5° BTDC (in Neutral position) J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF320V
EC-39
[KA24DE]
4. ADJUST IGNITION TIMING
With CONSULT-II
1. Adjust ignition timing to the specified value by turning distributor after loosening bolts which secure distrib-
utor.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Adjust ignition timing to the specified value by turning distributor after loosening bolts which secure distrib-
utor.
2. Stop engine and connect throttle position sensor harness con-
nector to throttle position sensor.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 2.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 3.
SEF265S
5. CHECK BASE IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-II
1. Read idle speed in “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUP-
PORT” mode.
750±50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check idle speed.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7. SEF713Z
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. ADJUST BASE IDLE SPEED

1. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
2. Adjust idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw.
SEF240SA
EC-40
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
1. Touch “BACK” on CONSULT-II.
EC
C
E
SEF602K
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. F

OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
H
SEF058Y I
8. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
J
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
K
2. Start engine.
L
4. Check target idle speed.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. SEF265S
NG >> GO TO 9.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
1. Check IACV-AAC valve and replace if necessary. Refer to EC-402 , EC-407 .
2. Check IACV-AAC valve harness and repair if necessary. Refer to EC-397 .
3. Check ECM function by substituting another known-good ECM.
(ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this is a rare case.)
>> GO TO 10.
EC-41
[KA24DE]
10. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. See “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Maintain engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed
up to normal operating temperature) and check that the monitor
fluctuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” more than 5 times dur-
ing 10 seconds.
1 time: RICH → LEAN → RICH
2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-
load. SEF820Y
2. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 50 and ground.

3. Make sure that the voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 -
1.0V more than 5 times during 10 seconds at 2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
AEC873A
11. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS

1. Stop engine and disconnect battery ground cable.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
4. Check for continuity between terminal 50 of ECM harness connector and heated oxygen sensor 1 termi-
nal 1. Refer to EC-192 .
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace harness between ECM and heated oxygen sensor 1.
2. GO TO 12.
EC-42
[KA24DE]
12. PREPARATION FOR IDLE SPEED ADJUSTING A
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
EC
E
PEF546N
Without CONSULT-II F
1. Stop engine and disconnect throttle position sensor harness
connector.
2. Start engine. G
>> GO TO 6.
H
I
SEF265S
13. CHECK CO% J
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector and heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. K
2. Start engine warm it up until engine control temperature indicator points the middle of gauge.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Select “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. L
5. Set “COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “Qu” and “Qd”
and “UP”, “DOWN”.
6. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000rpm) two or three times M
under no load, then run engine at idle speed.
7. Check CO%.
Idle CO : 0.7 - 9.1%and engine runs smoothly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 16.
SEF172Y
EC-43
[KA24DE]
14. CHECK CO%
Without CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector and heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Connect a resistor (4.4 kΩ) between terminals of engine coolant
temperature sensor harness connector.
6. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no load, then run engine at idle speed.
7. Check CO%.
Idle CO: 0.7 − 9.1% and engine runs smoothly.
8. After checking CO%, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect the
resistor from the terminals of engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector, and then connect engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor harness connector to engine coolant temperature SEF053RA
sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 16.
15. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
3. Restart engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle gauge.
5. Maintain engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed
up to normal operating temperature.). Check that the monitor
ing 10 seconds.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine. SEF820Y
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under
no-load.
6. Make sure that voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 -
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0
- 0.3V
OK or NG AEC873A
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 16.
EC-44
[KA24DE]
16. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
1. Stop engine.
2. Connect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector to heated oxygen sensor 1.
3. Check the following. EC
4. Check fuel pressure regulator. Refer to EC-47 .
● Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit.
Refer to EC-138 , EC-145 . C
● Check injector and its circuit.
Refer to EC-534 .
Clean or replace if necessary. D
● Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-156 , EC-176 .
● Check ECM function by substituting another known-good ECM.
(ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this is a rare case.) E
>> GO TO 12.
F
● If a vehicle contains a part which is operating outside of design specifications with no MIL illumi-
nation, the part shall not be replaced prior to emission testing unless it is determined that the part
has been tampered with or abused in such a way that the diagnostic system cannot reasonably be
expected to detect the resulting malfunction. G
Fuel Pressure Check UBS008M6
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

H
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” I
mode with CONSULT-II.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure. J
SEF163X
L
PEF823K
EC-45
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuse for fuel pump.
2. Start engine.
pressure.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
SEF164X
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

NOTE:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
● When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
● Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
● Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
● Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate
false readings.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Disconnect fuel hose between fuel filter and fuel tube (engine side).
3. Install pressure gauge between fuel filter and fuel tube.
AEC064B
4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.

5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
At idle speed:
With vacuum hose con- Approximately 235 kPa
nected (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
With vacuum hose dis- Approximately 294 kPa
connected (3.0 kg/cm2 , 43 psi)
If results are unsatisfactory, perform EC-47, "Fuel Pressure
Regulator Check" . SEF318V
EC-46
[KA24DE]
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check UBS008M7
A
1. Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuum
hose from intake manifold.
2. Plug intake manifold with a rubber cap.
EC
3. Connect variable vacuum source to fuel pressure regulator.
4. Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as vac-
uum is changed.
C
Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results
are unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator.
D
SEF718B
EC-47
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[KA24DE]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
Introduction UBS008M8
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Mode 3 of SAE J1979
Freeze Frame data Mode 2 of SAE J1979
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Mode 1 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits Mode 6 of SAE J1979
Calibration ID Mode 9 of SAE J1979
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-II × × × × × —
GST × ×* × — × ×
*: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-72 .)
Two Trip Detection Logic UBS008M9
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC
1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Items
Lighting Lighting display- display- display- display-
Blinking Blinking ing ing ing ing
up up
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses
— × — — × — — —
(Refer to EC-17 .)
Fail-safe items (Refer to EC-72 .) — × — — ×* — — —
Except above — — — × — × × —
*: Except “ECM”
EC-48
[KA24DE]
Emission-related Diagnostic Information UBS008MA
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS A

DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items EC
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
GST (GST only)
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 — — — — C
MAY BE REQUIRED.
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 × × ×*4 EC-127
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 × × ×*4 EC-127 D
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 × × ×*4 EC-132
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 × × ×*4 EC-132
E
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 — — × EC-138
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 — — — EC-145
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 — — — EC-145 F
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 — — — EC-151
G
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 — — — EC-156
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0121 — — × EC-161 H
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0122 — — — EC-170
ECT SENSOR P0125 — — × EC-176
I
IAT SENSOR P0127 — — × EC-182

THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 — — × EC-188 J
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 — × × EC-190
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 × × ×*4 EC-197
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 — × × EC-206 K
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 — × × EC-213
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 × × ×*4 EC-220
L
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 — — × EC-229
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 — — × EC-236
FTT SENSOR P0181 — — × EC-242 M
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 — — × EC-247
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 — — — EC-251
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 — — × EC-256
CYL1 MISFIRE P0301 — — × EC-256
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 — — — EC-263
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 — — — EC-263
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 — — × EC-267
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 — — × EC-273
EGR SYSTEM P0400 × × ×*4 EC-280
EC-49
[KA24DE]
DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
GST (GST only)
EGRC-BPT VALVE P0402 × × ×*4 EC-291

EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC P0405 — — × EC-297
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 × × ×*4 EC-304
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 × × ×*4 EC-309
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 × × ×*4 EC-318
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 — — × EC-331
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 — — × EC-337
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 — — × EC-343
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 — × ×*4 EC-360
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 ×*3 × ×*4 EC-371
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 — — × EC-382
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 — — × EC-386
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 — — × EC-388
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 — — × EC-392
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC P0505 — — × EC-397
ISC SYSTEM P0506 — — × EC-402
ISC SYSTEM P0507 — — × EC-407
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC P0510 — — × EC-412
ECM P0605 — — × EC-419
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 × × ×*4 EC-421
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 × × ×*4 EC-426
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 × × ×*4 EC-431
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 × × ×*4 EC-438
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 — — — EC-445
CKP SENSOR (COG) P1336 — — × EC-451
EGRC SOLENOID/V P1400 — — × EC-456
EGR SYSTEM P1402 × × ×*4 EC-462
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC P1464 — — × EC-503
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 — — × EC-506
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 — — × EC-512
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 — — × EC-522
EC-50
[KA24DE]
*3: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic results is NG.
*4: This is not displayed with GST. A
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip EC
DTC will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM
memory. The MIL will not light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd
trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same mal- C
function is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL
lights up. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunc-
tion occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed
between the 1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or D
light up the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-60, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . E
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-49 . These items are required by legal reg-
ulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are
also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and F
therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehi-
cle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame G
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-68 . Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure
or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires
repair.
H
How to read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II I
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1148, P1706, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012. J
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction K
is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if avail-
able) is recommended. L
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was
driven after the last detection of a DTC. M
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
PBIB0911E
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, throttle valve opening, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
EC-51
[KA24DE]
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-102, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-60, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of SAE J1979.
As part of enhanced emissions test for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M), certain states require that the status
of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and
components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this service manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases, the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern and the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items, the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is “ON” during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
This service manual contains the service procedure and support information to perform a comprehensive road
test that enables the ECM to complete the SRT.
SRT Item
The following table shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item Perfor- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC
(CONSULT-II indica- mance No.
tion) Priority *
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
EC-52
[KA24DE]
EVAP RATIVE SYS- 1 EVAP control system P0442, P1442
TEM A
2 EVAP control system P0456, P1456
2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
HO2S 2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143 EC
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1146 C
D
HO2S HTR 2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038
EGR SYSTEM 3 EGR function P0400 E
EGRC-BPT valve function P0402
1 EGR function P1402
F
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure) one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
EC-53
[KA24DE]
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between them and is shown in
the following table.
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
Case 1
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
All OK
P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
Case 2
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG exists Case 3
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL “ON”)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a same cycle (Ignition OFF – ON – OFF), the SRT
will indicate “CMPLT”.
→ Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result.
→ Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”.
→ Case 3 above
The previous table shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 and 2) or two (2) for one self-diagnosis (Case 3). However, in preparation for the State
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) because of the
following reasons;
● The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
● The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis result.
● When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagno-
sis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
● If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior
to the State emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
EC-54
[KA24DE]
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has been rejected for the State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating A
“INCMP”, review the following flowchart diagnostic sequence.
EC
SEF170Z
*1 EC-51 *2 EC-55 *3 EC-56
How to Display SRT Code

With CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown below.
EC-55
[KA24DE]
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
“CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
SEF713Y
With GST
Selecting MODE 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
With CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC confirmation procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on
EC-52, "SRT Item" .
Without CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on EC-57, "Driving Pat-
tern" . The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
EC-56
[KA24DE]
Driving Pattern
A
EC
PBIB1400E
EC-57
[KA24DE]
● The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driv-
ing habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time required, for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
● Sea level
● Flat road
● Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diag-
nosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
● The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 59 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
● The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 59 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
● The engine is started at the tank fuel temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 60 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
● When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con-
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
● The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times.
Pattern 4:
● Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
● The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
● If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times.
– During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the EGR system SRT is set.
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher
gear. These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle perfor-
mance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions,
the weather and individual driving habits.
SEF414S
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas [less than 1,219 m For quick acceleration in low altitude
(4,000 ft)]: areas and high altitude areas [over
1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) CRUISE shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 21 (13) 21 (13) 24 (15)
EC-58
[KA24DE]
2nd to 3rd 37 (23) 27 (16) 40 (25)
A
3rd to 4th 53 (33) 43 (27) 64 (40)
4th to 5th 63 (39) 58 (36) 72 (45)
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear EC

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the high-
est gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road condi- C
tions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
km/h (MPH) D
Gear
2WD (AUTO mode)
1st 50 (30)
2nd 95 (60) E
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of SAE J1979.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while F
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis- G
played on the GST screen.
Test value
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit Conversion H
TID CID
P0420 01H 01H Max. 1/128
CATALYST Three way catalyst function (Bank 1) I
P0420 02H 81H Min. 1
P0442 05H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2
EVAP control system (Small leak)
P1442 05H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2 J
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 06H 83H Min. 20 mV
P0456 07H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2
EVAP control system (Very small leak) K
P1456 07H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2
P0133 09H 04H Max. 16 ms
P1143 0AH 84H Min. 10 mV L
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144 0BH 04H Max. 10 mV
P0132 0CH 04H Max. 10 mV
M
HO2S P0134 0DH 04H Max. 1s
P0139 19H 86H Min. 10 mV/500 ms
P1147 1AH 86H Min. 10 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146 1BH 06H Max. 10 mV
P0138 1CH 06H Max. 10 mV
P0032 29H 08H Max. 20 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
HO2S P0031 2AH 88H Min. 20 mV
HEATER P0038 2DH 0AH Max. 20 mV
P0037 2EH 8AH Min. 20 mV
EC-59
[KA24DE]
Test value
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit Conversion
TID CID
P0400 31H 8CH Min. 1°C
P0400 32H 8CH Min. 1°C
EGR function P0400 33H 8CH Min. 1°C
EGR SYS-
P0400 34H 8CH Min. 1°C
TEM
P1402 35H 0CH Max. 1°C
P0402 36H 0CH Max. 1 count
EGR-BPT valve function
P0402 37H 8CH Min. 1 count
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

How to Erase DTC (With CONSULT-II)
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “ENGINE”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
LEC030A
The emission-related diagnostic information can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
How to Erase DTC (With GST)
2. Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
The emission-related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Mode 4 with GST
(Generic Scan Tool).
EC-60
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 A
hours.
● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes EC
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data C
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes
6. Test values
D
7. Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
E
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) UBS008MB
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel. F
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-22, "WARNING LAMPS" G
or see EC-557, "DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go OFF.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has H
detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U I
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following two functions.
J
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, K
ON position open circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
L
Engine stopped
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is

WARNING detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver
that a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
● Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
● One trip detection diagnoses
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK

In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-
22, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-557, "DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .
EC-61
[KA24DE]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning.
OFF No malfunction.
OBD System Operation Chart UBS008MC
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
● When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
● When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-48, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
● The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
the counter will reset.
● The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
● The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in “OK” for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MIL (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under Fuel Injection System and Misfire, see EC-64 .
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EC-66 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
EC-62
[KA24DE]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
EC
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
MIL will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
freeze frame data will be cleared. without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.
EC-63
[KA24DE]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Driving Pattern B
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
Driving Pattern C
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
1. The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) × (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
● When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or
equal to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
● The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1).
● The C counter will be counted up when (1) is satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
● The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EC-64
[KA24DE]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
EC
SEF393SD
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be without the same malfunction.
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EC-65
[KA24DE]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Driving Pattern A
AEC574
● The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
Driving Pattern B
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”).
EC-66
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS008MD
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no incidents such as vacuum C
leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other incidents with the engine.
MEF036D
E
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are F
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
G
SEF233G
I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-68 . J
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. L
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.
M
EC-67
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
SEF510ZG
*1: EC-72, "Fail-safe Chart" *2: If time data of “SELF-DIAG *3: If the incident cannot be duplicated,
RESULTS” is other than “0” or “1t” refer to EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAG-
refer to EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAG- NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- DENT" 5.
DENT"
*4: If the on board diagnostic system *5: If the malfunctioning part cannot be *6: EC-57, "Driving Pattern"
cannot be performed, check main found, refer to EC-119, "TROUBLE
power supply and ground circuit. DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
Refer to EC-120, "POWER SUPPLY INCIDENT" .
AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
*7: EC-115, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS -
SPECIFICATION VALUE"
EC-68
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
A
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
EC-70, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
EC
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the code and the data. (Refer to EC-60, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used when
STEP II duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV. C
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-83, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
D
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP III
If the incident cannot be verified, perform “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diag- E
nosis for an Electrical Incident" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST. F
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV If the incident cannot be verified, perform “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Effi-
G
cient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip)
DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection. H
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to EC-73, "Basic Inspection" . If CONSULT-II is available, perform “DATA
STEP V I
MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to EC-115, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
VALUE" . (If malfunction is detected, proceed to “Repair/replace”.) Then perform inspections according to the Symp-
tom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-83 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the J
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
K
STEP VI Refer to EC-90, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" , EC-111, "CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode" .
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit L
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to “CIRCUIT INSPEC-
TION” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and M
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM.
(Refer to EC-60, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .)
EC-69
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
ble-shooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on EC-70 in order to
organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come
on steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Examples:
● Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L
● Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere.
Worksheet Sample
LEC031A
EC-70
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart UBS008ME
A
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority Detected items (DTC)
EC
1 ● P0101, P0102, P0103 MAF sensor
● P0112, P0113, P0127 IAT sensor
● P0117, P0118, P0125 ECT sensor C
● P0121, P0122, P0123 TP sensor
● P0128 Thermostat function
● P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT sensor D
● P0327, P0328 KS
● P0340 CMP sensor
● P0460, P0461, P0462, P0463, P1464 Fuel level sensor E
● P0500 VSS
● P0605 ECM
● P1400 EGRC-solenoid valve F
● P1706 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
2 ● P0031, P0032 HO2S1 heater
● P0037, P0038 HO2S2 heater G
● P0132, P0133, P0134, P1143, P1144 HO2S1
● P0138, P0139, P1146, P1147 HO2S2
● P0335, P1336 CKP sensor H
● P0405, P0406 EGRT sensor
● P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
● P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve I
● P0447, P1446, P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve
● P0452, P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
● P0510 CTP switch
J
● P1442 EVAP control system
● P1490, P1491 Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
K
● P1775, P1776 TCC solenoid valve
3 ● P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
● P0300 - P0304 Misfire
L
● P0400, P1402 EGR function
● P0402 EGRC-BPT valve
● P0420 Three way catalyst function
M
● P0442 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK)
● P0455, EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK)
● P0456,P1456 EVAP control system (VERY SMALL LEAK)
● P0505, P0506, P507 ISC system
● P1148 Closed loop control
EC-71
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Fail-safe Chart UBS008MF
The ECM enters fail-safe mode if any of the following malfunctions is detected due to the open or short circuit.
When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MIL illuminates.
DTC No.
CONSULT-II Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
GST
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0112 Intake air temperature sen- The ECM functions on the assumption that the intake air temperature is 25°C (77°F).
P0113 sor
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 sensor circuit ignition switch to ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II
Condition
display)
Just as ignition switch is turned to
40°C (104°F)
ON or START
More than approx. 4 minutes after
80°C (176°F)
ignition ON or START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
P0122 Throttle position sensor cir- Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine
P0123 cuit speed. Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
Unable to ECM ECM fail-safe activating condition
access ECM The computing function of the ECM was judged to be malfunctioning.
When the fail-safe system activates (i.e., if the ECM detects a malfunction condition in
the CPU of ECM), the MIL on the instrument panel lights to warn the driver.
However it is not possible to access ECM and DTC cannot be confirmed.
Engine control with fail-safe
When ECM fail-safe is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation and
IACV-AAC valve operation are controlled under certain limitations.
ECM fail-safe operation
Engine speed Engine speed will not rise more than 3,000 rpm
Fuel injection Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system
Ignition timing Ignition timing is fixed at the preset valve
Fuel pump relay is ON when engine is running and
Fuel pump
OFF when engine stalls
IACV-AAC valve Full open
Replace ECM, if ECM fail-safe condition is confirmed.
EC-72
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Basic Inspection UBS008MG
1. INSPECTION START A
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance. EC
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut C
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
– Hoses and ducts for leaks
D
– Air cleaner clogging
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
– Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U
– Air conditioner switch is OFF.

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
– Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge. G
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF810K
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST. K
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II) >> GO TO 2.
OK (With GST) >> GO TO 4. L
NG >> Repair or replace components as necessary according
to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
M
SEF977U
2. CONNECT CONSULT-II TO THE VEHICLE

Connect “CONSULT-II” and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to the data
link connector and select “ENGINE” from the menu. Refer to GI-36,
"CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit"
>> GO TO 3.
SEF163X
EC-73
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK FI CAM FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
1. Adjust accelerator wire. Refer to ACC-2, "Adjusting Accelerator Wire" .
2. Warm up engine to 75°C (167°F).
3. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
SEF174Y
5. When the engine coolant temp is 75 to 85°C (167 to 185°F),

confirm the clearance is less than 0.05 mm (0.0020 in), between
stopper and throttle drum as shown in the figure.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> 1. Replace throttle body assembly. Refer to EM-13,
"OUTER COMPONENT PARTS"
2. GO TO 5.
BBIA0428E

With GST
1. Adjust accelerator wire. Refer to ACC-2, "Adjusting Accelerator Wire" .
2. Warm up engine to 75°C (167°F).
3. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds, then turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “MODE 1” with GST.
5. When the engine coolant temp is 75 to 85°C (167 to 185°F),
confirm the clearance is less than 0.05 mm (0.0020 in), between
stopper and throttle drum as shown in the figure.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> 1. Replace throttle body assembly. Refer to EM-13,
"OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
2. GO TO 12.
BBIA0428E
EC-74
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
C
PEF546N
F
4. Check ignition timing at idle using timing light.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> 1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor. Refer to H
EC-35, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 6.
I
SEF320V
6. CHECK BASE IDLE SPEED J
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode K
and touch “START”.
750±50 rpm (in Neutral position) L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
M
NG >> 1. Adjust base idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting
screw. Refer to EC-35, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/
Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" .
SEF714Z
2. GO TO 7.
EC-75
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION (CHECK THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR IDLE POSITION)
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always check ignition timing and base idle speed before performing the following.
2. Check FI cam. Refer to procedure 3.
3. Stop engine.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Select “CLSD THL/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
7. Read “CLSD THL/P SW” signal under the following conditions.
SEF197Y
– Insert a 0.1 mm (0.004 in) and 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge
alternately between the throttle adjust screw (TAS) and throttle
drum as shown in the figure and check the signal.
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “ON” while insert-
ing 0.1 mm (0.004 in) feeler gauge.
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” while insert-
ing 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 8.
BBIA0428E
EC-76
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
8. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION-1 A
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Never adjust throttle adjust screw (TAS). EC
● Do not touch throttle drum when checking “CLSD THL/P SW” signal.
Doing so may cause an incorrect adjustment.
C
1. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
3. Stop engine. D
4. Loosen throttle position sensor fixing bolts.
6. Select “CLSD THL/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. E
7. Insert a 0.1 mm (0.004 in) feeler gauge between throttle adjust
screw and throttle drum as shown in the figure.
8. Open throttle valve and then close. F
H
BBIA0428E
9. Check “CLSD THL/P SW” signal. I

“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” when the
throttle valve is closed.
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch, replace
throttle position sensor. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9. K
SEF197Y L
9. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION-2

M
With CONSULT-II
Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until “CLSD
THL/P SW” signal switches to “OFF”.
>> GO TO 10.
AEC872A
EC-77
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts as follows.
– Gradually move the sensor body clockwise and stop it
when “CLSD THL/P SW” signal switches from “OFF” to
“ON” when tightening sensor body fixing bolts.
2. Make sure two or three times that the signal is “ON” when the
throttle valve is closed and “OFF” when it is opened.
3. Remove 0.1 mm (0.004 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.3 mm
(0.012 in) feeler gauge.
4. Make sure two or three times that the signal remains “OFF”
when the throttle valve is closed.
5. Tighten throttle position sensor. AEC872A
6. Check “CLSD THL/P SW” signal again.
The signal remains “OFF” while closing throttle valve.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Remove 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
2. GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 8.

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
OK or NG
NG >> Adjust idle speed. Refer to EC-35, "Idle Speed/Ignition
Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" . Inspection end
after adjust idle speed.
SEF058Y
EC-78
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
connector.
3. Start engine.
C
load and then run engine at idle speed.
E
SEF265S
5. Check ignition timing at idle using timing light.

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. G
NG >> 1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor. Refer to
EC-35, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment" . H
2. GO TO 13.
SEF320V
I
Without CONSULT-II J
Make sure that engine speed falls to the following speed.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> 1. Adjust base idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw. Refer to EC-35, "Idle Speed/Igni-
tion Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" . L
2. GO TO 14.
EC-79
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
14. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION (CHECK THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR IDLE POSITION)
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
3. Stop engine.
4. Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.
5. Connect the tester probe to closed throttle position switch terminals 5 and 6.
6. Check harness continuity under the following conditions.
SEF862V
– Insert the 0.1 mm (0.004 in) and 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge
drum as shown in the figure.
“Continuity should exist” while inserting 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
feeler gauge.
“Continuity should not exist” while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012
in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 15.
BBIA0428E
EC-80
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
15. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION-1 A
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Never adjust throttle adjust screw (TAS). EC
● Do not touch throttle drum when checking continuity.
Doing so may cause an incorrect adjustment.
1. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature. C
3. Stop engine.
D
5. Disconnect closed throttle position sensor harness connector.
6. Insert 0.1 mm (0.004 in) feeler gauge between the throttle adjust E
7. Open throttle valve then close.
F
BBIA0428E H
8. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch termi-
nal 5 and 6.
The continuity should not exist while closing the throttle I
position sensor body.
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch, replace
throttle position sensor. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16. K
SEF862V
16. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION-2 L
With CONSULT-II
Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until continuity M
does not exist.
>> GO TO 17.
AEC872A
EC-81
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
when the continuity comes to exist, then tighten sensor
body fixing bolts.
2. Make sure two or three times that the continuity exists when the
throttle valve is closed and continuity does not exist when it is
opened.
4. Make sure two or three times that continuity does not exist when
the throttle valve is closed.
AEC872A
5. Tighten throttle position sensor.
6. Check the continuity again.
Continuity does not exist while closing the throttle valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 15.
18. REINSTALLATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
2. Reconnect throttle position sensor harness connector and closed throttle position switch harness connec-
tor.
3. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load and then run engine at idle speed.
>> GO TO 19.
19. RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION MEMORY

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always warm up engine to normal operating temperature. If engine is cool, the throttle position sensor
idle position memory will not be reset correctly.
1. Start engine.
3. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch OFF.)
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for 20 times.
>> GO TO 20.
EC-82
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> 1. Adjust target idle speed. Refer to EC-35, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjust-
ment" . D
2. GO TO 21.
21. ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC E
After this inspection, unnecessary DTC No. might be displayed.

Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM.
Refer to EC-60, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . F
>> INSPECTION END

G
Symptom Matrix Chart UBS008MH
SYSTEM — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM H
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
J
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
K
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA M

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-543
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-47
Injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-534
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-558
Air Positive crankcase ventilation
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-574
system
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-73
EC-397,
IACV-AAC valve circuit 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-402 ,
EC-407
IACV-FICD solenoid valve circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-552
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjust-
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-73
ment
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-527
EC-83
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
EGR EGRC-solenoid valve circuit 2 2 3 3 3 EC-456
EC-280,
EGR system 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 EC-291 ,
EC-462
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 EC-120
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 MTC-23
Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-273
EC-138,
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-151
EC-190,
EC-197 ,
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-206 ,
EC-421 ,
EC-426
EC-156,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2
EC-176
EC-161,
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-170
Incorrect throttle position sensor adjust-
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-73
ment
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-392
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-263
EC-72,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-419
Start signal circuit 2 EC-539
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-522
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 3 3 EC-548
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
EC-84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM
A

EC


C

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank FL-3
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
G
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 H
line, Low octane)
—
Air Air duct
Air cleaner I
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — throttle
5 5 5 5 5 5
body) J
5 5 5 5
Throttle body, Throttle wire ACC-2
Air leakage from intake manifold/
— K
Collector/Gasket
Crank- Battery SC-4
ing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit SC-24
L
Starter circuit 3 SC-9
Flywheel 6 EM-46
PNP switch 4 — M
EC-85
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4 EM-30,
Piston ring EM-46
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain
mecha-
Camshaft EM-19,
nism 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve EM-30
3
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EX-3
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion filter/Oil gallery EM-16, LU-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
7
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler
cap
Thermostat 5 CO-7
Water pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery
Coolant level (low)/Contami-
MA-16
nated coolant
EC-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Engine Control Component Parts Location UBS008MI
EC
BBIA0433E
EC-87
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
PBIB1175E
PBIB1470E
EC-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Circuit Diagram UBS008MJ
EC
BBWA0517E
EC-89
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout UBS008MK
SEF533P
ECM Terminals and Reference Value UBS008ML
PREPARATION
1. ECM is located behind the instrument lower cover. For this
inspection:
● Remove instrument lower cover.
SEF324V
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
AEC913
3. Perform all voltage measurements with the connector con-

nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
● Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
● Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at 1 time.
● Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE A
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
EC
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
SEF186T
1 PU/W Ignition signal D
0.2 - 1.0V
[Engine is running] E
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
SEF187T
12 - 14V
[Engine is running] G
● Idle speed
NOTE: H
SEF188T
2 B Ignition check I
12 - 13V
[Engine is running] J
K
SEF189T
0 - 1V
[Engine is running] L
● Idle speed
NOTE: M
SEF190T
3 P/L Tachometer
0.5 - 2V
[Engine is running]
SEF191T
EC-91
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
4 LG/R
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EVAP canister purge

5 R/Y volume control sole- SEF109V
noid valve
12 - 13V
[Engine is running]
(More than 200 seconds after starting engine)
SEF110V
[Engine is running]
10 B/R ECM ground Engine ground
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
0 - 1V
ON.
11 W/R Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
[Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON
[Engine is running]
● Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON* Approximately 0V
*: Any mode except OFF, ambient air tempera-
12 P Air conditioner relay ture above 10°C (50°F).
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● A/C switch: OFF (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1V

Malfunction indicator
18 R/W [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
lamp
● Idle speed (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0V
20 L/OR Start signal BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: START]
(11 - 14V)
EC-92
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Both air conditioner switch and blower switch are Approximately 0V EC
Air conditioner dual- ON (Compressor operates)
21 G/R
pressure switch
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (11 - 14V) C
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
Park/neutral position ● Shift lever: Neutral
22 L/B D
(PNP) switch [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5V
● Except above position
E
● Warm-up condition 0.2 - 0.8V
Throttle position sen- ● Accelerator pedal is fully released
23 L
sor [Ignition switch: ON] F
● Engine stopped 3.5 - 4.5V
● Accelerator pedal is fully depressed
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V G
24 W/G Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] H
25 B/Y ECM ground Engine ground
● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE I
(11 - 14V)
Throttle position ● Accelerator pedal is fully released
28 BR/W switch
(Closed position) [Ignition switch: ON]
J
● Engine stopped Approximately 0V
● Accelerator pedal is slightly depressed
1 - 4V K
[Engine is running]
● Lift up the vehicle
29 G/B Vehicle speed sensor L
● Shift lever: 2nd
● Vehicle speed: 40km/h (25MPH)
SEF111V M
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil ● Steering wheel is turned
39 GY/R
pressure switch [Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
● Steering wheel is not turned
42 BR Sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
43 B/W Sensor ground Approximately 0V
● Idle speed
EC-93
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0.2 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
Camshaft position SEF114V
44 PU
sensor
48 PU
(Reference signal) 0 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF200T
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
46 OR/B Fuel level sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with fuel
level.
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
SEF112V
Crankshaft position
47 L
sensor (OBD)
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
SEF113V
Approximately 2.6V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
Camshaft position SEF195T
49 LG sensor
(Position signal) Approximately 2.5 - 2.6V
[Engine is running]
SEF196T
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V
50 B ● Warm-up condition
sor 1 (Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
EC-94
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.8V EC
● Idle speed
54 R Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.9 - 2.3V C
[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor D
55 G ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
E
Heated oxygen sen- ● Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly
56 OR after the following conditions are met. 0 - Approximately 1.0V
sor 2 F
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load.
Approximately 0 - 4.8V G
Engine coolant tem-
59 LG/R [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
perature sensor
coolant temperature
Approximately 0 - 4.8V H
Fuel tank tempera-
60 Y/B [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
ture sensor
temperature
Approximately 0 - 4.8V I
Intake air tempera-
61 PU/R [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
ture sensor
air temperature
EVAP control system
62 Y [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8V J
pressure sensor
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Less than 4.5V
K
EGR temperature ● Idle speed
63 G/OR
sensor [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 0 - 1.5V L
● EGR system is operating
[Engine is running]
64 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.4V
● Idle speed M
Fuel level sensor [Engine is running]
66 B Approximately 0V
ground ● Idle speed
67 B/P Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
72 B/P ECM (11 - 14V)

69 LG/R Data link connector Approximately 2V
● CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.
Power supply BATTERY VOLTAGE
80 SB [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
EC-95
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
10.5 - 11.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
SEF645U
101 OR/L IACV-AAC valve
1 - 13V
[Engine is running]
SEF646U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
102 W/B Injector No. 1
104 W/R Injector No. 3 SEF204T
109 W/L Injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE

111 W/PU Injector No. 4
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
SEF205T
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 0 - 1V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
103 G/W EGRC-solenoid valve
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Shift lever: 1st
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
EVAP canister vent BATTERY VOLTAGE
108 R/G [Ignition switch: ON]
control valve (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
117 B/P Current return
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.4V
Heated oxygen sen- ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
119 BR/Y
sor heater 1 [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)
EC-96
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Vacuum cut valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
120 P/B [Ignition switch: ON]
bypass valve (11 - 14V) EC
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is below 4,000 rpm after the fol-
lowing conditions are met. C
● Engine: after warming up Approximately 0.4V
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sen- 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
122 R/B D
sor heater 2 under no load.
● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE E
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 4,000 rpm.
[Engine is running] F
● Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G
EC-97
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
CONSULT-II Function UBS008MM
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly. *
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for the basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F, feedback control valve and the
Data monitor (SPEC)
other data monitor items can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part numbers can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
● System readiness test (SRT) codes
● Test values
● Others
EC-98
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
A
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT

RESULTS DATA CONFIRMATION
Item WORK EC
DATA MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONITOR TOR TEST SRT WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME (SPEC) STATUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT C
Camshaft position sensor × × × ×
Mass air flow sensor × × ×
Engine coolant temperature
D
× × × × ×
sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 1 × × × × ×
E
Vehicle speed sensor × × × ×
Throttle position sensor × × × × F
Fuel tank temperature sensor × × × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
EVAP control system pres-

× × ×
sure sensor G
EGR temperature sensor × × ×
Intake air temperature sensor × × × ×
H
Crankshaft position sensor
×
INPUT
(OBD)
Knock sensor ×
I
Fuel level sensor × × ×
Ignition switch (start signal) ×
Closed throttle position switch × × J
Closed throttle position switch
(throttle position sensor sig- ×
nal) K
Air conditioner switch ×
Park/Neutral position (PNP)
× ×
switch L
Power steering oil pressure
×
switch
Air conditioner pressure
×
M
switch
Battery voltage ×
EC-99
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS DATA CONFIRMATION
Item WORK
DATA MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONITOR TOR TEST SRT WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME (SPEC) STATUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT
Fuel injector × × ×
Power transistor (Ignition tim-
× × × ×
ing)
IACV-AAC valve × × × × ×
EVAP canister purge volume
× × × × ×
control solenoid valve
Air conditioner relay × ×
Fuel pump relay × × × ×
OUTPUT
EGRC-solenoid valve × × × ×
× × × ×
heater
× × × ×
heater
EVAP canister vent control
× × × × ×
valve
Vacuum cut valve bypass
× × × × × ×
valve
Calculated load value × × ×
×: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-51 .
2. Connect “CONSULT-II” and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector which is located behind the fuse box cover.
SEF163X

4. Touch “START(NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Data Link
Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
MBIB0233E
EC-100
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
A
EC
SEF995X
D
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
E
G
SEF824Y
WORK SUPPORT MODE

H
Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ ● FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION IN THE SERVICE When adjusting the idle throttle I
MANUAL position
IGNITION TIMING ADJ ● IGNITION TIMING FEEDBACK CONTROL WILL BE When adjusting initial ignition tim-
HELD BY TOUCHING “START”. AFTER DOING SO, ing
ADJUST IGNITION TIMING WITH A TIMING LIGHT BY
J
TURNING THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
ING IDLING. from fuel line K
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self- learning value L
FICIENT.
EC-101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE OPEN THE VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE AND When detecting EVAP vapor leak
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN point of EVAP system
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
● BATTERY VOLTAGE IS SUFFICIENT.
● IGN SW “ON”
● ENGINE NOT RUNNING
● AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
● NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS-
TEM
● TANK FUEL TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
● WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYS-
TEM CLOSE”
WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITIONS ABOVE, CONSULT-II WILL
DISCONTINUE AND DISPLAY INSTRUCTIONS.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
“BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”,
EVEN WHEN USING A CHARGED BATTERY.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE

Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-17, "INDEX FOR DTC" .
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
DIAG TROUBLE
● Engine Control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer to
CODE
EC-17, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX]
● “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● One mode in the following is displayed.
FUEL SYS-B1 Mode 2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
Mode 3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode 4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode 5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP
● The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
ule.
● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED
● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm]
VEHICL SPEED
● The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH-P/S [%] ● The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-102
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Freeze frame data
Description
item* A
B/FUEL SCHDL
● The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] EC
● The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
C
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
ECM
MAIN
D
INPUT
Monitored item [Unit] SIG- Description Remarks
SIG-
NALS
NALS
E
● Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed
● Indicates the engine speed computed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × from the REF signal (180° signal) of the ● If the signal is interrupted while the
camshaft position sensor. engine is running, an abnormal value F
may be indicated.
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
sensor is displayed. value is indicated. G
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into
×
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor-
H
rection.
● When the engine is stopped, a certain
● Indicates the mean value of the air-fuel value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × ratio feedback correction factor per I
cycle. ● This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
● When the engine coolant temperature
● The engine coolant temperature (deter- J
sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
COOLAN TEMP/S mined by the signal voltage of the
× × enters fail-safe mode. The engine cool-
[°C] or [°F] engine coolant temperature sensor) is
ant temperature determined by the
displayed.
ECM is displayed.
K
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S1 (B1) [V] × ×
sensor 1 is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S2 (B1) [V] × × L
sensor 2 is displayed.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 sig-
nal during air-fuel ratio feedback control: ● After turning ON the ignition switch,
RICH: Means the mixture became “rich”, “RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixture M
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) and control is being affected toward a ratio feedback control begins.
×
[RICH/LEAN] leaner mixture. ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN: Means the mixture became clamped, the value just before the
“lean”, and control is being affected clamping is displayed continuously.
toward a rich mixture.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
nal:
RICH: Means the amount of oxygen
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) after three way catalyst is relatively ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
×
[RICH/LEAN] small. value is indicated.
LEAN: Means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
large.
VHCL SPEED SE ● The vehicle speed computed from the
× ×
[km/h] or [mph] vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed.
● The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT [V] × ×
played.
EC-103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● The throttle position sensor signal volt-
THRTL POS SEN [V] × ×
age is displayed.
● The fuel temperature judged from the
FUEL T/TMP SE
× fuel tank temperature sensor signal volt-
[°C] or [°F]
age is displayed.
● The intake air temperature determined
INT/A TEMP SE
× × by the signal voltage of the intake air
[°C] or [°F]
temperature sensor is indicated.
● The signal voltage of the EGR tempera-
EGR TEMP SEN [V] × ×
ture sensor is displayed.
● The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-
EVAP SYS PRES [V] ×
tem pressure sensor is displayed.
FUEL LEVEL SE ● The signal voltage of the fuel level sen-
×
[V] sor is displayed.
START SIGNAL ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the ● After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
× ×
[ON/OFF] starter signal. played regardless of the starter signal.
● Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] com-
CLSD THL POS
× × puted by ECM according to the throttle
[ON/OFF]
position sensor signal.
● Indicates mechanical contact [ON/OFF]
CLSD THL/P SW
× condition of the closed throttle position
[ON/OFF]
switch.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
AIR COND SIG
× × conditioner switch as determined by the
[ON/OFF]
air conditioning signal.
P/N POSI SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
× ×
[ON/OFF] PNP switch signal.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the
PW/ST SIGNAL power steering oil pressure switch deter-
× ×
[ON/OFF] mined by the power steering oil pressure
switch signal.
IGNITION SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-
×
[ON/OFF] tion switch.
● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
INJ PULSE-B1 ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
× width compensated by ECM according
[msec] computed value is indicated.
to the input signals.
IGN TIMING ● Indicates the ignition timing computed by
×
[BTDC] ECM according to the input signals.
● Calculated load value indicates the
CAL/LD VALUE [%] value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow.
● Absolute throttle position sensor indi-
cates the throttle opening computed by
ABSOL TH·P/S [%]
ECM according to the signal voltage of
the throttle position sensor.
● Indicates the mass airflow computed by
MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]
the mass air flow sensor.
● Indicates the IACV-AAC valve control
IACV-AAC/V [%] × value computed by ECM according to
the input signals.
EC-104
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT A
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol- EC
ume control value computed by the ECM
PURG VOL C/V [%] according to the input signals.
● The opening becomes larger as the
value increases. C
● Indicates the air conditioner relay control
AIR COND RLY
× condition determined by ECM according
[ON/OFF]
to the input signals. D
● Indicates the control condition of the
EGRC SOL/V EGRC-solenoid valve determined by
[ON/OFF] × ECM according to the input signals. E
(FLOW/CUT) ● ON: EGR valve is operational
OFF: EGR valve operation is cut-off
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control
FUEL PUMP RLY F
× condition determined by ECM according
[ON/OFF]
to the input signals.
● The control condition of the vacuum cut
valve bypass valve (determined by ECM G
VC/V BYPASS/V according to the input signal) is indi-
[ON/OFF] cated.
● ON: Open H
OFF: Closed
● The control condition of the EVAP canis-
ter vent control valve (determined by
ECM according to the input signal) is
I
VENT CONT/V
[ON/OFF] indicated.
● ON: Closed
OFF: Open J
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals. K
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
L
VOLTAGE [V] ● Voltage measured by the voltage probe.
● Only “#” is displayed if item is unable to
be measured.
M
Frequency ● Pulse width, frequency or duty cycle ● Figures with “#”s are temporary ones.
[msec] or [Hz] or [%] measured by the pulse probe. They are the same figures as an actual
piece of data which was just previously
measured.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-105
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● Indicates the engine speed computed
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × from the REF signal (180° signal) of the
camshaft position sensor.
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When engine is running specification
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
sensor specification is displayed. range is indicated.
● Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into ● When engine is running specification
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
● When engine is running specification
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connector
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Fuel injector
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-II. ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Engine: Return to the original

trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Timing light: Set ● Adjust initial ignition timing
ING CHECK ITEM.
● Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.
● Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine.
IACV-AAC/V Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connector
OPENING ● Change the IACV-AAC valve the opening percent. ● IACV-AAC valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II.
● Engine: After warming up, idle the ● Harness and connector

engine. ● Compression
POWER BAL- ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE ● Shift lever: Neutral ● Power transistor
● Cut off each injector signal one at ● Spark plug
a time using CONSULT-II. ● Ignition coil
trouble condition
ENG COOLANT If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP ● Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature indication using CON-
SULT-II. ● Fuel injector
● Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- ● Harness and connector
RELAY ● Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” ing sound. ● Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II and
listen to operating sound.
EC-106
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
A
EGRC SOLE- ● Turn EGRC-solenoid valve “ON” EGRC-solenoid valve makes an ● Harness and connector
NOID VALVE and “OFF” using CONSULT-II and operating sound. ● EGRC-solenoid valve
listen to operating sound. EC
● Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
● Harness and connector
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to C
CONT/V the opening percent. ● EVAP canister purge volume
volume control solenoid valve
control solenoid valve
SULT-II.
D
FUEL T/TEMP
● Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-II.
SEN
(Engine stopped)
E
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connector
TROL/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve
“OFF” using CONSULT-II and lis-
ten to operating sound. F
(Engine stopped)
Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connector
VC/V BYPASS/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and G
sound. ● Solenoid valve
“OFF” using CONSULT-II and lis-
ten to operating sound.
EC-107
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-52, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT Work Support Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC Work Support Mode
TEST MODE TEST ITEM CONDITION REFERENCE PAGE
PURG FLOW P0441 EC-309
EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 EC-318, EC-471
EVAPORATIVE SYS-
EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456 EC-371, EC-492
TEM
PURG VOL CN/V P1444 EC-473
VC CUT/V BP/V P1491 EC-512
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-197
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-206
HO2S1 Refer to corresponding
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 trouble diagnosis for EC-421
DTC.
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 EC-426
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-220
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-431
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-438
EGR SYSTEM P0400 EC-280
EGR SYSTEM EGRC-BPT/VLV P0402 EC-291
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)

Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
– The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by
ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to
“Recording Data. xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded. Then the
percentage reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched on the screen
during “Recording Data. xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by “TRIG-
GER POINT” and “RECORDING Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
– DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
“DATA MONITOR” can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
Use these triggers as follows:
Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG”
– While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, be sure to
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
– While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
EC-108
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient
Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" . A
2. “MANU TRIG”
– If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further EC
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
SEF720X
K
Generic Scan Tool (GST) UBS008MN
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has L
8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
M
ual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
MODE 1 READINESS TESTS
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA) the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-51, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.
EC-109
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
● Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
● Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3)
MODE 4 CLEAR DIAG INFO ● Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
● Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
● Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1)
● Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific com-
MODE 6 (ON BOARD TESTS)
ponents/systems that are not continuously monitored.
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related pow-
MODE 7 (ON BOARD TESTS) ertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving condi-
tions.
MODE 8 — —
This mode is to enable the off-board to request vehicle specific information such as Vehi-
MODE 9 (CALIBRATION ID)
cle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration ID.
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector which is located under LH
dash panel near the fuse box cover.
SEF163X

4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
SEF398S
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-

dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.
SEF416S
EC-110
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008MO
Remarks: A
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
(i.e., Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING. Specification data might be displayed even when ignition EC
timing is not adjusted to specification. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the input signals from the
camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.)
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Run engine and compare the CONSULT-II value with tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the C
ENG SPEED
tion. value tachometer indication
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0.9 - 1.8V
● Air conditioner switch: OFF D
MAS A/F SE-B1
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm 1.9 - 2.3V
● No-load
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
E
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 LEAN ←→ RICH
● Engine: After warming up F
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
HO2S2 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
G
● After keeping engine speed Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for rpm quickly
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute LEAN ←→ RICH
under no load H
● Turn drive wheels and compare the CONSULT-II value with speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V I
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.2 - 0.8V
THRTL POS SEN ● Ignition switch: ON
Throttle valve: Fully opened 3.5 - 4.5V
(Engine stopped) J
EGR TEMP SEN ● Engine: After warming up Less than 4.5V
START SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
K
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL/P SW ● Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped) Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
L
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL POS ● Ignition switch: ON
Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
(Engine stopped)
M
A/C switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG A/C switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever: Neutral ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Except above OFF
Steering wheel in neutral position
● Engine: After warming up, idle OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (forward direction)
the engine
Steering wheel is turned ON
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.5 - 3.3 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B1
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 2.4 - 3.2 msec
● No-load
EC-111
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
B/FUEL SCHDL
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 20° BTDC
IGN TIMING
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm More than 25° BTDC
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 30%
IACV-AAC/V
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm —
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
PURG VOL C/V ● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm (More than 200 seconds
—
● No-load after starting engine)
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
A/F ALPHA-B1 ● Engine: After warming up 50 - 159%
rpm
EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON Approx. 3.4V
AIR COND RLY ● Air conditioner switch: OFF → ON OFF → ON
● Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds)
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except as shown above OFF
● Engine: After warming up Idle ON (Cut)
EGRC SOL/V Engine speed: Revving engine from
● Shift lever: Neutral OFF (Flow)
idle to 3,000 rpm quickly.
● No-load
VENT CONT/V ● Ignition switch: ON OFF
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
● Engine speed: Below 4,000 rpm after the following conditions are met.
● Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under on load
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) OFF
VC/V BYPASS/V ● Ignition switch: ON OFF
● Engine: After warming up Idle 9.5 - 34.0%
CAL/LD VALUE
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm 13.9 - 24.9%
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up, engine Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.0%
ABSOL TH·P/S stopped
Throttle valve: Fully opened Approx. 80%
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0.9 - 5.8 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/s
● No-load
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode UBS008MP
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
EC-112
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
(Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT-II. “Trigger Point” is set to 100%, “Recording
Speed” is set to MAX..) A
THRTL POS SEN, ABSOL TH·P/S, CLSD THL POS
Below is the data for “THRTL POS SEN”, “ABSOL TH·P/S” and “CLSD THL POS” when depressing the accel-
erator pedal with the ignition switch ON. EC
The signal of “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH·P/S” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or
rise after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
C
SEF306Y F
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL POS SEN”, “HO2S2 (B1)”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine to nor- G
mal operating temperature.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
H
SEF241Y
EC-113
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
SEF242YA
EC-114
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[KA24DE]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031
A
Description UBS008MQ
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition UBS008MR
● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) F

● Barometric pressure: 101.3 kPa (760.0 mmHg, 29.92 inHg)±3 kPa (22.5 mmHg, 0.89 inHg)
● Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) G
● Transmission: Warmed-up*1
● Electrical load: Not applied*2
H
● Engine speed: Idle
*1: Drive vehicle for 5 minutes after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
I
ahead.
Inspection Procedure UBS008MS
NOTE: J
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-73, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. K
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-
B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. L
5. If NG, go to EC-116, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M
SEF601Z
EC-115
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008MT
LEC091A
EC-116
[KA24DE]
EC
SEF768Z
EC-117
[KA24DE]
LEC090A
EC-118
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[KA24DE]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
A
Description UBS008MU
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on DTC (1st trip) visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
rences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific malfunctioning area. C
Common I/ Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
D
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st trip) DTC data does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
VI The TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008MV

F
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-60, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" . G
>> GO TO 2. H
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to “CIRCUIT INSPECTION”, “Ground Inspec- I
tion” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. J
NG >> Repair or replace.
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K

Perform “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Inci-
dent" .
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
M
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS
Refer to “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal” in GI-22,
"How to Check Terminal"
OK or NG
NG >> Repair or replace connector.
EC-119
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110
Wiring Diagram UBS008MW
BBWA1054E
EC-120
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0 - 1V
ECM relay ● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
4 LG/R
(Self shut-off) [Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
D
switch OFF
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed F
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
24 W/G Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON] G
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
H
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
67 B/P BATTERY VOLTAGE I
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
72 B/P (11 - 14V)

(Back-up) (11 - 14V) J
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE K
[Engine is running]
124 B/R ECM ground Engine ground L
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008MX
1. INSPECTION START M
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 2.
EC-121
[KA24DE]
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 24 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage : Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF600P

● Harness connectors M65, E43
● Harness connectors M59, F27
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E49
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

2. Loosen and retighten ground screw.
Refer to EC-126, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0431E
5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 19, 25, 32, 116, 124 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-122
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II A
1. Stop engine.
SULT-II or tester. EC

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
MEC698B
E
F
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M27
● 10A fuse G
● Harness for open or short between ECM and battery.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
8. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-III

I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 67, 72, 117 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
J
Voltage : After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop to approximately 0V. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9. L
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
12. PBIB2168E
M
9. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM
2. Disconnect ECM relay.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 67, 72, 117
and ECM relay terminal 3.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
SEF323VA
in harness or connectors.
EC-123
[KA24DE]
10. CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND GROUND
Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 2, 5 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
SEF120V

Check harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F36
12. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 4 and ECM relay terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
13. CHECK ECM RELAY

2. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
3. Check continuity between ECM relay terminals 3 and 5.
12V (1 - 2) applied Continuity exists.
No voltage applied No continuity
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace ECM relay.
SEF511P
EC-124
[KA24DE]
14. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
Refer to EC-126, "Ground Inspection" . EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. C
BBIA0431E
E
15. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
F
Refer to Wiring Diagram. G
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
I
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . J
>> INSPECTION END.

K
EC-125
[KA24DE]
Ground Inspection UBS00GYX
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
● Remove the ground bolt or screw.
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
● Clean as required to assure good contact.
● Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
● Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-16, "Ground Distribution" .
PBIB1870E
EC-126
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[KA24DE]
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
A
Description UBS008MY
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
C
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
D
OPERATION
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,600 rpm OFF E
Below 3,600 rpm after warming up ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008MZ F

Specification data are reference values.
G
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008N0
Trouble diagnosis I
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal ● Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen
range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is J
P0031 sensor 1 heater open or shorted.)
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
control circuit low
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.) K
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal ● Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
range.
P0032 sensor 1 heater
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to shorted.) L
control circuit high
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.)
M
EC-127
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008N1
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-130, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait least 5 seconds.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-130, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when using
CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. There-
fore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
EC-128
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008N2
EC
BBWA0436E
EC-129
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER- WIRE
MINAL COLO ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NO. R
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 0.4V
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
119 BR/Y ●
heater
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008N3

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY

BBIA0430E
2. Check voltage between terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II

or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF213W
EC-130
[KA24DE]
● 15A fuse EC
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
C
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
3. Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 119.
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
H
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 1.
I
Resistance : 3.3 - 4.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Check continuity between terminals 2 and 1, 3 and 2.
Continuity should not exist. J
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur- K
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system SEF220W
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897- L
18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. M
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

Perform EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008N4
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-13, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-131
[KA24DE]
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
Description UBS008N5
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Heated oxygen sensor
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
2 heater control
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 4,000 OFF
● Below 4,000 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for
1minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008N6

ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008N7
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor ● Harness or connectors

Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037 circuit is open or shorted.)
heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor ● Harness or connectors

Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038 circuit is shorted.)
heater control circuit high (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
EC-132
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008N8
A
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is in between 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with C
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture. D
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. E
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
. F
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. G
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. H
I
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-135, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when using
CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. Therefore,
using CONSULT-II is recommended.
K
EC-133
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008N9
BBWA1058E
EC-134
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Engine speed: Below 4,000 rpm after the follow-
ing conditions are met. 0 - 1.0V
D
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
122 R/B
heater under no load
E
● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
F
● Engine speed is 4,000 rpm.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008NA
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G

2. Loosen and retighten ground screw. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. I
BBIA0431E K

L
3. Check voltage between terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II M
or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF218W
EC-135
[KA24DE]
● 15A fuse

3. Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 122.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM

1. Check resistance between terminals 2 and 3.
Resistance : 3.3 - 4.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2. Check continuity.
Terminal No. Continuity
1 and 2, 3, 4
No
4 and 1, 2, 3
CAUTION:
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
SEF221W
EC-136
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
>> INSPECTION END. EC
Removal and Installation UBS008NB
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 C

Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
EC-137
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
Component Description UBS008NC
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current to maintain the temperature of the hot
wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of
this current change.
SEF893J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008ND

MAS A/F SE-B1
● No-load
CAL/LD VALUE
● No-load
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/s
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008NE
● Harness or connectors
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM (The sensor circuit is open or
A) shorted.)
under light load driving condition.
Mass air flow sensor cir- ● Mass air flow sensor
P0101 cuit range/performance ● Harness or connectors
problem (The sensor circuit is open or
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM shorted.)
B)
under heavy load driving condition.
● Intake air leaks
● Mass air flow sensor
EC-138
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008NF
A
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. EC
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. C
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A

NOTE: D
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON)
instead of running engine at idle speed.
With CONSULT-II E
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
4. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
. G
SEF174Y
With GST I
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B J
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-142, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
4. Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”. L
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
6. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases. M
If NG, go to EC-142, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
SEF243Y
EC-139
[KA24DE]
7. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive sec-
onds.
ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm
THRTL POS SEN More than 3V
Shift lever Suitable position
Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will
help maintain the driving conditions required for
this test.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-142, "Diagnostic Procedure" SEF175Y
.
Overall Function Check UBS008NG
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With GST
4. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with “MODE 1”.
5. Check for linear mass air flow rise in response to increases to
about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
SEF534P
EC-140
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008NH
EC
BBWA1055E
EC-141
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor
ground
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008NI
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A >> GO TO 3.
B >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check the followings for connection.
● Air duct
● Air cleaner
● Vacuum hoses
● Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0431E
EC-142
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK POWER SUPPLY A
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (MAF) harness connector.
EC
D
AEC131A
3. Check voltage between terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II E

or tester.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. G
SEF126V
H

I
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and MAF sensor
● Harness for open or short between ECM and MAF sensor J
K
L
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 55.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-143
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 54 (mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Less than 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
0.9 - 1.8
temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.9 - 2.3
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 0.9 - 1.8 to Approx. 3.0
SEF326V
*: Make sure linear voltage rises as engine speed increase to about 4,000 rpm.
5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
– Turn ignition switch OFF
– Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again
– Perform steps 2 and 3 again
6. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from intake manifold. Check
hot wire for damage or dust.
7. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
SEF893J

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-144
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
A
Component Description UBS008NK
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake EC
the heat loss. C
Therefore, the electric current to maintain the temperature of the hot
wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of
this current change. D
SEF893J
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008NL

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
MAS A/F SE-B1 G
● No-load
H
CAL/LD VALUE
● No-load
I
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/s J
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008NM

K
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
Trouble diagnosis
name
L
Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
circuit low input sent to ECM when engine is running. ● Intake air leaks
M
Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0103
circuit high input sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EC-145
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008NN
NOTE:
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
3. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
3. Wait at least 6 seconds.
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 6 seconds.
SEF058Y
With GST
EC-146
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008NO
EC
BBWA1055E
EC-147
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER- WIRE
NO. R
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
ground
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008NP
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.

Check the followings for connection.
● Air duct
● Air cleaner
● Vacuum hoses
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0431E
EC-148
[KA24DE]
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
EC
D
AEC131A
3. Check voltage between terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II E

or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. G
SEF126V
H

I
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and MAF sensor
● Harness for open or short between ECM and MAF sensor J
K
L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-149
[KA24DE]
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
0.9 - 1.8
temperature.)
1.9 - 2.3
SEF326V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF893J

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-150
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description UBS008NR
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct hous-
ing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal EC
to the ECM.
SEF329V
E
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise. F
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ G
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
H
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 61 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION: I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008NS J
K
Intake air temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0112 ● Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor Intake air temperature sensor L
P0113 ●
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
M
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Intake air temperature sensor circuit The ECM functions on the assumption that the intake air temperature is 25°C (77°F).
EC-151
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008NT
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-152
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008NU
EC
BBWA1056E
EC-153
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008NV

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

1. Disconnect intake air temperature (IAT) sensor harness connec-
tor.
SEF329V
3. Check voltage between intake air temperature sensor terminal 1

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
AEC570A

● Harness connectors E43, M65
● Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
>> Repair open or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-154
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT A
3. Check harness continuity between intake air temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43. EC
Refer to the Wiring Diagram.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

F
G
6. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR H

Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 1
and 2 as shown in the figure.
I
K
PBIB2005E
<Reference data> L

°C (°F) V kΩ
M
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
temperature sensor) and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. SEF012P
NG >> Replace intake air temperature sensor.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-155
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS008NX
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 59 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008NY

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008NZ

DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor
sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0118 ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch to ON
or START.
Condition
display)
Engine coolant tem-
perature sensor circuit Just as ignition switch is turned to ON or START 40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
EC-156
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008O0
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. C
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST F
EC-157
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008O1
AEC984A
EC-158
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008O2

2. Loosen and retighten ground screw. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0431E
E

F
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
G
I
SEF330V
3. Check voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor ter- J

minal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
SEF206W M
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor.
EC-159
[KA24DE]
3. Check harness continuity between engine coolant temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

6. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-160, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS008O3
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage V* Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 59
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. SEF012P
EC-160
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description UBS008O5
NOTE:
If DTC P0121 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510. EC
Refer to EC-412 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a type of potentiome-
ter which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the C
ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sen-
sor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the “Wide open and closed D
throttle position switch”, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.
J
SEF105S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008O6
Specification data are reference values. K

● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.2 - 0.8V L
THRTL POS SEN (Engine stopped)
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully opened 3.5 - 4.5V
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.0% M

ABSOL TH·P/S (Engine stopped)
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully opened Approx. 80%
EC-161
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008O7
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
A) ● Harness or connectors
(The throttle position sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ● Throttle position sensor
ECM under light load driving condition.
● Fuel injector
Throttle position sensor ● Camshaft position sensor
P0121 circuit range/performance
problem
B) ● Harness or connectors
(The throttle position sensor circuit is
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to open or shorted.)
ECM under heavy load driving condition.
● throttle position sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Throttle position sensor Condition Driving condition
circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008O8
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
If idle speed is over 1,100 rpm, maintain the following conditions
for at least 10 seconds to keep engine speed below 1,100 rpm.
Shift lever Suitable position except Neutral
(Higher gear position such as 3rd or 4th
is better to keep low engine rpm.)
Accelerator pedal Released
SEF058Y
Vehicle speed As slow as possible
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-165, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
EC-162
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
EC
4. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5. Select “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH·P/S” in “DATA MON-
ITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. C
6. Press RECORD on CONSULT-II screen at the same time accel-
erator pedal is depressed.
7. Print out the recorded graph and check the following: D
– The voltage rise is linear in response to accelerator pedal
depression.
E
– The voltage when accelerator pedal is fully depressed is approx- SEF177Y
imately 4V.
If OK, go to following step. F
SEF245Y L
8. Select “AUTO TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
9. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive sec- M
onds.
MAS A/F SE-B1 More than 3V
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) SEF178Y
will help maintain the driving conditions required
for this test.
With GST
EC-163
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008O9
BBWA0547E
EC-164
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] C
23 L Throttle position sensor ● Accelerator pedal is fully released
[Ignition switch: ON] D
3.5 - 4.5V
E
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008OA F

1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction A or B is duplicated? G
A or B
Malfunction A>>GO TO 4.
Malfunction B>>GO TO 2. H
2. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Check the following items. Refer to EC-73, "Basic Inspection" . I
Items Specifications
Ignition timing 20° ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) J
Base idle speed 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Closed throttle position switch idle position adjustment Feeler gauge thickness and switch condition
0.1 mm (0.004 in): ON K
0.3 mm (0.012 in): OFF
Target idle speed 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
L
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM M
Check the following for connection.

● Air duct
● Air cleaner
● Vacuum hoses
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-165
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0431E

1. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.
SEF265S
3. Check voltage between throttle position sensor terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF564P

3. Check harness continuity between throttle position sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-166
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
Check harness for open or short between ECM and throttle position sensor.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC

C
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 23 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.
Continuity should exist. D
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-73, "Basic Inspection" .
H
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 11.
J
11. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-278, "Component Inspection"
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace distributor assembly with camshaft position sensor. L
12. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-168, "Component Inspection" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-167
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS008OB
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
3. Stop engine and turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following condi-
tions.
NOTE:
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position
sensor installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions Voltage [V]
Completely closed 0.2 - 0.8 (a)
Partially open Between (a) and (b)
Completely open 3.5 - 4.5 (b)
SEF179Y
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-73,

"Basic Inspection" .
With GST
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sen-
sor signal) and ground under the following conditions.
NOTE:
SEF767W

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
0.9 - 1.8
temperature.)
1.9 - 2.3
SEF326V
EC-168
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
– Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again A
hot wire for damage or dust. EC
SEF893J
E
FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure. F
Resistance : 7.4 - 10.9Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
SEF273W I
EC-169
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
Component Description UBS008OD
NOTE:
If DTC, P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510.
Refer to EC-412 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a type of potentiome-
tion, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the
ECM.
sor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the “Wide open and closed
SEF105S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008OE

● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.2 - 0.8V
THRTL POS SEN (Engine stopped)
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully opened 3.5 - 4.5V
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.0%

ABSOL TH·P/S (Engine stopped)
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully opened Approx. 80%
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008OF

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC Detecting Condition Check Items (Possible Cause)
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor ● Harness or connectors
P0122
circuit low input is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor ● Throttle position sensor
P0123
circuit high input is sent to ECM.
EC-170
[KA24DE]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. A
Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.
EC
circuit
When engine is idling Normal C
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008OG

D
NOTE:
E
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. F
● This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with G
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds. H
VHCL SPEED SE More than 4 km/h (2 MPH)

I
.
SEF065Y
J
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. K
EC-171
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008OH
BBWA0547E
EC-172
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
23 L Throttle position sensor ● Accelerator pedal is fully released
3.5 - 4.5V
E
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008OI F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0431E
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY K

L
SEF265S

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or
connectors.
SEF564P
EC-173
[KA24DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Check harness for open or short between ECM and throttle position sensor.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS008OJ
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
EC-174
[KA24DE]
tions. A
NOTE:
sensor installed in vehicle. EC
C
SEF179Y
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-73, D

With GST
E
3. Stop engine and turn ignition switch ON. F
NOTE: G
Throttle valve conditions Voltage [V] H
I
SEF767W

"Basic Inspection" . J
EC-175
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS008OL
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118, EC-156 .
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008OM
● Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not ● Harness or connectors
Insufficient engine coolant practical, even when some time has passed (High resistance in the circuit)
P0125 temperature for closed loop after starting the engine.
● Engine coolant temperature sensor
fuel control ● Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
closed loop fuel control. ● Thermostat
EC-176
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008ON
A
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
WITH CONSULT-II C
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F). D
If it is above 10°C (50°F), the test result will be OK.
If it is below 10°C (50°F), go to the following step.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. E
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 10°C (50°F)
within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will
be OK.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-179, "Diagnostic Procedure" F
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST G
EC-177
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008OO
AEC984A
EC-178
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008OP

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0431E
E

F
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
G
I
SEF330V
3. Check voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor ter- J

minal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
SEF206W M
EC-179
[KA24DE]
3. Check harness continuity between engine coolant temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION

When the engine is cooled [lower than 76.5°C (170°F)], condition grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the
engine coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-13, "THERMOSTAT" .

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-180
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS008OQ
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

EC
D
PBIB2005E
<Reference data> E
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
F
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 G
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. H
SEF012P
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
EC-181
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS008OS
ing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
SEF329V
<Reference data>
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008OT
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors

Intake air temperature (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0127 sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
too high
from engine coolant temperature sensor. ● Intake air temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM functions on the assumption that the intake air temperature is 25°C (77°F).
EC-182
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008OU
A
NOTE:
CAUTION: EC
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road C
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F). D
– Turn ignition switch ON.
– Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
E
– Check the engine coolant temperature.
– If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
turn ignition switch OFF and cool down engine.
F
– Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature
is above 90°C (194°F).
G
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. PBIB1917E
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds. H
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. I
EC-183
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008OV
BBWA1056E
EC-184
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008OW

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0431E
E

F
1. Disconnect intake air temperature (IAT) sensor harness connec-
tor.
G
I
SEF329V
3. Check voltage between intake air temperature terminal 1 and J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
AEC570A M
EC-185
[KA24DE]
3. Check harness continuity between intake air temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

6. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-186
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS008OX
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor termi-
nals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
EC
D
PBIB2005E
<Reference data> E

°C (°F) V kΩ
F
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 61 G
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
2. If NG, replace intake air temperature sensor.
H
SEF012P
EC-187
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[KA24DE]
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION PFP:21200
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008OZ
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
The engine coolant temperature does not ● Thermostat

P0128 Thermostat function reach to specified temperature even though ● Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
the engine has run long enough. ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008P0
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
● For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 60°C (140°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-13, "THERMOSTAT" . Use only a genuine NISSAN ther-
mostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may come on.
CONSULT-II.
4. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F).
If it is below 60°C (140°F), go to following step.
If it is above 60°C (140°F), cool down the engine to less than
60°C (140°F), then retry from step 1.
5. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following
conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE 80 - 120 km/h (50 - 75 MPH)
PBIB1917E
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-188, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
1. Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008P1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E
EC-188
[KA24DE]
2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
1. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. EC
PBIB2005E
E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant F
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
H
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
OK or NG
I
OK >> INSPECTION END.
J
EC-189
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
DTC P0132 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS008P2
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008P3

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR ● Engine: After warming up
rpm Changes more than 5 times during
(B1)
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008P4
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
PBIB1877E
Heated oxygen sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0132
1 circuit high voltage sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC-190
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008P5
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. C
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. D
.
E
SEF174Y
WITH GST G
H
EC-191
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008P6
BBWA0440E
EC-192
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Heated oxygen sensor 0 - Approximately 1.0V
1 (Periodically change)
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008P7

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 2.
G
BBIA0431E
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 I
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.

Tightening torque : 40 - 60 N·m J
(4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
K
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0429E
EC-193
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S1
terminal 2.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S1
terminal 2 and ground.
BBIA0430E
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-194
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS008P8
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
3. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and the trigger point is adjusted to 100%.
4. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in item selection.
C
5. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
6. Touch “START” on CONSULT-II screen.
D
SEF646Y
F
7. Check the following.
– “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds. G
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below:
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. H
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
I
SEF217YA
SEF648Y M
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-195
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [Heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal] and ground.
4. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
– The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
– The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
AEC873A
– The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.
– The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS008P9

EC-196
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
A
Component Description UBS008PA

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008PB I

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
(B1) K
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008PC
L
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index. M
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time [heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index] is inordinately long or not.
SEF010V
EC-197
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
● Fuel pressure
Heated oxygen sensor The response of the voltage signal from the ● Fuel injector
P0133
1 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
● Exhaust gas leaks
● PCV valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008PD
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of
“HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
SEF338Z
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 40 to 50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,750 - 3,750 rpm
Vehicle speed More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.5 - 15.5 msec
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from SEF339Z
step 2.
EC-198
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-201, "Diagnostic A
Procedure" .
EC
SEF658Y
D
Overall Function Check UBS008PE
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (Heated oxygen F
sensor 1 signal) and ground.
stant under no load. G
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V H
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
4. If NG, go to EC-201, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
AEC873A
EC-199
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008PF
BBWA0440E
EC-200
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - Approximately 1.0V
50 B Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008PG

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 2.
G
BBIA0431E

Tightening torque : 40 - 60 N·m J
(4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
K
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0429E
EC-201
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-II
SEF968Y
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-60, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION" .
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-229 or EC-236 .
No >> GO TO 6.
EC-202
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. EC
terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. C

5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S1 D
BBIA0430E
Continuity should not exist. E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 8.
I
8. CHECK PCV VALVE
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace PCV valve.
K
Refer to EC-203, "Component Inspection" . L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. M
Refer to EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS008PH

With CONSULT-II
EC-203
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
3. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and the trig-
ger point is adjusted to 100%.
4. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in item selection.
ing steps.
6. Touch “START” on CONSULT-II screen.
SEF646Y

“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds.
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [Heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal] and ground.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
AEC873A
EC-204
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m A
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON. C
signal) and ground. D
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Less than 1.0 E
0.9 - 1.8
temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal F
1.9 - 2.3
SEF326V
*: Make sure linear voltage rises as engine speed increase to about 4,000 rpm. G
H
6. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from intake manifold. Check I
J
SEF893J L
PCV VALVE
1. With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from breather separator.
2. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes M
through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a
finger is placed over the valve inlet.
SEF244Q
Removal and Installation UBS008PI

EC-205
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS008PJ

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008PK

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
(B1)
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008PL
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long.
SEF237U
Heated oxygen sensor ● Harness or connectors

The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0134 1 circuit no activity
approx. 0.3V.
detected ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC-206
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008PM
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. C
WITH CONSULT-II
D
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes. E
NOTE:
F
LEC032A
5. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis- H

take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.) I
J
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.5 - 17 msec
K
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from LEC033A
step 2.
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-210, "Diagnostic L
Procedure" .
During this test, P1148 may be displayed on CONSULT-II
screen. M
LEC034A
EC-207
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Overall Function Check UBS008PN
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (Heated oxygen
– The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
AEC873A
EC-208
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008PO
EC
BBWA0440E
EC-209
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
50 B Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008PP

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

terminal 2.
BBIA0430E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-210
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS008PQ
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 C

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
3. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and the trigger point is adjusted to 100%.
4. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in Item Selec-
tion. E
ing steps.
6. Touch “START” on CONSULT-II screen. F
SEF646Y
H
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds. I
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. J
K
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
EC-211
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
AEC873A
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS008PR

EC-212
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
DTC P0138 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS008PS
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008PT

● Keeping the engine speed Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V G
rpm quickly.
for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
● Engine: After warming up H
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm LEAN ←→ RICH
rpm quickly.
minute under no load I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008PU
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time J

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen K
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether or not the voltage is too high during
various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
L
PBIB1877E M
Heated oxygen sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0138
2 circuit high voltage sent to ECM.
EC-213
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008PV
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-214
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008PX
EC
BBWA1057E
EC-215
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm
56 OR Heated oxygen sensor 2 quickly after the following conditions are met. 0 - Approximately 1.0V
under no load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008PY

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-216
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT A
1. Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 terminal 4 and ground.
EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
● Harness connectors M59, F27 E
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ground
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

G
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector for water.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
I
Refer to EC-217, "Component Inspection" J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. K

Perform EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . L
>> INSPECTION END.

M
Component Inspection UBS008PZ
HATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II
4. Start engine and keep engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC-217
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB2169E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.55V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
6. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 56 (Heated oxy-
gen sensor 2 signal) and ground.
7. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 4, step 5 is not neces-
sary.
8. Check the voltage when revving up to 5,000 rpm under no load.
Or keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in AEC874A
3rd gear position.

The voltage should be below 0.55V at least once.
CAUTION:
EC-218
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Removal and Installation UBS008Q0
HATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 A

EC
EC-219
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS008Q1

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008Q2

HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
rpm quickly.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008Q3
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions
such as fuel-cut.
SEF302U
Heated oxygen sensor It takes more time for the sensor to respond ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
2 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
EC-220
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008Q4
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
C
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- D
ture.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and E
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C F
(158°F). SEF174Y
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN
TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
G
7. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
8. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
H
PBIB0115E
K
9. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-224, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
L
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check UBS008Q5 M
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
CAUTION:
WITH GST
EC-221
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
at least 10 times.
A voltage change should be more than 0.06V for 1 second
during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd AEC874A
gear position.
A voltage change should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
EC-222
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008Q6
EC
BBWA1057E
EC-223
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
under no load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008Q7

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E
EC-224
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. C
D
SEF215Z
F
Without CONSULT-II
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- H
nector.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-60, "HOW TO ERASE I
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? AEC131A
Yes or No K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-229 or EC-236 .
No >> GO TO 3.
L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-225
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6


Refer to EC-224, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS008Q8

With CONSULT-II
EC-226
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. A
EC
SEF662Y
D
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB2169E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. H
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.55V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m I
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. J
Without CONSULT-II
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. K
L
M
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once.
sary.
8. Check the voltage when revving up to 5,000 rpm under no load.
Or keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in AEC874A
3rd gear position.

The voltage should be below 0.55V at least once.
CAUTION:
EC-227
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Removal and Installation UBS008Q9

EC-228
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[KA24DE]
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008QA
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The EC
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection & mixture D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) ratio control
E
● Fuel injector F
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system too ● Exhaust gas leaks
P0171 ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
lean ● Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
● Lack of fuel G
● Incorrect PCV hose connection
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008QB
NOTE:
I
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II. K
L
SEF215Z
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.

The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-232, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine
starts, go to EC-232, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not
start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.
SEF058Y
EC-229
[KA24DE]
WITH GST
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Select “MODE 3” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle
speed.
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go toEC-232, AEC131A
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-232, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.
EC-230
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008QC
EC
BBWA0441E
EC-231
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008QD
1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Listen for an intake air leak between the mass air flow sensor and the intake manifold.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT

terminal 2.
BBIA0430E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-232
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE A
Refer to EC-45, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. EC
At idling
When fuel pressure regulator valve vacuum 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi) C
hose is connected.
When fuel pressure regulator valve vacuum 294 kPa (3.0 kg/cm2 , 43 psi)
hose is disconnected. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. E

Check the following. F
● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-543 .)
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-47 .)
G
● Fuel lines (Refer to MA-18, "Checking Fuel Lines" .)
● Fuel filter for clogging
H
>> Repair or replace.
6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR I

OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-145, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
K
EC-233
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS
With CONSULT-II
1. Install all parts removed.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
SEF981Z
Without CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
3. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for injector, refer to EC-534,
"INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
MEC703B
8. REMOVE INJECTOR
1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Remove injector with fuel tube assembly.
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery. The injector harness connectors should
remain connected.
>> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK INJECTOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new one.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-234
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS008QE
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A

With CONSULT-II
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. EC
at idling : 0.9 - 5.8 g·m/sec

at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec C
With GST
D
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST.
at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec E
INJECTOR
1. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. F
2. Place pans or saucers under each injector.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from injectors. G
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each cylinder.
SEF595Q
EC-235
[KA24DE]
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008QG
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection & mixture
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) ratio control
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Fuel injector
Fuel injection system too
P0172 ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leaks
rich
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) ● Incorrect fuel pressure
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008QH
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
SEF215Z

The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-239, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
has a malfunction.
starts, go to EC-239, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not
start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-236
[KA24DE]
restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed. A
nector.
5. Select “MODE 3” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. EC
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle
speed. C
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC- AEC131A
239, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-239, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and E
check for fouling, etc.
EC-237
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008QI
BBWA0441E
EC-238
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008QJ

A

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). EC
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT G

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and H
terminal 2.
I
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S1 J
BBIA0430E K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
M
3. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure.
At idling
When fuel pressure regulator valve Approximately 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
vacuum hose is connected.
When fuel pressure regulator valve Approximately 294 kPa (3.0 kg/cm2 , 43 psi)
vacuum hose is disconnected.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-239
[KA24DE]
● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-543 .)
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-47 .)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
ground. Refer to EC-145, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF981Z
Without CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for injectors, EC-534, "INJEC-
TOR CIRCUIT" .
MEC703B
7. REMOVE INJECTOR
3. Remove injector assembly.
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
>> GO TO 8.
EC-240
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK INJECTOR A
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip)>>GO TO 9. EC
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS008QK
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR E

With CONSULT-II
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. F

at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec G
With GST
H
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST.
at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec I
INJECTOR
1. Disconnect all injector harness connectors. J
2. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
3. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
4. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. K
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
EC-241
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS008QM
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
AFE095
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank
CAUTION:
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008QN
Fuel tank temperature
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage sig- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0181 sensor circuit range/
nals from engine coolant temperature sensor
performance ● Fuel tank temperature sensor
and intake air temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008QO
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following step.
4. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication.
If the indication is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will be OK.
If the indication is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step.
5. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication
decreases to less than 60°C (140°F).
SEF174Y
EC-242
[KA24DE]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. A
EC
EC-243
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008QP
BBWA1107E
EC-244
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008QQ

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit harness connector. EC
AFE095
E
4. Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
PBIB1404E
I
Check the following. J
● Harness connectors B103, M91
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
L
M
2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
EC-245
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS008QR
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Remove fuel level sensor unit.
AFE095
2. Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as

shown in the figure.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.3 -2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
SEF710Z
Removal and Installation UBS008QS

Refer to FL-6, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-246
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description UBS008QT
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from EC
decreases as temperature increases. C
AFE095
E
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance
F
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 G
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank
CAUTION: H
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008QU
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
Fuel tank temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is K
P0183 ● Fuel tank temperature sensor
sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008QV

L
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. M
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-247
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008QW
BBWA1107E
EC-248
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008QX

AFE095
E

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
PBIB1404E
I
L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Refer to EC-250, "Component inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-249
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END.

Component inspection UBS008QY

AFE095
2. Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as

20 (68) 2.3 -2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
SEF710Z
Removal and Installation UBS008QZ

Refer to FL-6, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY"
EC-250
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[KA24DE]
PFP:00019 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008R0
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. EC

This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is
not heavy.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
● Cooling fan
● Thermostat
● Improper ignition timing D
● Blocked radiator
● Blocked front end E
(Improper fitting of nose mask)
Engine coolant over Engine coolant temperature is excessively
P0217 ● Crushed vehicle frontal area
temperature condition high under normal engine speed.
(Vehicle frontal is collided but not repaired) F
● Blocked air passage by improper installa-
tion of front fog lamp or fog lamps
● Improper mixture ratio of coolant
G
● Damaged bumper
For more information, refer to EC-253, "Main
11 Causes of Overheating" .
H
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-16, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-20, "Changing Engine Oil" . I
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE
RATIO" .
J
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check UBS008R1
K
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the coolant overtemperature enrichment protection check,
a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pres- L
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-
up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. M
1. Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester) in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mixture ratio.
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the proper range, go to EC-252, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
● If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%, replace the coolant in the following proce-
dure MA-16, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
a. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant
from a kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOL-
ANT MIXTURE RATIO" .
b. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
c. After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3 below.
2. Ask the customer if engine coolant has been added. If it has been added, go to EC-252, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Make sure that A/C switch is “OFF” and air conditioner is not operating. If NG, check air conditioner cir-
cuit. Refer to MTC-23 , “TROUBLE DIAGNOSES”. After repair, go to the next step.
EC-251
[KA24DE]
5. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan operates.
If NG, check cooling fan. Refer toCO-16, "COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT DRIVEN)" . After repair, go to
the next step.
6. Check for blocked coolant passage.
a. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp radiator upper hose and lower hose and
make sure that coolant flows.
If NG, go to EC-252, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
Be extremely careful not to touch any moving or adjacent parts.
7. Check for blocked radiator air passage.
a. When aftermarket fog lamps have been installed, check for damaged fans and clogging in the condenser
and radiator.
b. Check the front end for clogging caused by insects or debris.
c. Check for improper fitting of front-end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, damaged vehicle front.
If NG, take appropriate action and then go to the next step.
8. Check function of ECT sensor.
Refer to step 6 of EC-252, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If NG, replace ECT sensor and go to the next step.
9. Check ignition timing. Refer to EC-73, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that ignition timing is 20°±5° at idle.
If NG, adjust ignition timing and then recheck.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008R2
1. CHECK COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT DRIVEN) OPERATION

Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-16, "COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT
DRIVEN)" .
2. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
Testing pressure : 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump
Refer to CO-10, "WATER PUMP" .
SLC754A
3. CHECK RADIATOR CAP

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.
EC-252
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> Replace thermostat.
5. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK MAIN 11 CAUSES E
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-253, "Main 11 Causes of Overheating" .

F
>> INSPECTION END
Perform FINAL CHECK by the following procedure after repair is completed.
1. Warm up engine. Run the vehicle for at least 20 minutes. Pay attention to engine coolant temperature G
gauge on the instrument panel. If the reading shows an abnormally high temperature, another part may be
malfunctioning.
2. Stop vehicle and let engine idle. Check the intake and exhaust systems for leaks by listening for noise or H
visually inspecting the components.
3. Allow engine to cool and visually check for oil and coolant leaks. Then, perform “OVERALL FUNCTION
CHECK”. I
Main 11 Causes of Overheating UBS008R3
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

J
OFF 1 ● Blocked radiator ● Visual No blocking —
● Blocked condenser
● Blocked radiator grille K
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-12, "RECOM-
MENDED FLUIDS AND L
LUBRICANTS" .
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level SeeMA-16, "Changing
in reservoir tank and radi- Engine Coolant" .
M
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 78 - 98 kPa (0.8 - 1.0 kg/ See CO-8, "System
cm2 , 11 - 14 psi) Check" .
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/
cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-8, "System

Check" .
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot SeeCO-13, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT" and CO-14,
"RADIATOR"
OFF 7 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemical Negative —
tester 4 Gas analyzer
ON*3 8 ● Coolant temperature ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 —

gauge when driving
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driv- See MA-16, "Changing
reservoir tank ing and idling Engine Coolant" .
EC-253
[KA24DE]
OFF*4 9 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-8, "System
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank Check" .
tor
OFF 10 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-30, "CYLINDER
gauge mum distortion (warping) HEAD"
11 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-46, "CYLINDER
tons walls or piston BLOCK"
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-6, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS"
Component Inspection UBS008R4
RADIATOR CAP
Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
Radiator cap relief : 78 - 98 kPa (0.8 - 1.0 kg/
pressure cm2 , 11 - 14 psi)
SLC755A
THERMOSTAT
1. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
2. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening tempera- : 76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
ture
Valve lift : More than 8 mm/90°C
(0.31 in/194°F)
3. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (41°F) below valve opening tem-
perature.
For details, refer to CO-13, "THERMOSTAT" .
SLC343

PBIB2005E
EC-254
[KA24DE]
<Reference data>
A
Engine coolant
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
EC
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 59 C
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. SEF012P
EC-255
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[KA24DE]
FIRE PFP:00020
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008R6
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the CKP
sensor signal to vary, the ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
Multiple cylinder misfire ● Improper spark plug
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire.
detected ● Insufficient compression
No.1 cylinder misfire ● Incorrect fuel pressure
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfires.
detected ● The injector circuit is open or shorted
No. 2 cylinder misfire ● Fuel injector
detected
● Intake air leak
No. 3 cylinder misfire ● The ignition secondary circuit is open or
detected shorted
● Lack of fuel
● Fly wheel
No. 4 cylinder misfire ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
detected ● Incorrect distributor rotor
● EGR valve
EC-256
FIRE
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008R7
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE: EC
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
D
4. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. E
.
NOTE: F
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing
the following procedure is advised. PBIB0164E

G
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
H
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
I
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the feaze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F), J
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F). K
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed Time L
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
M
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008R8

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.
EC-257
FIRE
[KA24DE]
2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst (manifold) and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace it.
3. CHECK EGR FUNCTION

Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION (OPEN).
Refer to EC-464 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair EGR system.
4. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
SEF981Z
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 8.
SEF319V
5. CHECK INJECTOR
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-534,
MEC703B
EC-258
FIRE
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK IGNITION SPARK A
2. Disconnect ignition wire from spark plug.
3. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition wire. EC
4. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
5. Check for spark.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
SEF282G
F
7. CHECK IGNITION WIRES
Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection" . G
OK or NG
OK >> Check distributor rotor head for incorrect parts. Check ignition coil, power transistor and their cir-
cuits. Refer to EC-527, "IGNITION SIGNAL" . H
NG >> Replace.
8. CHECK SPARK PLUGS I

Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. J
NG >> Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-22, "Changing
Spark Plugs" . K
L
SEF156I
9. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE M
Check compression pressure.

Refer to EM-30, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
Standard : 1,226 kPa (12.5 kg/cm2 , 178 psi)/300 rpm
Minimum : 1,030 kPa (10.5 kg/cm2 , 149 psi)/300 rpm
Difference between : 98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/300 rpm
each cylinder
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
EC-259
FIRE
[KA24DE]
1. Install any parts removed.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-45, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure.
Refer to EC-46, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .
At idle : Approx. 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
AEC064B

● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-543, "FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT" .)
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-47, "Fuel Pressure Regulator Check" .)
● Fuel lines (Refer to MA-18, "Checking Fuel Lines" ).

1. Check the following items. Refer to EC-73, "Basic Inspection" .
Ignition timing 20° ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
Closed throttle position switch idle Feeler gauge thickness and switch condition
position adjustment 0.1 mm (0.004 in): ON
0.3 mm (0.012 in): OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Adjust ignition timing.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
EC-260
FIRE
[KA24DE]
14. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A
With CONSULT-II
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec
With GST C
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST.
D
at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. E
NG >> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK CONNECTORS F

Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or grounds.
Refer to EC-145, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
OK or NG G
16. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART H
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-83, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 17.
J
17. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-60, "HOW TO ERASE K
>> GO TO 18. L

Perform EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-261
FIRE
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS008R9
IGNITION WIRES
1. Inspect wires for cracks, damage, burned terminals and for improper fit.
2. Measure the resistance of wires to their distributor cap terminal.
Move each wire while testing to check for intermittent breaks.
Resistance : 13.6 - 18.4 kΩ/m (4.15 - 5.61 kΩ/ft)
[at 25°C (77°F)]
If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect igni-
tion wire to distributor cap connection. Clean connection or
replace the ignition wire with a new one.
SEF174P
Removal and Installation UBS008RA
INJECTOR
SPARK PLUGS
EC-262
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[KA24DE]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
A
Component Description UBS008RB
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from EC
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
C
SEF598K
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008RC
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses. F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detected condition Possible cause
Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor
input is sent to ECM. G
Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor Knock sensor
P0328 ●
input is sent to ECM.
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008RD
NOTE:
I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
J
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
K
.
L
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-263
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008RE
BBWA0519E
EC-264
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008RF

D
E
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
H
BBIA0431E

I
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 64 and J
ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure K
more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance : Approximately 500 - 620 kΩ
[at 25°C (77°F)] L

OK or NG
SEF173V M
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

● Harness connectors F2, F101
● Harness for open or short between knock sensor and ECM.
4. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.
EC-265
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS008RG
KNOCK SENSOR
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.
Resistance : 500 - 620 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
CAUTION:
Discard any knock sensors that have been dropped or physi-
cally damaged. Use only new ones.
SEF174V
Removal and Installation UBS008RH
KNOCK SENSOR
EC-266
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (OBD)
[KA24DE]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (OBD) PFP:23731
A
Component Description UBS008RI
The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) is located on the transaxle

housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the flywheel. It detects the EC
fluctuation of the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet, core and coil.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change. C
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor D
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
SEF956N
the engine revolution.
E
This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is
used only for the on board diagnosis.
H
SEF335V
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00EMA
Specification data are reference values. I

Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED ● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with tachometer indication. J
value tachometer indication.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008RJ
K
● The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first L
few seconds of engine cranking. ● Harness or connectors
● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft (The crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
Crankshaft position circuit is open)
P0335 position sensor (OBD) is not sent to ECM
sensor (OBD) circuit M
while the engine is running. ● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
● The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) signal ● Dead battery
is not in the normal pattern during engine
running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008RK
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-267
[KA24DE]
CONSULT-II.
.
WITH GST
SEF058Y
EC-268
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008RL
EC
BBWA0548E
EC-269
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (AC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
Crankshaft position SEF112V

47 L
sensor (OBD)
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
SEF113V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008RM

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM harness
connectors.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 47 and crankshaft posi-
tion sensor (OBD) terminal 2.
OK or NG
SEF335V
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
EC-270
[KA24DE]
● Harness connectors E202, E32
● Harness connectors E41, F25 EC
● Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
C

D
1. Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43.
Continuity should exist. E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G

● Harness connectors E202, E32 H
● Harness connectors E41, F25
I
6. CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT J
1. Disconnect harness connectors E202, E32.

2. Check harness continuity between harness connector E32 terminal 2 and ground. K
Refer to wiring diagram.
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. M
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Harness for open or short between harness connector E32 and ground
8. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (OBD).
EC-271
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS008RN
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (OBD) harness connector.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
SEF960N
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Resistance : Approximately 512 - 632Ω
[at 20°C (68°F)]
SEF231W
EC-272
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR PFP:22100
A
Component Description UBS008RP
The camshaft position sensor is a basic component of the engine

control system. It monitors engine speed and piston position. These EC
input signals to the engine control system are used to control fuel
injection, ignition timing and other functions.
The camshaft position sensor has a rotor plate and a wave-forming
circuit. The rotor plate has 360 slits for a 1° (POS) signal and 4 slits C
for a 180° (REF) signal. The wave-forming circuit consists of Light
Emitting Diodes (LED) and photo diodes.
The rotor plate is positioned between the LED and the photo diode. D
The LED transmits light to the photo diode. As the rotor plate turns,
the slits cut the light to generate rough-shaped pulses. These pulses
SEF928V
are converted into on-off signals by the wave-forming circuit and
E
sent to the ECM.
The distributor is not repairable and must be replaced as an assem-
bly except distributor cap and rotor head.
F
H
SEF853B
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Specification data are reference values.
● Run engine and compare the CONSULT-II value with tachometer Almost the same speed as the J
ENG SPEED
indication. value tachometer indication
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008RQ
K
A) Either 1° or 180° signal is not sent to ECM ● Harness or connectors
for the first few seconds during engine (The camshaft position sensor circuit is
L
cranking. open or shorted.)
B) Either 1° or 180° signal is not sent to ECM ● Camshaft position sensor
Camshaft position sensor
P0340 often enough while the engine speed is ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-9 .)
circuit M
higher than the specified engine speed. ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-9 .)
C) The relation between 1° and 180° signal is ● Dead (Weak) battery
not in the normal range during the specified
engine speed.
EC-273
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008RR
Perform Procedure for malfunction A first. If 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform Procedure for
malfunction B and C.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V.
With CONSULT-II
3. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
.
With GST
SEF058Y
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C

With CONSULT-II
.
With GST
SEF058Y
EC-274
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008RS
EC
BBWA1060E
EC-275
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V
ECM relay OFF
4 LG/R
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
0.2 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
SEF114V
44 PU Camshaft position sen-
48 PU sor (Reference signal)
0 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF200T
Approximately 2.6V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
SEF195T
Camshaft position sen-
49 LG
sor (Position signal)
Approximately 2.5 - 2.6V
[Engine is running]
SEF196T
67 B/P BATTERY VOLTAGE

Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
72 B/P (11 - 14V)

EC-276
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008RT
1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM A
Does the engine turn over?

(Does the starter motor operate?) EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" . C

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
F
BBIA0431E
3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY H
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
SEF128S
L
3. Check voltage between camshaft position (CMP) sensor termi-
nal 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage : Battery voltage M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF040S

● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM
EC-277
[KA24DE]
3. Check harness continuity between the following;
CMP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49,
CMP sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminals 44, 48.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

1. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor terminal 6 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS008RU
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 49 and engine ground, ECM terminals 44, 48and ground.
EC-278
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. A
EC
I
LEC035A
Removal and Installation UBS008RV
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR J

EC-279
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION
[KA24DE]
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION PFP:14710
Description UBS008RW
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature EGR control EGRC-solenoid valve
This system cuts and controls vacuum applied to the EGR valve to suit engine operating conditions. This cut-
and-control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the EGRC-solenoid valve. When the ECM
detects any of the following conditions, current flows through the solenoid valve is cut. This causes the vac-
uum to be discharged into the atmosphere. The EGR valve remains closed.
● Low engine coolant temperature
● Engine starting
● High-speed engine operation
● Engine idling
● Excessively high engine coolant temperature
● High engine speed
● Wide open throttle
● Mass air flow sensor malfunction
● Low intake air temperature
SEF641Q
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
The EGR valve controls the amount of exhaust gas routed to the
intake manifold. Vacuum is applied to the EGR valve in response to
throttle valve opening. The vacuum controls the movement of a taper
valve connected to the vacuum diaphragm in the EGR valve.
SEF783K
EC-280
[KA24DE]
EGR temperature sensor
The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the A
EGR passageway. When the EGR valve opens, hot exhaust gases
flow, and the temperature in the passageway changes. The EGR
temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies a voltage signal EC
sent from the ECM. This modified signal then returns to the ECM as
an input signal. As the temperature increases, EGR temperature
sensor resistance decreases. This sensor is not used to control the
engine system. C
It is used only for the on board diagnosis.
SEF599K
D
<Reference data>
E
EGR temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05 F
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR G
K
SEF068XB
EGRC-Solenoid Valve
L
The EGRC-solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When
the ECM sends an OFF signal, the vacuum signal passes through
the solenoid valve. The signal then reaches the EGR valve.
When the ECM sends an ON signal, a plunger will then move to cut M
the vacuum signal from the intake manifold collector to the EGR
valve.
SEF240PD

● Engine: After warming up Idle OFF
● Shift lever: Neutral ON
● No-load
EC-281
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008RX
If the absence of EGR flow is detected by EGR temperature sensor under the condition that calls for EGR, a
low-flow malfunction is diagnosed.
(The EGRC solenoid valve circuit is
open or short)
● EGR valve stuck closed
● EGRC-BPT valve
● No EGR flow is detected under condi-
P0400 EGR system closed stuck ● Vacuum hose
tions that call for EGR.
● EGRC-solenoid valve
● EGR passage clogged
● EGR temperature sensor and circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008RY
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
● P0400 will not be displayed at “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II even though DTC work
support test result is “NG”.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II and confirm it is within the range listed below.
COOLAN TEMP/S : Less than 40°C (104°F)
If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and
allow the engine temperature to stabilize. Do not attempt to
lower the coolant temperature with a fan or means other than
ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic
result.
SEF013Y
3. Start engine and let it idle monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” value. When the “COOLAN TEMP/S” value
reaches 70°C (158°F), immediately go to the next step.
4. Select “EGR SYSTEM P0400” of “EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF191Y
EC-282
[KA24DE]
6. Accelerate vehicle to a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) once and
then stop vehicle with engine running. A
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 9.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to
the following step.
EC
7. Check the output voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” (at closed throt-
tle position) and note it.
C
SEF235Y
D
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions until
“TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approxi-
E
mately 30 seconds or more.)
Vehicle speed 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more F
THRTL POS SEN (X + 0.23) − (X + 0.74) V
X = Voltage value measured at step 7 G
SEF192Y
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. H

Overall Function Check UBS008RZ
I
Use this procedure to check the overall EGR function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be con-
firmed.
J
WITH GST
2. Disconnect EGRC solenoid valve harness connector. (The 1st K
trip DTC for EGRC solenoid valve will be displayed, however,
ignore it.)
L
SEF336V
3. Check the EGR valve lifting when revving engine from 2,000 rpm to 4,000 rpm quickly under no load using
the following methods.
SEF642Q
EC-283
[KA24DE]
EGR valve should lift up and down without sticking.
If OK, go to the next step.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 63 (EGR temperature
sensor signal) and ground at idle speed.
Less than 4.5V should exist.
If NG, go to next step.
SEF182V
6. Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor

harness connector terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
7. Check “EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR”. Refer to EC-289,
"Component Inspection" .
SEF183V
EC-284
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008S0
EC
BBWA0453E
EC-285
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008S1
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

1. Start engine and at run it idle.
SEC502D
OK or NG
NG >> Repair or replace exhaust system.
2. CHECK VACUUM SOURCE TO EGR VALVE

With CONSULT-II
2. Disconnect vacuum hose to EGR valve.
3. Check for vacuum existence at idle.
Vacuum should not exist at idle.
SEF337V
4. Select “EGRC SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode

with CONSULT-II and turn the solenoid valve OFF.
5. Check for vacuum existence when revving engine from 2,000
rpm up to 4,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist when revving engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF716Z
EC-286
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK VACUUM SOURCE TO EGR VALVE A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
Vacuum should not exist at idle. C
4. Disconnect EGRC solenoid valve harness connector. (The 1st
trip DTC for EGRC solenoid valve will be displayed, but ignore
it.) D
5. Check for vacuum existence when revving engine from 2,000
rpm up to 4,000 rpm.
E
OK or NG SEF337V
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 5.
4. CHECK EGR VALVE G

OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace EGR valve.
5. CHECK VACUUM HOSE I

2. Check vacuum hose for clogging, cracks or improper connec- J
tion.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6. K
NG >> Repair or replace vacuum hose.
L
SEF109L M
6. CHECK EGRC SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
2. Turn EGRC solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” in “ACTIVE TEST”
mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
SEF716Z
EC-287
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK EGRC SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
Check operating sound of the solenoid valve when disconnecting and reconnecting EGRC solenoid valve har-
ness connector. (The DTC or the 1st trip DTC for the EGRC solenoid valve will be displayed, however, ignore
it.)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK EGRC SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT

– Harness connectors E43, M65
– Harness connectors M59, F27
– 10A fuse
– Harness for open or short between fuse and EGRC solenoid valve
– Harness for open or short between ECM and EGRC solenoid valve
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK EGRC SOLENOID VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EGRC solenoid valve.
10. CHECK EGRC-BPT VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EGRC-BPT valve.
11. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EGR temperature sensor.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-288
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS008S2
EGR VALVE A
● Apply vacuum to EGR vacuum port with a hand vacuum pump.
EGR valve spring should lift. EC
● Check for sticking.
D
MEF137D
EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE E
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity.
Perform “EGRC SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. F
I
LEC036A
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity shown in the figure. J
M
LEC037A
EC-289
[KA24DE]
EGRC-BPT VALVE
1. Plug one of two ports of EGRC-BPT valve.
2. Vacuum from the other port and check for leakage while apply-
ing a pressure above 0.981 kPa (100 mmH2 O, 3.94 inH2 O)
from under EGRC-BPT valve.
3. If a leakage is noted, replace the valve.
SEF083P
EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

2. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EGR temperature sensor terminals 1
SEF643Q
<Reference data>
EGR temperature °C (°F) Voltage [V]* Resistance MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
*: This data reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR
4. If NG, replace EGR temperature sensor.
SEF068XB
Removal and Installation UBS008S3
EGR VALVE
EC-290
DTC P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE FUNCTION
[KA24DE]
DTC P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE FUNCTION PFP:14741
A
Description UBS008S4
EC
SEF453PD
G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The EGRC-BPT valve monitors exhaust pressure to activate the diaphragm, controlling throttle body vacuum H
applied to the EGR valve. In other words, recirculated exhaust gas is controlled in response to positioning of
the EGR valve or to engine operation.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008S5 I
If too much EGR flow exists due to an EGRC-BPT valve malfunction, off idle engine roughness will increase. If
the roughness is large, then the vacuum to the EGR valve is interrupted through the EGRC-solenoid valve. If
the engine roughness is reduced at that time, the EGRC-BPT valve malfunction is indicated. J
● EGRC-BPT valve
K
● EGR valve
● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
● Blocked rubber tube
● The EGRC-BPT valve does not L
P0402 EGRC-BPT valve function ● Camshaft position sensor
operate properly.
● Blocked exhaust system
● Orifice
M
EC-291
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008S6
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Install vacuum gauge between EGRC-BPT valve and EGR
valve as shown in the illustration.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EGRC-BPT VLV P0402” of
“EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
SEF930VA
SEF718Z

played on the CONSULT-II screen and the bar chart may
increase. Maintain the conditions many times until “COM-
PLETED” appears.
Vehicle speed 30 - 100 km/h (19 - 62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 5 - 7.5 msec
THRTL POS SEN (X – (X + 0.88) V SEF719Z
X = Voltage value measured at step 7
NOTE:
● The bar chart on CONSULT-II screen indicates the status
of this test. However, the test may be finished before the
bar chart becomes full scale.
● If the bar chart indication does not continue to progress,
completely release accelerator pedal once and try to
meet the conditions again.
● If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen,
retry from step 2.
9. If CONSULT-II instructs to carry out Overall Function Check, go
to next step. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-294, "Diagnostic
Procedure" . LEC038A
EC-292
[KA24DE]
10. Open engine hood.
11. Raise engine speed to 2,400 to 3,200 rpm under no-load and A
hold it. Then touch “NEXT” on CONSULT-II screen.
EC
SEF384X
D
12. Check vacuum gauge while keeping engine speed at 2,400 to

3,200 rpm. E
Vacuum should be 0 to −20 kPa (0 to −150 mmHg, 0 to −5.91
inHg).
If OK, touch “YES” on the CONSULT-II screen. F
13. Check the EGR valve lifting when revving from 2,000 rpm to
4,000 rpm quickly under no load.
EGR valve should lift up, and go down without sticking when the G
engine is returned to idle.
If NG, check EGR valve. PEF963V
If OK, touch “YES” or the CONSULT-II screen. H
14. Check the rubber tube between intake manifold collector, EGRC solenoid valve, EGR valve and EGRC-
BPT valve for cracks, blockages or twisting.
If NG, repair or replace.
I
If OK, touch “YES” on the CONSULT-II screen.
Overall Function Check UBS008S7
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGRC-BPT valve. During this check, a 1st trip DTC J
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Install vacuum gauge between EGRC-BPT valve and EGR K
2. Lift up vehicle.
3. Start engine and shift to 1st position. L
3,200 rpm.
Vacuum should be 0 to −20 kPa (0 to −150 mmHg, 0 to −5.91 M
inHg).
If OK, go to next step.
SEF930V
5. Check the EGR valve lifting when revving from 2,000 rpm to
4,000 rpm quickly under no load.
EGR valve should lift up, and go down without sticking when the engine is returned to idle.
6. Check rubber tube between intake manifold collector, EGRC solenoid valve, EGR valve and EGRC-BPT
valve for misconnection, cracks or blockages.
EC-293
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008S8
1. CHECK HOSE
Check vacuum hose for clogging and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

Check exhaust system for collapse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK ORIFICE
Check if orifice is installed in vacuum hose between EGRC-BPT valve and EGRC solenoid valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace vacuum hose.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK EGR VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EGR valve.
EC-294
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS008S9
EGRC-BPT VALVE C
2. Vacuum from the other port and check leakage without applying
any pressure from under EGR-BPT valve. D
Leakage should exist.
SEF172P
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR G

3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
signal) and ground.
I
Condition Voltage V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating J
0.9 - 185
temperature.)
1.9 - 2.3
operating temperature.) K
SEF326V
L
– Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again M
SEF893J
EC-295
[KA24DE]
EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “EGRC SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B between A and C
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
SEF129Y
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
12V direct current supply
between terminals 1 and Yes No
2
No supply No Yes
AEC919
EGR VALVE
EGR valve spring should lift.
MEF137D
EC-296
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR PFP:14710
A
Component Description UBS008SB
The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the EGR passageway. When the EGR valve
opens, hot exhaust gases flow, and the temperature in the passageway changes. The EGR temperature sen- EC
sor is a thermistor that modifies a voltage signal sent from the ECM. This modified signal then returns to the
ECM as an input signal. As the temperature increases, EGR temperature sensor resistance decreases. This
sensor is not used to control the engine system.
It is used only for the on board diagnosis. C
F
SEF599K
<Reference data>
G
°C (°F) V MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05 H
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
I
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR
M
SEF068XB
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008SC
(The EGR temperature sensor circuit is
An excessively low voltage from the EGR shorted.)
P0405 temperature sensor is sent to ECM even
circuit low input ● EGR temperature sensor
when engine coolant temperature is low.
● Malfunction of EGR function, EGRC-BPT
valve or EGRC-solenoid valve
(The EGR temperature sensor circuit is
An excessively high voltage from the EGR open.)
P0406 temperature sensor is sent to ECM even
circuit high input ● EGR temperature sensor
when engine coolant temperature is high.
● Malfunction of EGR function, EGRC-BPT
valve or EGRC-solenoid valve
EC-297
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008SD
Perform PROCEDURE FOR P0405 first. If 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE
FOR P0406.
NOTE:
PROCEDURE FOR P0405
With CONSULT-II
3. Verify that engine coolant temperature is less than 50°C
(122°F).
If the engine coolant temperature is above the range, cool
the engine down.
.
With GST
● Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. SEF174Y
PROCEDURE FOR P0406

CAUTION:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform the test at a temperature above 5°C (41°F).
With CONSULT-II
2. Confirm that EGR valve is not lifting.
If the result is NG, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1402. Refer to EC-462 .
4. Read “EGR TEMP SEN” at about 1,500 rpm while holding the
EGR valve in full open position by hand.
Voltage should decrease to less than 1.5V.
If the result is NG, go to EC-301, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the result is OK, go to following step.
tle position) and note it. SEF201Y
8. Start engine.
9. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
B/FUEL SCHDL 7 - 10.5 msec
THRTL POS SEN (X + 0.23) − (X + 0.74) V
Overall Function Check UBS008SE
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGR temperature sensor. During this check, a 1st trip
EC-298
[KA24DE]
PROCEDURE FOR P0406
A
Without CONSULT-II
2. Run engine at idle for at least 2 minutes. EC
If NG, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1402.
Refer to EC-462 .
C
E
SEF360Q

F
sensor signal) and ground at about 1,500 rpm with EGR valve
lifted up to the full position by hand.
5. If NG, go to EC-301, "Diagnostic Procedure" . G
If OK, perform trouble diagnoses for DTC P0400 and P1400.
Refer to EC-280 , EC-456 .
H
SEF362Q
I
EC-299
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008SF
AEC006B
EC-300
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008SG

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0431E
E

F
G
I
SEF345V
3. Check voltage between terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II J

or tester.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.
L
SEF263W M
3. Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-301
[KA24DE]
Check the harness for open or short between EGR temperature sensor and ECM.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS008SH

SEF643Q
<Reference data>
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
SEF068XB
EC-302
[KA24DE]
Removal and Installation UBS008SI
EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

EC
EC-303
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[KA24DE]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008SJ
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen

sensor 1 and 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst malfunc-
tion is diagnosed.
SEF484YF
● Three way catalyst (manifold)
● Exhaust tube
● Three way catalyst (manifold) does not ● Intake air leaks
Catalyst system efficiency below operate properly.
P0420 ● Fuel injector
threshold ● Three way catalyst (manifold) does not
have enough oxygen storage capacity. ● Injector leaks
● Spark plug
● Improper ignition timing
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008SK
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
● Do not hold engine speed more than specified minutes below.
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUP-
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecu-
tive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step 9
7. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
SEF847Y
EC-304
[KA24DE]
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take A
approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place EC
(soak the vehicle).
SEF848Y
D
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/ E
S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F),
go to step 3.
F
G
SEF013Y
9. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.

H
10. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-306, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
I
SEF535Z
K
Overall Function Check UBS008SL
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed. L
WITH GST
M
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminals 50 (Heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 signal), 56 (Heated oxygen sensor 2 signal) and
ground.
6. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
7. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 56 and ground is much less than that of
ECM terminal 50 and ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75. AEC876A
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst

(manifold) does not operate properly.
Go to EC-306, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-305
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 50 does not switch periodically more than 5 times within 10 seconds at step 4,
perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-197 .)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008SM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Closed throttle position switch idle Feeler gauge thickness and switch condition
position adjustment 0.1 mm (0.004 in): ON
0.3 mm (0.012 in): OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-306
[KA24DE]
5. CHECK INJECTORS A
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-535 .
2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 102, 104, 109 and 111 EC
Battery voltage should exist.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-537, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
E
LEC041A
6. CHECK IGNITION SPARK

F
2. Remove ignition wire assembly from rocker cover.
3. Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition wire. G
4. Disconnect all injector harness connectors.
6. Check for spark. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. I
SEF282G
K

L
M
Resistance : 13.6 - 18.4 kΩ/m (4.15 - 5.61 kΩ/ft)
[at 25°C (77°F)]
If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect igni-
tion wire to distributor cap connection. Clean connection or
replace the ignition wire with a new one.
OK or NG
OK >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits.
Refer to EC-527, "IGNITION SIGNAL" . SEF174P
NG >> Replace.
EC-307
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK INJECTOR
3. Reconnect all injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END.

Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst.
EC-308
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[KA24DE]
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950
A
System Description UBS008SN
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with DTC P0510, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510 first. EC
Refer to EC-412 .
H
PBIB1402E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure I
sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008SO
J
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a fault is determined.
K
● EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve stuck closed
L
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
EVAP control system does not operate prop- ● Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system erly, EVAP control system has a leak between nection of rubber tube M
P0441
incorrect purge flow intake manifold and EVAP control system pres- ● Blocked rubber tube
sure sensor.
● Cracked EVAP canister
● Closed throttle position switch
● Blocked purge port
● EVAP canister vent control valve
EC-309
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008SP
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● For best results perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II.
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 30 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,750 rpm
Engine coolant temperature More than 70°C (158°F)
If “TESTING” is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2.
PBIB0826E
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-
311, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check UBS008SQ
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
4. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
EC-310
[KA24DE]
5. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 62 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground. A
6. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 EC
minute.
Air conditioner switch ON
C
Head lamp switch ON
Rear window defogger switch ON
LEC045A
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm D
Shift lever Any position other than Neutral
8. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (mea-
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second. E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008SR
F
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2. H
NG >> Replace EVAP canister.
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW I
With CONSULT-II
J
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install
vacuum gauge.
2. Start engine and let it idle. K
M
SEF339V
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with

CONSULT-II.
4. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
5. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to adjust “PURG
VOL CONT/V” opening.
PURG VOL CONT/V Vacuum
100% Should exist.
0% Should not exist.
OK or NG SEF801Y
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-311
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
vacuum gauge.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
6. Release the accelerator pedal fully and let idle.
Vacuum should not exist. SEF339V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE

Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-559, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT

1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B .
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C .
SEF367U
3. Check that air flows freely.

OK or NG
NG >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
SEF368U
EC-312
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
E
SEF801Y
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE F

With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions. G
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and B
(PURG VOL CONT/V valve)
H
100% Yes
0% No
PBIB0149E
J
Without CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions. K
Condition Air passage continuity between A and B

12V direct current supply between ter- L
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid PBIB0150E
valve.
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE

2. Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it.
EC-313
[KA24DE]
9. CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness con-
nector.
2. Check connectors for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
SEF341V
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR AND CIRCUIT

Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0452, EC-343 and DTC P0453, EC-350 .
OK or NG
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I

1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
BBIA0308E
EC-314
[KA24DE]
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II A
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
EC
3. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. C
F
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the G
Air passage continuity between A H
Condition
and B
No
between terminals 1 and 2
I
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.

OK or NG J
BBIA0309E
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
K
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III
1. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. L
2. Perform Test No. 12 again.
OK or NG
OK (With Consult-II)>>GO TO 14. M
OK (Without Consult-II)>>GO TO 15.
EC-315
[KA24DE]
14. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operation temperature.
6. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW” under the following conditions.
Measurement must be made with throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions CLSD THL/P SW
Completely closed ON
Partially open or completely open OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.
15. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH

1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operation temperature.
5. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
Resistance measurement must be made with throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
LEC094A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.
EC-316
[KA24DE]
16. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH A
Check the following items. Refer to EC-73, "Basic Inspection" .
EC
Feeler gauge thickness and switch condition C
Closed throttle position switch idle
0.1 mm (0.004 in): ON
position adjustment
0.3 mm (0.012 in): OFF
Target idle speed 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) D
Is it possible to adjust closed throttle position switch?
Yes or No
E
Yes >> GO TO 17.
No >> Replace throttle position switch.
17. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE F
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-559, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace it. H
18. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. I
>> GO TO 19.
J
K
>> INSPECTION END.

L
EC-317
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008SS
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with DTC P1448, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448.
Refer to EC-486 .
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve. The EVAP canister vent control valve will then be closed to shut the
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the
EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve will be closed.
PBIB1402E
EC-318
[KA24DE]
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
● Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
● Incorrect fuel filler cap used
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. EC
● Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve. C
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control
valve.
● EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
D
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control system
EVAP control system EVAP control system has a leak, E
pressure sensor
P0442 small leak detected EVAP control system does not
(negative pressure) operate properly.
● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
F
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
and the circuit
● Fuel tank temperature sensor
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss- G
ing or damaged
● Water separator
● EVAP canister is saturated with water H
● Fuel level sensor and the circuit
● Refueling control valve I
● ORVR system leaks
CAUTION: J
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
● If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
K
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008ST
L
NOTE:
● If DTC P0442 is displayed with DTC P1448, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448.
Refer to EC-486 .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve M
properly.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is
placed on flat level surface.
● Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
EC-319
[KA24DE]
CONSULT-II.
SEF475Y
4. Check that the following conditions are met.

COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
5. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II. Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
● If the engine cannot be maintained within the range on CONSULT-II screen, go to EC-73, "Basic
Inspection" .
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
LEC048A
WITH GST
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-57, "Driving Pattern" .
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-57, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
3. Stop vehicle.
– If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
– If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.
EC-320
[KA24DE]
7. Drive vehicle again according to the EC-57, "Driving Pattern" .
8. Stop vehicle. A
– If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-311, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
– If P0441 and P0442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select “MODE 1” with GST. C
– If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 5.
D
EC-321
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008SU
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN

2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION

Check that the cap is tightened properly rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> ● Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
● Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION

Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF445Y
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure : 16.0 - 20.0 kPa
(0.163 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.32 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum : −6.0 to −3.5 kPa
(−0.061 to −0.036 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.51 psi)
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement.
If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
OK or NG SEF943S
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
EC-322
[KA24DE]
5. INSTALL PRESSURE PUMP A
1. Install the EVAP service port adapter and the pressure pump
securely to EVAP service port.
EC
D
SEF339V
NOTE: E
● Improper installation of service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II >>GO TO 6. F

H
SEF462UE
EC-323
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
PEF658U
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of bar graph.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm 2 , 0.6 psi) of pres-

sure in the system.
PEF917U
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the leak portion. For the leak
detector, refer to instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-559, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING"
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-324
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
3. Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
C
will open. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
Shown in the above figure.
4. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg). D
NOTE:
E
●Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- SEF503V
sure in the system.
5. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the leak. For the leak detector,
refer to instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-559, F
"EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
I
8. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR
1. Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet. J
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
4. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with K
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE: L
Do not disassemble water separator.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. PBIB1032E M
NG >> Replace water separator.
9. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT

Refer to EC-487, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connectors.
EC-325
[KA24DE]
10. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14.
SEF596U

Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12

1. Visually check the EVAP canister for damage.
2. Check hose connection between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging and poor connection.
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.

With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when engine up to 2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB0147E
EC-326
[KA24DE]
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. C
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15. E
15. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-29, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" . F
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 17. G
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
16. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE H
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
valve opening.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
K
L
SEF801Y
EC-327
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
100% Yes
0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
valve.

Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in
the figure.
AFE095

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
SEF710Z
EC-328
[KA24DE]
19. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR A
1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness
connector connected.
2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor. EC
3. Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control sys-
tem pressure sensor as shown in figure.
CAUTION: C
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
● Do not apply below −93.3 kPa (−700 mmHg, −27.56 inHg)

or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.56 inHg) of pressure. D
SEF341V
4. Check output voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground. E

Applied vacuum kPa (mmHg, inHg) Voltage [V]
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
F
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which G
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one. SEF198V H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. I
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21. K
21. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE L

Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
M
>> GO TO 22.
22. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR LINE

Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-564, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)"
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
EC-329
[KA24DE]
23. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, loose-
ness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
24. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE

1. Remove fuel filler cap.
2. Check air continuity between hose ends A and B.
Blow air into the hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
3. Blow air into hose end A and check there is no leakage.
4. Apply pressure to both hose ends A and B [20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and a
suitable 3–way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.
NG >> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
25. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

1. Remove fuel level sensor assembly. Refer to FL-6, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP
ASSEMBLY" .
2. Refer to DI-17, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-330
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[KA24DE]
VALVE PFP:14920 A
Description UBS008SV
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air C
D
Throttle position sensor Throttle position EVAP canister purge EVAP canister purge volume
flow control control solenoid valve
Throttle position switch Closed throttle position
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas E
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed F
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
G
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes. H
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
I
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. J
SEF337U
L
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008SW

M
● Engine: After warming up Idle (Vehicle stopped) 0%
PURG VOL C/V
● No-load
EC-331
VALVE
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008SX
EVAP canister purge volume (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
An excessively low voltage signal is sent
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit
to ECM through the valve ● EVAP canister purge volume control
open
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge volume (The sensor circuit is shorted.)
An excessively high voltage signal is sent
shorted
solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008SY
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
WITH GST
SEF058Y
EC-332
VALVE
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008SZ
EC
BBWA1061E
EC-333
VALVE
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
MINA ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
L NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V
ECM relay OFF
4 LG/R
(Self-shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EVAP canister purge SEF109V

5 R/Y volume control sole-
noid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
SEF110V

72 B/P ECM (11 - 14V)

EC-334
VALVE
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008T0

2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC
harness connector.
C
SEF339V
E
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
SEF192V
I
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
K
3. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT L

M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 5 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 1.
4. Also, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.

Check the harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM.
EC-335
VALVE
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
SEF801Y

With CONSULT-II
Condition
100% Yes
0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
valve.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-336
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[KA24DE]
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE PFP:14935
A
Component Description UBS008T2
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent. EC
This solenoid (the EVAP canister vent control valve) responds to sig-
nals from the ECM.
When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is
energized. C
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components. D
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
SEF381Z
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
E
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP Control System (Small Leak)” diagnosis.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008T3
Specification data are reference values. F

G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008T4
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause H
EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
P0447
trol valve circuit open through EVAP canister vent control valve.
● EVAP canister vent control valve I
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008T5
NOTE: J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. K
WITH CONSULT-II
L
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-339, "Diagnostic Procedure" M
.
WITH GST
SEF058Y
EC-337
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008T6
BBWA1108E
EC-338
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EVAP canister vent con- BATTERY VOLTAGE C
trol valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008T7
D
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No E
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
F
2. CHECK CIRCUIT
G
3. Make sure that ratcheting sound is heard from the vent control
valve.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3. I
J
SEF802Y
EC-339
[KA24DE]
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
SEF143S
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve termi-

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0285E

● Harness connectors M67, B101
● Harness connectors B112, C2
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-340
[KA24DE]
● Harness connectors C2, B112
● Harness connectors B101, M67 EC
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
C
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I D

2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being E
rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. F
BBIA0308E
H
EC-341
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II
With CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
Air passage continuity between A
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG BBIA0309E
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

1. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-342
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:25085
A
Component Description UBS008T9
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the

purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres- EC
sure increases. The EVAP control system pressure sensor is not
used to control the engine system. It is used only for on board diag-
nosis.
C
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008TA I

EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON 1.8 - 4.8V
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008TB

K
EVAP control system ● Harness or connectors

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
P0452 pressure sensor low
sent to ECM.
input ● EVAP control system pressure sensor
EC-343
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008TC
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform test at a temperature above 5°C (41°F).
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
.
SEF194Y
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank temper-
ature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
.
SEF196V
EC-344
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008TD
EC
BBWA1109E
EC-345
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER- WIRE
NO. R
[Engine is running]
43 B/W Sensor ground ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
● Idle speed
62 Y [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008TE
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE CONNECTED TO THE SENSOR

Check rubber tube connected to the sensor for clogging, vent, kink, disconnection or improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Reconnect, repair or replace.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0431E

nector.
2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SEF341V
EC-346
[KA24DE]
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
SEF410Q
E
F
● Harness connectors M59, F27 G
● Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM

I
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal J
43.
Continuity should exist. K
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M

EC-347
[KA24DE]
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.


Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair it.
11. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
CAUTION:

or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.56 inHg) of pressure.
SEF341V
4. Check output voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.

CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which
one. SEF198V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
EC-348
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END EC
EC-349
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS008TF

purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres-
nosis.
SEF340V
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008TG

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008TH
● Rubber hose to EVAP control system pressure is
EVAP control system clogged, vent, kinked, disconnected or improper
An excessively high voltage from
P0453 pressure sensor high connection.
the sensor is sent to ECM.
input
● EVAP canister
● Water separator
EC-350
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008TI
A
NOTE:
● Always perform test at a temperature above 5°C (41°F).
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. D
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). E
. F
SEF194Y
H
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank temper- I
J
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-353, "Diagnostic Procedure" K
.
L
SEF196V
EC-351
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008TJ
BBWA1109E
EC-352
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- WIRE EC
NO. R
42 BR Sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V C
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed D
sure sensor
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008TK
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE CONNECTED TO THE SENSOR

F
Check rubber tube connected to the sensor for clogging, vent, kink, disconnection or improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. G

H
Refer to EC-126, "Ground Inspection" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. J
BBIA0431E
L
nector. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SEF341V
EC-353
[KA24DE]
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF410Q


3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-354
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC
C
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 11. D
NG >> GO TO 9.

E
● Harness connectors B101, M67 F
G
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
valve opening. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11. K
L
SEF801Y
EC-355
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
Condition
100% Yes
0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
valve.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair it.

rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
BBIA0308E
EC-356
[KA24DE]
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II A
With CONSULT-II
EC
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. C
F
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the G
Air passage continuity between A H
Condition
and B
No
I
OFF Yes

OK or NG J
BBIA0309E
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
K
1. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. M
EC-357
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:

SEF341V

CAUTION:
one. SEF198V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
17. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING

Check obstructed water separator and rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve and clean the rubber
tube using air blower.
Check water separator.
1. Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
4. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. PBIB1032E
NG >> Clean, repair or replace rubber tube and/or water sepa-

rator.
EC-358
[KA24DE]
18. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER A
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 19.
No >> GO TO 21.
C
SEF596U
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21. G
NG >> GO TO 20.

H
2. Check hose connection between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging and poor connection. I
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister or water separator.

J
Perform EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . K
>> INSPECTION END

L
EC-359
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008TL
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with DTC P1448, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448.
Refer to EC-486 .
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in the EVAP system between the fuel tank
and the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
PBIB1402E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Check Items (Possible Cause)
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.
● EVAP control system has a
● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
very large leak such as fuel
EVAP control system filler cap tell off. ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control system pres-
P0455
gross leak detected. sure sensor
● EVAP control system does
not operate properly. ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the
circuit
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or
damaged.
● Refueling control valve
CAUTION:
EC-360
[KA24DE]
A
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008TM
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filter cap during the DTC confirmation procedure. EC
NOTE:
● If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
Refer to EC-486 .
C
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
D
properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is E
● Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-II F
1. Tighten fuel filter cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. G
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
H
5. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
I
SEF475Y
6. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with K
CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
L
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-73, "Basic Inspection" .
EC-361
[KA24DE]
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with
CONSULT-II and make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]”
is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-362, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" .
If P0442 is displayed, perform EC-322, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
LEC048A
WITH GST
NOTE:
● Be sure to read the explanation of EC-57, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
● It is better that the fuel level is low.
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle.
6. Start engine.
8. Stop vehicle.
– If P0441, P0442 and P0455 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008TN

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U
EC-362
[KA24DE]
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION A
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. EC
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4. E
1. Wipe clean valve housing. F
SEF445Y I

Pressure : 16.0 - 20.0 kPa J
(0.163 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.32 - 2.90 psi)
K
(−0.061 to −0.036 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.51
psi)
CAUTION: L
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an
incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. SEF943S
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 5.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection or
disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> GO TO 7.
EC-363
[KA24DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector.
8. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP

To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely.
SEF339V
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
SEF916U
EC-364
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
E
PEF658U
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. F
NOTE:
G
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres-
sure in the system.
PEF917U
I
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-559, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" J
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. K
L
SEF200U
EC-365
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- SEF503V
sure in the system.
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-559, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF200U
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
PBIB0147E
EC-366
[KA24DE]
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13. E
OK or NG
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
valve opening.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
K
L
SEF801Y
EC-367
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
Condition
100% Yes
0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
valve.

Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in
the figure.
AFE095

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit, refer to FL-6, "FUEL
LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY"
.
SEF710Z
EC-368
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: C

SEF341V

F
CAUTION:
one. SEF198V H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and J
.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 19.
L
ness and improper connection. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
EC-369
[KA24DE]
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

1. Remove fuel level sensor assembly.
2. Refer to DI-17, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-370
[KA24DE]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008TO
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve using intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small EC
leak diagnosis.
If the ECM judges a leak equivalent to a very small leak, the very small leak DTC P0456 or P1456 will be
detected. If the ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, the EVAP small leak DTC P0442 will be
detected. Correspondingly, if the ECM judges there is no leak, the diagnosis result is OK. C
PBIB1402E I
EC-371
[KA24DE]
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent
control valve.
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control
● EVAP system has a very small system pressure sensor
Evaporative emission control leak.
P0456 system very small leak ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
(negative pressure check) ● EVAP system does not operate
properly.
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged
● Water separator
● EVAP canister is saturated with water
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008TP
NOTE:
● If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with DTC P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456
or P1456.
properly.
● After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● If any of following condition is met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
– Fuel filler cap is removed.
– Refilled or drained the fuel.
– EVAP component parts is/are removed.
EC-372
[KA24DE]
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with A
CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 1.16 - 0.25V EC
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
C
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool
place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining fuel until the output
voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the
range above and leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then PBIB1953E
D
start from step 1.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. E
5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed. F
I
PBIB0837E

If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-374, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-72, "Fail-safe Chart" . K
Overall Function Check UBS008TQ
WITH GST L
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
CAUTION: M
● Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
● Do not start engine.
● Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi).
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
2. Set the pressure pump and a hose.
3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose.
5. Connect GST and select MODE 8.
6. Using MODE 8 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close) and vacuum cut valve bypass valve (open).
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are sat-
isfied.
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)
SEF462UA
EC-373
[KA24DE]
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped:
60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg)
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual.
8. Disconnect GST.
11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008TR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-374
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE A
EC
D
SEF445Y
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. E

(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
F
(−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48
psi)
G
CAUTION:
incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. SEF943S H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. I
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres- J
SEF339V M
NOTE:
SEF916U
EC-375
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
sure in the system.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-376
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR A
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. EC
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts. C
NOTE:
D
OK or NG

E
Refer to EC-487, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector. G
10. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. H
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
I
Yes >> GO TO 11.
J
K
SEF596U
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER L
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
M
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

● EVAP canister for damage
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
EC-377
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB0828E
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-29, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF985Y
EC-378
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions. EC
Condition
C
100% Yes
0% No
D
PBIB0149E
E
Without CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions. F

12V direct current supply between ter- G
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 18.
valve. I

1. Remove fuel level sensor unit. J
M
AFE095
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit terminals 1 and

4 by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure.
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
SEF710Z
EC-379
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:

SEF341V

CAUTION:
one. SEF198V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.

.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
EC-380
[KA24DE]
23. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 24.
C

D
E
K
SEF707Z
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 25.
25. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR M
Refer toDI-17, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-381
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060
Component Description UBS008TS
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari-
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
SEF800Z
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS008TT
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected.
Malfunction is detected when even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel
level sensor to ECM.
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal ● Fuel level sensor circuit
Fuel level sensor circuit (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0460 being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor
noise
to ECM. ● Fuel level sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008TU
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-382
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008TV
EC
BBWA1110E
EC-383
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008TW
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit harness connector.
ground with CONSULT-II or a tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB1403E

● Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor until
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
ECM terminal 46 and fuel level sensor unit terminal 2,
ECM terminal 66 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-384
[KA24DE]
● Harness connectors M91, B103 EC
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor
C
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
Refer to DI-17, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" . E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. F

G
>> INSPECTION END. H

Removal and Installation UBS008TX
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

Refer to FL-6, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" . I
EC-385
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS008TY
the ECM.
SEF800Z
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS008TZ
Driving long distances naturally affects fuel gauge level.

This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.
Malfunction is detected when the output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change within the specified
range even though the vehicle has been driven a long distance.
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does ● Harness or connectors
Fuel level sensor circuit not change within the specified range even (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0461
range/performance though the vehicle has been driven a long dis-
tance. ● Fuel level sensor
Overall Function Check UBS008U0
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-3,
"FUEL TANK" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-45, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn “ON”.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-
II.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-
5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” out put voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. SEF195Y
EC-386
[KA24DE]
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
If NG, check the fuel level sensor, refer to DI-17, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" . A
WITH GST
NOTE:
EC
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
C
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. D
6. Set voltmeters probe between ECM terminal 46 (fuel level sen-
sor signal) and ground. E
8. Check voltage between ECM terminal 46 and ground and note
it. F
9. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel
tank using proper equipment.
10. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). G
11. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 46 and ground
changes more than 0.03V during step 8 - 10. SEF703Z
If NG, check component of fuel level sensor, refer to DI-17, H

"FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK"
EC-387
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060
Component Description UBS008U1
the ECM.
SEF800Z
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS008U2
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor circuit.
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit.
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage is sent from the
P0462 ● Fuel level sensor circuit
low input sensor is sent to ECM.
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage is sent from the
P0463 ● Fuel level sensor
high input sensor is sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008U3
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-388
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008U4
EC
BBWA1111E
EC-389
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008U5

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB1403E

● Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and fuel level sensor unit terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-390
[KA24DE]
● Harness for open or short between ECM and 66 fuel level sensor unit
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness on connectors.

D
Refer to DI-17, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. E
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F

G
>> INSPECTION END.
Removal and Installation UBS008U6
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR H

EC-391
DTC P0500 VSS
[KA24DE]
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702
Component Description UBS008U7
The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transmission. It contains

a pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the
speedometer. The speedometer then sends a signal to the ECM.
SEF505U
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008U8
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from (The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM shorted)
even when vehicle is being driven.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008U9
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine
2. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should
exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable
gear position.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.
SEF196Y
B/FUEL SCHDL 7 - 15 msec
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
EC-392
DTC P0500 VSS
[KA24DE]
Overall Function Check UBS008UA
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP canister vent control valve circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST. C
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-395, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
SEF568P F
EC-393
DTC P0500 VSS
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008UB
BBWA0448E
EC-394
DTC P0500 VSS
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1 - 4V C
[Engine is running]
29 G/B Vehicle speed sensor D
● Shift lever: 2nd
● Vehicle speed: 40km/h (25 MPH)
SEF003W E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008UC F

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector M38.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and combination meter terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. J

Check the following. K
● Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter
L
3. CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION M
Make sure that speedometer functions properly.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness for open or short between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors. Check vehicle speed sensor and its circuit. Refer to DI-17, "VEHI-
CLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK" .
EC-395
DTC P0500 VSS
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END
EC-396
DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM
[KA24DE]
DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM PFP:23781
A
Description UBS008UD
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
D
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Park/Neutral position Idle air control IACV-AAC valve
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering load signal E
F
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified level. Idle speed is controlled through fine
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve G
repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The camshaft position sensor detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the ON/OFF time of the IACV-
AAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed H
is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is deter-
mined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and
engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation).
I
The IAC valve-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the
ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will J
flow through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
higher the idle speed.
SEF040E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008UE

M

IACV-AAC/V
● No-load
EC-397
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008UF
An improper voltage signal is sent to (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open or
P0505 IACV-AAC valve circuit shorted.)
ECM through IACV-AAC valve.
● IACV-AAC valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008UG
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-398
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008UH
EC
BBWA0449E
EC-399
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
10.5 - 11.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
SEF015W
1 - 13V
[Engine is running]
SEF016W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008UI

1. Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
SEF342V
4. Check voltage between IACV-AAC valve terminal 2 and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF247W
EC-400
[KA24DE]
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M27 EC
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and fuse
C

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and IACV-AAC valve terminal 1.
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
H
4. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE
● Check IACV-AAC valve resistance.
I
Resistance : Approximately 10 Ω
[at 25°C (77°F)]
● Check plunger for seizing or sticking. J
● Check for broken spring.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
NG >> Replace IACV-AAC valve.
SEF249W
L
>> INSPECTION END
EC-401
[KA24DE]
Description UBS008UK
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering load signal
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve
AAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed
ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will
SEF040E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008UL

IACV-AAC/V
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008UM
Idle speed control sys- (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open or
The idle speed is less than the target idle
P0506 tem RPM lower than shorted)
speed by 100 rpm or more.
expected
● IACV-AAC valve
EC-402
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008UN
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
C
3. Turn ignition switch ON again and select “DATA MONITOR” D
4. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-405, "Diagnostic Procedure" E
.
SEF174Y G
WITH GST
H
EC-403
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008UO
BBWA0449E
EC-404
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
10.5 - 11.5V C
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed D
NOTE:
SEF015W E
1 - 13V
G
SEF016W
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) H
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008UP
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY I

J
SEF342V
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF247W
EC-405
[KA24DE]
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and 10A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[at 25°C (77°F)]
● Check plunger for seizing or sticking.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEF249W

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-406
[KA24DE]
A
Description UBS008UR
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
D
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering load signal E
F
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve G
AAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed H
I
ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will J
SEF040E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008US

M

IACV-AAC/V
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008UT
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open or
Idle speed control sys- shorted)
The idle speed is more than the target
P0507 tem RPM higher than ● IACV-AAC valve
idle speed by 200 rpm or more.
expected
● PCV system
EC-407
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008UU
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON again and select “DATA MONITOR”
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-408
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008UV
EC
BBWA0449E
EC-409
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
10.5 - 11.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
SEF015W
1 - 13V
[Engine is running]
SEF016W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008UW

SEF342V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF247W
EC-410
[KA24DE]
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and 10A fuse
C

F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
H
I
[at 25°C (77°F)]
● Check plunger for seizing or sticking. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
SEF249W
L
>> INSPECTION END
EC-411
DTC P0510 CTP SWITCH
[KA24DE]
DTC P0510 CTP SWITCH PFP:22620
Component Description UBS008UY
A closed throttle position switch and wide open throttle position

switch are built into the throttle position sensor unit. The wide open
throttle position switch is used only for A/T control.
When the throttle valve is in the closed position, the closed throttle
position switch sends a voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM only
uses this signal to open or close the EVAP canister purge control
valve when the throttle position sensor is malfunctioning.
SEF505V
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008UZ
Battery voltage from the closed throttle (The closed throttle position switch circuit
Closed throttle position switch is shorted.)
P0510 position switch is sent to ECM with the
circuit
throttle valve opened. ● Closed throttle position switch
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008V0
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “CLSD THL/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II and check the indication under the following condi-
tions.
Condition Signal indication
Throttle valve: Idle position ON

SEF197Y
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the

following condition.
THRTL POS SEN More than 2.5V
Driving pattern Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will
this test.
.
EC-412
[KA24DE]
Overall Function Check UBS008V1
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed throttle position switch circuit. During this check,
a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 28 (Closed throttle
position switch signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions. C
Condition Voltage
At idle Battery voltage D
At 2,000 rpm Approximately 0 - 1V

E
SEF422Q
EC-413
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008V2
BBWA0450E
EC-414
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- WIRE EC
NO. R
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Throttle position switch ● Accelerator pedal is fully released
28 BR/W
(Closed position) [Ignition switch: ON] D
● Accelerator pedal is slightly depressed
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008V3

F
2. Disconnect throttle position switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. G
SEF158S
J
4. Check voltage between throttle position switch terminal 5 and
Voltage: Battery voltage K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
L
NG >> GO TO 2.
M
SEF715U

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and fuse
EC-415
[KA24DE]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 28 and closed throttle position switch terminal 6.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Check the harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM.
5. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION

2. Reconnect disconnect all harness connectors.
Closed throttle position switch Feeler gauge thickness and switch condition
idle position adjustment 0.1 mm (0.004 in): ON
0.3 mm (0.012 in): OFF
>> GO TO 6.
EC-416
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH A
With CONSULT-II
EC
4. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW” under the following conditions. C
F
SEF721Z
NOTE:
Measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle. G
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-73, "Basic Inspection" .
5. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in “Basic Inspection”, replace closed throttle posi-
tion switch. H
With GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
4. Check continuity between terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
J
Throttle valve conditions Continuity
Completely closed Yes
Partially open or completely open No K
NOTE:
Continuity measurement must be made with closed throttle
position switch installed in vehicle. L
5. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in SEF159S
M
“Basic Inspection”, replace closed throttle position switch.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace throttle position switch.
EC-417
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
tions.
NOTE:
5. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in
“Basic Inspection”, replace throttle position sensor.
With GST
SEF198Y
NOTE:
sensor installed in vehicle. SEF767W

4. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in “Basic Inspection”, replace throttle position
sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-418
DTC P0605 ECM
[KA24DE]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
A
Component Description UBS008V5
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC
SEC220B
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008V6
P0605 ECM ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ● ECM F
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008V7
NOTE: G
WITH CONSULT-II H
3. Start engine. I
. J
WITH GST
K
SEF058Y
L
EC-419
DTC P0605 ECM
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008V8
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-419, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
2. Select MODE 4 with GST.
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace ECM.
No >> INSPECTION END
EC-420
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
A
Component Description UBS008V9

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008VA I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
(B1) K
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008VB
L
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected. M
SEF300U
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Heated oxygen sensor The maximum and minimum voltage from the
P1143 ● Fuel pressure
1 lean shift monitoring sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
● Fuel injector
EC-421
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008VC
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1143” of
“HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
LEC054A

take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (Less than 62 MPH)
step 2.
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-423, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
LEC055A
Overall Function Check UBS008VD
WITH GST
EC-422
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
sensor 1 signal) and ground. A
– The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time. EC
– The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least 1 time.
C
AEC873A
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008VE

E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
G
BBIA0431E

Tightening torque :40 - 60 N·m J
(4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
K
>> GO TO 3.
SEF332VA
EC-423
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.
With CONSULT-II
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-60, "HOW TO ERASE
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? AEC131A
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-229 .
No >> GO TO 4.

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface
such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG SEF220W
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-424
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. EC

Refer to EC-200, "Wiring Diagram" , for circuit.
D
>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS008VF E
F
EC-425
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS008VG

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008VH

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
(B1)
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008VI
high. The “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
Heated oxygen sensor The maximum and minimum voltages from the ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1144
1 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
EC-426
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008VJ
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). C
With CONSULT-II D
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1144” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode E
with CONSULT-II.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. F
NOTE:
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5. G
LEC056A
I
take approximately 50 seconds or more.) J

Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (Less than 62 MPH) K
L
step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG M
Procedure" .
LEC058A
Overall Function Check UBS008VK
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC-427
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
– The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least 1 time.
AEC873A
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008VL

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Tightening torque : 40 - 60 N·m
(4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0429E
EC-428
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
D
SEF215Z
F
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No K
No >> GO TO 4.
L
M
3. Check harness connector for water.
Water should not exit.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-429
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system SEF220W
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

Refer to EC-200, "Wiring Diagram" , for circuit.
>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008VM

EC-430
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
A
Component Description UBS008VN

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008VO

HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V G
rpm quickly.
● Engine: After warming up H
rpm quickly.
minute under no load I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008VP
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time J

longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen K
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently low during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
L
MBIB1080E M
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ● The minimum voltage from the sensor is not ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146
minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage.
● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
EC-431
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008VQ
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
CONSULT-II.
ture.
6. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUP-
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II. SEF189Y
PBIB0818E

Overall Function Check UBS008VR
CAUTION:
WITH GST
EC-432
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
gen sensor 2 signal) and ground. A
6. Check the voltage when revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under
no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) EC
The voltage should be below 0.55V at least once during this
procedure.
essary. C
gear position. D
The voltage should be below 0.55V at least once during this procedure.
E
EC-433
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008VS
BBWA1057E
EC-434
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
D
under no load
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008VT

F
Refer to EC-126, "Ground Inspection" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H
BBIA0431E
EC-435
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-60, "HOW TO ERASE
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-436
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM EC
C
1. Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 terminal 4 and ground. D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. F
NG >> GO TO 6.

G
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ground H

I
Refer to EC-217, "Component Inspection" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. K
Perform EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . L
>> INSPECTION END

M
Removal and Installation UBS008VU

EC-437
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS008VV

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008VW

HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
rpm quickly.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008VX

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
SEF259VA
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ● The maximum voltage from the sensor is not ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1147
maximum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
EC-438
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008VY
A
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
C
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- D
ture.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and E
6. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUP- F
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II. SEF189Y

G
PBIB0819E J
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. K
Overall Function Check UBS008VZ
L
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the rear heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
M
CAUTION:
WITH GST
EC-439
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
6. Check the voltage when revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under
no load at least 10 times.
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
essary.
gear position.
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this procedure.
EC-440
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008W0
EC
BBWA1057E
EC-441
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
under no load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008W1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E
EC-442
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF215Z
F
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer EC-229 .
No >> GO TO 3.
L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-443
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
● Harness for open or short between ECM and heated oxygen sensor 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008W2

EC-444
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[KA24DE]
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL PFP:22690
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008W3

EC
● The heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is
The closed loop control function does not oper- open or shorted.
Closed loop control
P1148 ate even when vehicle is driving in the speci- C
function ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
fied condition.
● Heated oxygen sensor heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008W4 D

CAUTION:
E
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: F
● Never raise engine speed above 3,000 rpm during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. If the engine
speed limit is exceeded, retry the procedure from step 4.
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. G
WITH CONSULT-II
H
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check the following.
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage should go above 0.70V at least once. I
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If the result is NG, perform EC-446, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the result is OK, perform the following step. J
4. Let engine idle at least 5 minutes.
5. Maintain the following condition at least 50 consecutive sec-
onds. K
SEF682Y
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.0 msec or more
L
During this test, DTC P0134 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen. M

Overall Function Check UBS008W5
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed loop control. During this check, a DTC might not
be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC-445
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[KA24DE]
– The voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
– The voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
AEC873A
EC-446
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[KA24DE]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000
A
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. EC
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
C
● Cooling fan (crankshaft driven)
● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- ● Radiator hose D
heat).
● Radiator
● Cooling fan system does not operate prop-
● Radiator cap
Engine over tempera- erly (Overheat).
P1217 ● Water pump E
ture (Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method. ● Thermostat
● Engine coolant is not within the specified ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
range. For more information, refer to EC-450, F
"Main 11 Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
G
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil.
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE H
RATIO" .
I
Overall Function Check UBS008W8
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres- J
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
K
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. L
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-448,
M
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-448,
3. Start engine.
4. Make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
SEF621W
WITH GST
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps
and go to EC-448, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps
3. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
EC-447
[KA24DE]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
DRIVEN)" .

Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops.
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the following for leak.
SLC754A
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump

Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
Radiator cap relief : 78 - 98 kPa
pressure (0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 11 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT
ture
(0.31 in/194°F)
perature.
OK or NG SLC343
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-448
[KA24DE]
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor termi-
EC
D
PBIB2005E
<Reference data> E
Engine coolant
F
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 G
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
OK or NG SEF012P
H
OK >> GO TO 5.
I
6. CHECK MAIN 11 CAUSES
J
>> INSPECTION END

Perform FINAL CHECK by the following procedure after repair is completed.
K
1. Warm up engine. Run the vehicle for at least 20 minutes. Pay attention to engine coolant temperature
gauge on the instrument panel. If the reading shows an abnormally high temperature, another part may be
malfunctioning.
L
2. Stop vehicle and let engine idle. Check the intake and exhaust systems for leaks by listening for noise or
visually inspecting the components.
3. Allow engine to cool and visually check for oil and coolant leaks. Then, perform “Overall Function Check”.
M
EC-449
[KA24DE]
Main 11 Causes of Overheating UBS008WA

● Blocked radiator grille
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-12, "RECOM-
MENDED FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS" .
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level See MA-16, "Changing
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 78 - 98 kPa (0.8 - 1.0 kg/ See CO-8, "System
cm2 , 11 - 14 psi) Check"
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/
cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)

Check" .
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-13, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT" and CO-14,
"RADIATOR" .
OFF 7 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemi- Negative —
cal tester 4 Gas ana-
lyzer

gauge when driving
OFF*4 9 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-8, "System
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank Check" .
tor
gauge mum distortion (warping) HEAD" .
11 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-46, "CYLINDER
tons walls or piston BLOCK" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
For more information, refer to CO-6, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
EC-450
[KA24DE]
A
Component Description UBS008WB
The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) is located on the transmission

housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the flywheel. It detects the EC
fluctuation of the engine revolution.
change.
changes.
SEF956N
E
This sensor is not used to control the engine system.
H
SEF335V
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008WC
I
● A chipping of the flywheel or drive plate ● Harness or connectors

Crankshaft position sensor gear tooth (cog) is detected by the ECM.
P1336 ● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
(OBD) (COG) J
● Flywheel
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008WD
K
NOTE:
L
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
M
2. Start engine and run it for at least 2 minutes at idle speed.
.
WITH GST
SEF058Y
EC-451
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008WE
BBWA0548E
EC-452
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
Approx. 0V D
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed E
NOTE:
The pulse changes depending on rpm at idle.
SEF112V
F
Crankshaft position
47 L
sensor (OBD)
Approx. 0V
G
[Engine is running]
H
SEF113V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) I
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008WF
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. L
BBIA0431E

connectors.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and crank-
shaft position sensor (OBD) terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SEF335V
NG >> GO TO 3.
EC-453
[KA24DE]

1. Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

6. CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect harness connectors E202, E32.
2. Check harness continuity between harness connector E32 terminal 2 and ground.
Continuity should exist
4. Then reconnect harness connectors.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Harness for open or short between harness connector E32 and ground
EC-454
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK IMPROPER INSTALLATION A
1. Loosen and retighten the fixing bolt of the crankshaft position sensor (OBD). Then retest.
2. Perform EC-451, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" again.
OK or NG EC
NG >> GO TO 9.
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (OBD). E
10. CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping flywheel gear tooth (cog). F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace the flywheel. G

H
>> INSPECTION END

I
EC-455
DTC P1400 EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE
[KA24DE]
DTC P1400 EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14956
Component Description UBS008WH

the solenoid valve. The signal then reaches the EGR valve.
When the ECM sends an ON signal, a plunger will then move to cut
the vacuum signal from the throttle body to the EGR valve.
SEF240PD
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008WI

● Engine: After warming up Idle ON
EGRC SOL/V Rev engine up from idle to 3,000
● Shift lever: Neutral OFF
rpm quickly.
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008WJ
The improper voltage signal is sent to (The EGRC solenoid valve circuit is open
P1400 EGRC solenoid valve circuit or shorted.)
ECM through EGRC solenoid valve.
● EGRC solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008WK
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above –10°C (14°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF174Y
EC-456
[KA24DE]
onds. A
ENG SPEED Less than 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL Less than 12.6 msec
EC
VHCL SPEED SE Suitable speed

. C
SEF201Y
D
Overall Function Check UBS008WL
DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 103 and ground at F
idle.
Voltage : 0 - 1V
G
3. Check that the voltage changes to battery voltage and returns to
0 - 1V when revving the engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly.
H
SEF242V I
EC-457
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008WM
BBWA0453E
EC-458
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Warm-up condition 0 - 1V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Shift lever: 1st E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008WN

F
With CONSULT-II G
mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound. H
SEF722Z
K
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and rev engine up to 3,000 rpm quickly.
L
2. When disconnecting and reconnecting the EGRC solenoid valve harness connector, make sure that the
EGRC solenoid valve makes operating sound. (The DTC or the 1st trip DTC for the EGRC solenoid valve
will be displayed, however, ignore it.)
OK or NG M
NG >> GO TO 2
EC-459
[KA24DE]
2. Disconnect EGRC solenoid valve harness connector.
SEF336V
4. Check voltage between EGRC solenoid valve terminal 2 and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF192V

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between EGRC solenoid valve and fuse

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 103 and EGRC solenoid valve terminal 1.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 5

Check the harness for open or short between EGRC solenoid valve and ECM.
EC-460
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK EGRC SOLENOID VALVE A
following conditions. EC

Condition
C
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 8. SEF129Y

E
following conditions. F

Condition
G
2
H
No supply No Yes
OK or NG
AEC919
OK >> GO TO 8. I
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

>> INSPECTION END. K
EC-461
[KA24DE]
Description UBS008WP
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EGR control EGRC-solenoid valve
detects any of the following conditions, current through the solenoid valve is cut. This causes the vacuum to
be cut. The EGR valve remains closed.
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
● Engine idling
● Wide open throttle
SEF641Q
throttle valve opening. The vacuum controls the movement of a taper
valve connected to the vacuum diaphragm in the EGR valve.
SEF783K
EC-462
[KA24DE]
The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the A
EGR passageway. When the EGR valve opens, hot exhaust gases
temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies a voltage signal EC
an input signal. As the temperature increases, EGR temperature
engine system. C
SEF599K
D
<Reference data>
E
°C (°F) V MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05 F
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR G
K
SEF068XB
EGRC-solenoid Valve
L
the solenoid valve. A plunger will then move to cut the vacuum signal
(from the throttle body to the EGR valve). M
When the ECM sends an ON signal, a plunger will then move to cut
the vacuum signal from the throttle body to the EGR valve.
SEF240PD

● Shift lever: Neutral ON
● No-load
EC-463
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008WQ
If EGR temperature sensor detects EGR flow under the condition that does not call for EGR, a high-flow mal-
function is diagnosed.
● EGRC solenoid valve
EGR flow is detected under conditions that ● EGR valve leaking or stuck open
P1402 EGR control system stuck open
do not call for EGR. ● EGR temperature sensor
● EGRC-BPT valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008WR
NOTE:
● Diagnosis for this DTC will occur when engine coolant temperature is approx. 50 to 60°C (122 to 140°F).
Therefore, it will be better to turn ignition switch ON (Start engine) at the engine coolant temperature
below 30°C (104°F) when starting DTC confirmation procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform the test 9 temperature above -10°C (14°F)
● Engine coolant temperature and EGR temperature must be
verified in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II before
starting “DTC WORK SUPPORT” test. If it is out of range
below, the test cannot be conducted.
COOLAN TEMP/S: −10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F)*
EGR TEMP SEN: Less than 3.7V
If the values are out of the ranges indicated above, park
the vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature
to stabilize. Do not attempt to reduce the engine coolant or
EGR temperature with a fan or means other than ambient
air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.
SEF202Y
*: Although CONSULT-II screen displays “−10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)”
as a range of engine coolant temperature, ignore it.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds, then turn ignition switch ON.
3. Touch “START”. Follow instruction of CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II screen is turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
80 seconds or more.)
PBIB1600E
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, turn ignition OFF and cool the engine coolant tem-
perature to the range of −10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F). Retry from step 1.
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “MODE 1” with GST.
EC-464
[KA24DE]
2. Check that engine coolant temperature is within the range of −10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F).
3. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 63 (EGR temperature A
sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.5V.
EC
PBIB2167E
D

5. Stop engine. E
6. Perform from step 1 to 4.
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-467, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F
● When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended. G
EC-465
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008WS
BBWA0453E
EC-466
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008WT
1. CHECK VACUUM HOSE A
Check vacuum hose for clogging, cracks or improper connection.

Refer to EC-29, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" . EC
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3. C
SEF109L
E
With CONSULT-II F
mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound. G
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
I
SEF716Z
J
Without CONSULT-II K
2. Disconnect EGRC solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Check operating sound of the solenoid valve when disconnecting and reconnecting EGRC solenoid valve
harness connector. (The DTC or the 1st trip DTC for the EGRC solenoid valve will be displayed, however,
ignore it.) M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-467
[KA24DE]
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuse block and EGRC solenoid valve
● Harness for open or short between ECM and EGRC solenoid valve
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.

With CONSULT-II
Condition
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
OK or NG

Without CONSULT-II
Condition
2
No supply No Yes
OK or NG
AEC919
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-468
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK EGR VALVE A
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. C
D
MEF137D
8. CHECK EGRC-BPT VALVE E

F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
H
SEF083P
I
EC-469
[KA24DE]
SEF643Q
<Reference data>
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
SEF068XB

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-470
[KA24DE]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008WU
NOTE:
If DTC P1442 is displayed with DTC P1448, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448. (See EC-486 EC
.)
purge volume control solenoid valve under the following “Vacuum test” conditions. C
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the D
E
PBIB1402E
EC-471
[KA24DE]
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Check Items (Possible Cause)
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
valve.
● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
● EVAP control system has a ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control system
EVAP control system leak. pressure sensor
P1442 small leak detected
● EVAP control system does ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
(positive pressure)
not operate properly. ● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
and the circuit
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing
or damaged.
● Water separator
● EVAP canister is saturated with water.
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008WV
Refer to “DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM”, EC-319, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008WW
Refer to “DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM”, EC-322, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-472
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[KA24DE]
PFP:14920 A
Description UBS008WX
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
Throttle position sensor Throttle position EVAP canister purge EVAP canister purge volume D
flow control control solenoid valve
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1 E
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed F
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the G
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes. H
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis- I
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. J
SEF337U
L
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008WY

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION M
PURG VOL C/V 2,000 rpm (200 seconds after start-
● Shift lever: Neutral —
ing engine)
● No-load
EC-473
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008WZ
solenoid valve
The canister purge flow is detected during the (The valve is stuck open.)
EVAP canister purge
specified driving conditions, even when EVAP
P1444 volume control solenoid ● EVAP canister vent control valve
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
valve ● EVAP canister
completely closed.
● Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008X0
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Select “PURG VOL C/V P1444” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0839E
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take for at
least 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
WITH GST
EC-474
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008X1
EC
BBWA1061E
EC-475
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V
ECM relay OFF
4 LG/R
(Self-shutoff)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EVAP canister purge SEF109V

5 R/Y volume control solenoid
valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
SEF110V

72 B/P (11 - 14V)

EC-476
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008X2

2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC
harness connector.
C
SEF339V
E

solenoid valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
SEF192V
I
K
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT L

M
valve terminal 1.
4. Also, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Check the harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM.
EC-477
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:

SEF341V

CAUTION:
one. SEF198V
OK or NG
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF801Y
EC-478
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
Condition
C
100% Yes
0% No
D
PBIB0149E
E
Without CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions. F

12V direct current supply between ter- G
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 8.
valve. I

1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. J
rusted.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
L
BBIA0308E
EC-479
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG BBIA0309E
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-480
[KA24DE]
11. CHECK RUBBER TUBE A
Check for obstructed water separator and rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve and
clean the rubber tube using air blower. Check water separator.
1. Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet. EC
4. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with C
D
NOTE:
OK or NG
E
NG >> Clean, repair or replace rubber tube and/or water sepa-

rator.
F
G
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 13. H
No >> GO TO 14.
J
SEF596U
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER K

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
M

>> INSPECTION END
EC-481
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS008X4
ter and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid (the EVAP
canister vent control valve) responds to signals from the ECM. When
the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is ener-
gized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability
to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other
evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid
valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When
the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative
emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP Control
System (Small Leak)” diagnosis.
SEF381Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008X5

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008X6
and the circuit
EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains
P1446 ● Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
trol valve close closed under specified driving conditions.
vent control valve
● Water separator
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above 0°C (32°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is 0°C (32°F) or more.
6. Drive vehicle at a speed of approximately 80 km/h (50 MPH) for
a maximum of 15 minutes.
.
NOTE:
If a malfunction exists, NG result may be displayed quicker.
SEF189Y
WITH GST
EC-482
[KA24DE]
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (fuel tank temper- A
15 minutes. EC
. C
SEF196V
D
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING E
Check obstructed water separator and rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve and clean the rubber
tube using air blower.
Check water separator. F
G
H
NOTE:
I
OK or NG
NG >> Clean, repair or replace rubber tube and/or water sepa- J

rator.

K
rusted. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. M
BBIA0308E
EC-483
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF991Y
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG BBIA0309E
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 8.
SEF596U
EC-484
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
C
D
● Visually check the EVAP canister for damage.
● Check hose connection between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging and poor connection.
E
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. G
NG >> Install hose properly or replace it.
9. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR H
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.

2. Check harness connector for water.
I
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR AND CIRCUIT K
Refer to “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, for DTC P0452, EC-343 and DTC P0453, EC-350 .
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor and repair or replace harness and connector.
M
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-485
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagno-
sis for DTC P1448 first.
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid (the EVAP canister vent control valve) responds to sig-
nals from the ECM.
When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is
energized.
emission control system components.
SEF381Z
opened.
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System (Small Leak)” diagnosis.
SEF143S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008XA

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008XB
and the circuit
EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains ● Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
P1448 vent control valve
trol valve open opened under specified driving conditions.
● Water separator
● Vacuum cut valve
EC-486
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008XC
A
NOTE:
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. EC
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION: C
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is less than 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on
flat level surface.
● Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). D
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. E
CONSULT-II.
F
H
SEF475Y
4. Check that the following conditions are met. I

COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
J
5. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
K
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-487
[KA24DE]
If “NG” is displayed, go to following step.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
7. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds, then turn ON.
8. Disconnect hose from water separator.
9. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” of “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
10. Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately. SEC763C
11. Make sure of the following.

Air passage continuity between A and
Condition
B
Touching “ON” No
Touching “OFF” Yes

If the result is OK, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0442,
EC-318 .
SEF805Y
Overall Function Check UBS008XD
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
3. Verify the following.
Condition Air passage continuity
No
minals 1 and 2
No supply Yes

If the result is OK, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0442.
Refer to EC-318 .
BBIA0309E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008XE
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE

2. Check disconnection or obstruction of rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or clean rubber tube.
EC-488
[KA24DE]
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I A
rusted. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. C
BBIA0308E
E
With CONSULT-II F
3. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. G
SEF991Y
K
Without CONSULT-II
following conditions. L
Condition
and B
12V direct current supply M
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG BBIA0309E
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-489
[KA24DE]
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE
Check vacuum cut valve as follows:
1. Plug port C and D with fingers.
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from
port B .
3. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from
port A .
4. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out
of port A .
5. Open port C and D .
6. Blow air in port A check that air flows freely out of port C . SEF186S
7. Blow air in port B check that air flows freely out of port D .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace vacuum cut valve.
SEF379Q

1. Remove EVAP canister with the vent control valve attached.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 7.
SEF596U

The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
EC-490
[KA24DE]
2. Check hose connection between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging and poor connection. EC
3. Check water separator.
– Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
C
– Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
– Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
– Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with D
– In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE: E
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister or water separa- PBIB1032E

F
tor.
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. H
NG >> Install hose property or replace it.
10. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR I

2. Check harness connector for water. J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR L
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, for DTC P0452, EC-343 and DTC P0453, EC-350 .
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor and repair or replace harness and connector.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-491
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008XF
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line. The vacuum cut valve bypass
valve will then be opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve. The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank.
If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canis-
ter purge volume control solenoid valve.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P1456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P1442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB1402E
EC-492
[KA24DE]
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP can-
ister purge volume control solenoid valve. C
valve.
D
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control system
E
● EVAP system has a very small pressure sensor
Evaporative emission
control system very leak. ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
P1456
small leak (positive ● EVAP system does not operate ● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
pressure check) properly. F
and the circuit
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing G
or damaged
● Water separator
● ORVR system leaks I
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve J
CAUTION:
the MIL may come on. K
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008XG
NOTE:
● If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456 or M
P1456.
properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-493
[KA24DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 1.16 - 0.25V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
start from step 1.
5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
PBIB0837E

NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to EC-
73, "Basic Inspection" .
Overall Function Check UBS008XH
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
CAUTION:
isfied.
SEF462UA
EC-494
[KA24DE]
60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg) A
NOTE: EC
For more information, refer to GST instruction manual.
8. Disconnect GST.
9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. C
11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds. D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008XI
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. G
I
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION J

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-495
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
SEF445Y

(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
(−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48
psi)
CAUTION:
incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. SEF943S
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

SEF339V
NOTE:
SEF916U
EC-496
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
NOTE:
D
sure in the system.
E
PEF917U
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. F
.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 8.
H
SEF200U
I
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.) K
4. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 L
NOTE: M
sure in the system.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-497
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
OK or NG

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

EC-498
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Start engine.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL C
2,000 rpm. D
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB0828E
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION F
Without CONSULT-II
G
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. H
Vacuum should exist. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. J
NG >> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK VACUUM HOSE K

OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 16. L
M
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF985Y
EC-499
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
Condition
100% Yes
0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
valve.

AFE095

4 by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure.
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
SEF710Z
EC-500
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: C

SEF341V

F
CAUTION:
one. SEF198V H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21. K
21. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE L

M
>> GO TO 22.

.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
EC-501
[KA24DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-502
[KA24DE]
A
Component Description UBS008XJ
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to EC
the ECM.
the movement of the fuel mechanical float. C
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS008XK
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor.

One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit. F
This diagnosis indicates the latter to detect open circuit malfunction.
Fuel level sensor circuit ● Harness or connectors G
P1464 A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
ground signal (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008XL

H
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
WITH CONSULT-II
J
K
.
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-503
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008XM
BBWA1112E
EC-504
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008XN
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and ground.
C
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
F
● Harness connectors F36, M81
● Harness for open and short between ECM and ground
G
>> Replace open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

H
Refer toDI-17, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 4.
J
K
OK or NG
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation UBS008XO
L
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT
M
EC-505
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[KA24DE]
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE PFP:17372
Description UBS008XP
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are
installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line between the fuel tank and
the EVAP canister. The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake mani-
fold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank. The vacuum cut
valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains
closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis. The vacuum cut valve
bypass valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM
sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut
valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the fuel
tank.
SEF186S
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM
PBIB1402E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008XQ

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008XR
Vacuum cut valve An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The vacuum cut valve bypass valve cir-
P1490 cuit is open or shorted)
bypass valve circuit through vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
EC-506
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008XS
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
.
WITH GST E
F
SEF058Y
EC-507
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008XT
BBWA1113E
EC-508
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Vacuum cut valve bypass BATTERY VOLTAGE C
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008XU
D
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No E
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
F
2. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE CIRCUIT
G
2. Perform “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
3. Make sure that clicking sound is heard from the vacuum cut
valve bypass valve.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3. I
J
SEF806Y
EC-509
[KA24DE]
2. Disconnect vacuum cut valve bypass valve harness connector.
SEF186S
4. Check voltage between vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal

2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF192V

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and fuse

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 120 and vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-510
[KA24DE]
● Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and ECM
C
7. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE D
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity. E
Perform “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
SEF807Y
I
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity shown in the figure.
J
SEF557Y
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-511
[KA24DE]
Description UBS008XV
the EVAP canister. The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake mani-
fold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank. The vacuum cut
valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains
closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis. The vacuum cut valve
bypass valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM
sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut
valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the fuel
tank.
SEF186S
PBIB1402E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008XW

EC-512
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008XX
A
● Vacuum cut valve EC
● Bypass hoses for clogging
● EVAP control system pressure sensor and circuit
● EVAP canister vent control valve C
● Hose between fuel tank and vacuum cut valve
Vacuum cut valve Vacuum cut valve bypass valve does
P1491 clogged
bypass valve not operate properly.
● Hose between vacuum cut valve and EVAP canister D
clogged
● EVAP canister
● EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging E
● Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008XY
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. G
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: H
I
WITH CONSULT-II J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. K
5. Select “VC CUT/V BP/V P1491” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
L
M
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm - 3,750 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL Less than 10 msec
EC-513
[KA24DE]
PBIB0841E
516, "Diagnostic Procedure"
Overall Function Check UBS008XZ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of vacuum cut valve bypass valve. During this check, the 1st
WITH GST
1. Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B .
3. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A .
4. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A .
5. Supply battery voltage to the terminal.
6. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B .
7. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A .
SEF530Q
EC-514
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008Y0
EC
BBWA1113E
EC-515
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Vacuum cut valve bypass BATTERY VOLTAGE
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008Y1
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK COMPONENT
With CONSULT-II
3. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B.
4. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A.
5. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A.
7. Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and touch “ON”.
8. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B.
9. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A.
SEF808Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-516
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK COMPONENT A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
4. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A. C
7. Supply battery voltage to the terminal. D
E
SEF914U J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5. K

1. Check EVAP purge line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging or disconnection. L
2. Check EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging.
3. Check EVAP canister. Refer to EC-561, "Component Inspection" .
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG (Step 1)>>Repair it.
NG (Step 2)>>Clean EVAP purge port.
NG (Step 3)>>Replace EVAP canister.
5. CHECK BYPASS HOSE

Check bypass hoses for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses.
EC-517
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Perform “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
SEF807Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity shown in the figure.
SEF557Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

port B .
port A .
of port A .
6. Blow air in port A check that air flows freely out of port C . SEF186S
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF379Q
EC-518
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it
C
9. CHECK CONNECTOR

D
nector.
Water should not exist. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. F
SEF341V
G
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, for DTC P0452, EC-343 and DTC P0453, EC-350 . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

J
rusted.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
L
BBIA0308E
EC-519
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG BBIA0309E
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.

Refer to EC-564, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
EC-520
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END EC
EC-521
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[KA24DE]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
Component Description UBS008Y2
When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP)

switch is ON.
ECM detects the park/neutral position when continuity with ground
exists.
AEC877A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008Y3

Shift lever: Neutral ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008Y4
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Park/neutral position
P1706 switch is not changed in the process of engine circuit is open or shorted.]
switch
starting and driving.
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
EC-522
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008Y5
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
C
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow-
ing conditions. D
Position (Shift lever) Known-good signal

Neutral position ON E
Except the above position OFF
If NG, go to EC-525, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F

3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. SEF213Y
4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. G

H
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (More than 40 MPH) I

J
Overall Function Check UBS008Y6
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position switch circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. K
WITH GST
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 22 (PNP switch signal) L
and body ground under the following conditions.
Position (Shift lever) Voltage (V) (Known-good data)
M
Neutral position Approx. 0
Except the above position Approx. 5
SEF964N
EC-523
[KA24DE]
BBWA1114E
EC-524
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
● Shift lever: Neutral
22 L/B PNP switch
Approximately 5V
● Except above position D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008Y8
1. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT E

2. Disconnect park neutral position (PNP) switch harness connec-
F
tor.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and
ground.

4. Also check harness for short to power. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
AEC877A
NG >> GO TO 2. I

J
● Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ground K

L
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 22 and PNP switch terminal 1. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-525
[KA24DE]
● Harness for open or short between ECM and PNP switch
5. CHECK PNP SWITCH

Refer to MT-9, "Position Switch Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-526
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448
A
Component Description UBS008YN
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to the power transistor. The EC
power transistor switches the ignition coil primary circuit ON and
OFF. As the primary circuit is turned ON and OFF, the proper high
voltage is induced in the coil secondary circuit.
The distributor is not repairable and must be replaced as an assem- C
NOTE:
The rotor screw which secures the distributor rotor head to the dis- D
tributor shaft must be tightened properly.
: 3.3 - 3.9 N·m (0.34 - 0.40 kg-m, 29.5 - 34.7 in-lb)
SEF928V
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008YO

F
● Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 20° BTDC
IGN TIMING
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm More than 25° BTDC G
● No-load
EC-527
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008YP
BBWA0458E
EC-528
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.5V C
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed D
NOTE:
SEF996V E
1 PU/W Ignition signal
0.2 - 1.0V
F
[Engine is running]
G
SEF997V
12 - 14V H
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed I
NOTE:
SEF998V J
2 B Ignition check
12 - 13V
K
[Engine is running]
L
SEF999V
M
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008YQ
1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 4.
EC-529
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF981Z

Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal 1 and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below.
NOTE:
SEF984Z
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-530
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
2. Disconnect distributor harness connector F17.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
SEF344V
E
4. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 7 and ground with
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. G
NG >> GO TO 5.
H
AEC698
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

● Harness connectors E43, M65 J
● Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ignition switch
K
6. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT L

2. Check harness continuity between power transistor terminal 2 and ground. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-531
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
1. Stop engine.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and power
transistor terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. SEF344V
8. CHECK IGNITION COIL

1. Remove distributor cap.
Terminal Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
7-8 Less than 1Ω
7-9 7 - 13Ω
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace distributor assembly as a unit.
AEC150A
9. CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR

2. Check power transistor resistance between terminals 2 and 8.
Terminals Resistance Result
Except 0Ω OK
2 and 8
0Ω NG
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace distributor assembly.
AEC151A
EC-532
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
1. Strip tape covering resistor.
2. Disconnect resistor harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following; EC
ignition coil terminal 8 and resistor terminal 1,
resistor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 2.
C
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 11.
SEF344V
in harness or connectors. E
11. CHECK RESISTOR
Check resistance between resistor terminals 1 and 2. F
Resistance : Approximately 2.2 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace resistor.
H
SEF240V
I

J
>> INSPECTION END K

Removal and Installation UBS008YR
DISTRIBUTOR
Refer to EM-13, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" . L
EC-533
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT PFP:16600
Component Description UBS008YS
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
SEF812J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008YT

INJ PULSE-B1
● No-load
B/FUEL SCHDL
● No-load
EC-534
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008YU
EC
BBWA0459E
EC-535
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
102 W/B Injector No. 1
SEF011W
104 W/R Injector No. 3
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
SEF012W
EC-536
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008YV
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
EC
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
C
speed drop.
SEF981Z
F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound. G

OK or NG H
NG >> GO TO 2.
I
MEC703B
J

K
1. Stop engine.
4. Check voltage between injector terminal 1 and ground with
Voltage: Battery voltage M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF271W
EC-537
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between injector and fuse

3. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 102, 104, 109, 111.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Check the harness for open or short between ECM and injector.
6. CHECK INJECTOR
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance : 7.4 - 10.9Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace injector.
SEF273W

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS008YW
INJECTOR
EC-538
START SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
START SIGNAL PFP:48750
A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008YX

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION EC
EC-539
START SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008YY
BBWA1070E
EC-540
START SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0V C
(11 - 14V)
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008YZ
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3. F

G
With CONSULT-II
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions. H
K
SEF227Y
OK or NG
L
NG >> GO TO 4.
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION M
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to START.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 20 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Voltage
Ignition switch START Battery voltage
Except above Approx. 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF109P
EC-541
START SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
Check the 7.5A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace 7.5A fuse.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and 7.5A fuse.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and fuse
block.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
SEF224V

● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse block
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-542
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT PFP:17042
A
Description UBS008Z0
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
C
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180° signal from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine is
rotating, and causes the pump to perform. If the 180° signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the
engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The D
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the
fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation E
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 5 seconds.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
F
Except as shown above Stops.
The fuel pump with a fuel damper is an in-tank type (the pump and G
damper are located in the fuel tank).
J
SFE425A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008Z1

K
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running and cranking
L
EC-543
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008Z2
BBWA1115E
EC-544
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
11 W/R Fuel pump relay
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008Z3

1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON. G
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2. H
SEF348V
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY J

2. Disconnect fuel pump relay. K
SEF349V
4. Check voltage between terminals 2, 5 and ground with CON-

SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF225V
EC-545
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
4. CHECK POWER GROUND CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
fuel pump terminal 2 and ground,
fuel pump terminal 1 and fuel pump relay terminal 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
AFE095
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between fuel pump and ground
● Harness for open or short between fuel pump and fuel pump relay

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 11 and fuel pump relay terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
EC-546
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY A
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect fuel pump relay, fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
3. Turn fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode
with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.
C
SEF724Z
F
Without CONSULT-II
Check continuity between fuel pump relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions Continuity G
12V direct current supply between
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No current supply No H
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 9. SEF511P
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay.
J
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector. K
2. Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2.
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace fuel pump.
M
SEF701Z

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS008Z4
FUEL PUMP
EC-547
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
[KA24DE]
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PFP:49761
Component Description UBS008Z5
The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load.
When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The
ECM adjusts the IACV-AAC valve to increase the idle speed and
adjust for the increased load.
SEF351V
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008Z6

● Engine: After warming up, idle the OFF
engine
The steering wheel is turned ON
EC-548
[KA24DE]
EC
AEC012B
EC-549
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil pres- ● Steering wheel is turned
39 GY/R
sure switch [Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
● Steering wheel is not turned
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
LEC065A
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 39 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Voltage [V]
Steering wheel is turned Approx. 0
Steering wheel is not turned Approx. 5
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF662P
EC-550
[KA24DE]
3. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 39 and power steering oil pressure switch terminal 1.
C
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 5.
E
5. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
1. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector then start engine.
F
2. Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminal 1 and ground.
Conditions Continuity
Steering wheel is being turned Yes G
Steering wheel is not being turned No
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace power steering oil pressure switch.
I
SEF230V

K
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation UBS00EM8
L
Refer to PS-17, "POWER STEERING OIL PUMP" .
M
EC-551
IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE
[KA24DE]
IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23781
When the air conditioner is ON, the IACV-FICD solenoid valve sup-
plies additional air to adjust to the increased load.
SEF342V
EC-552
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS008ZA
EC
BBWA1072E
EC-553
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Both A/C switch and blower switch ON*
12 P Air conditioner relay
● A/C switch: OFF (11 - 14V)
*: Ambient air temperature above 10°C (50°F) and in any mode except OFF.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008ZB

If NG, adjust idle speed.
3. Push air conditioner switch ON and turn fan switch to 4-speed.
4. Recheck idle speed.
875 rpm or more (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
MEF634E
2. CHECK AIR CONDITIONER FUNCTION

Check if air conditioner compressor functions normally.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refer to MTC-23, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
EC-554
[KA24DE]
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect IACV-FICD solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Start engine, then push A/C switch ON and turn fan switch to 4- EC
speed.
SEF342V
E
4. Check voltage between terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II
or tester.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
SEF133V

● Harness connectors M65, E43 J
● Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and A/C relay
K
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT L

2. Check harness continuity between solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Check the harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and ground.
EC-555
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE
Disconnect IACV-FICD solenoid valve harness connector.
● Check for clicking sound when applying 12V direct current to ter-
minals.
● Check plunger for seizing or sticking.
SEF231V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace IACV-FICD solenoid valve.
SEF097K

>> INSPECTION END
EC-556
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[KA24DE]
DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814
A
Wiring Diagram UBS008ZD
EC
BBWA1073E
EC-557
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[KA24DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950
Description UBS008ZE
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SEF569XA
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow
rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as
the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EC-558
[KA24DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
NOTE: A
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.
EC
SEF712Z
EC-559
[KA24DE]
WEC555
EC-560
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS008ZF
EVAP CANISTER A
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Pinch the fresh air hose.
EC
2. Blow air into port A and check that air flows freely through port
B.
SEF314V
E
Tightening Torque
Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly between EVAP can- F
ister and EVAP canister vent control valve.
BBIA0343E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP) I
L
SEF445Y
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. M

(0.163 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.32 - 2.90 psi)
(−0.061 to −0.036 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.51
psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If SEF943S
an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
VACUUM CUT VALVE AND VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
Refer to EC-512 .
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-473 .
EC-561
[KA24DE]
Refer to EC-247 .
EVAP SERVICE PORT
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
leak detector to locate the leak.
SEF462UC
How To Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage UBS008ZG
CAUTION:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm 2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
Improper installation of adapter to the service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose.
4. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT
MODE” with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
PEF658U
6. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure

indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
7. Remove the EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
PEF917U
EC-562
[KA24DE]
8. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-559, "EVAP-
ORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . A
EC
SEF200U
D
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port and pressure pump with pressure
gauge to the EVAP service port.
E
2. Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of both EVAP
canister vent control valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve
to make a closed EVAP system.
F
3. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
G
4. Remove the EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
H
ORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
SEF503V
EC-563
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[KA24DE]
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) PFP:00032
System Description UBS008ZH
SEF206VA
From the beginning of refueling, the fuel tank pressure goes up. When the pressure reaches the setting value
of the refueling control valve (RCV) opening pressure, the RCV is opened. After RCV opens, the air and vapor
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP can-
ister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
The RCV is always closed during driving and the evaporative emission control system is operated the same
as conventional system.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
● Put a “CAUTION: INFLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
● Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
● Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
● Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
– Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
– Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-45, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
– Disconnect battery ground cable.
● Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
● Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
● Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
● After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
EC-564
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008ZI
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG. A

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. EC
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
D
● Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
F
SEF596U
H
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one. I
>> GO TO 4.
J
K
4. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with L
NOTE: M
OK or NG

Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
EC-565
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
– Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
– Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
– Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
4. Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
– Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
– Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
– Put fuel tank upside down.
– Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge
retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-566
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
– Remove fuel gauge retainer.
– Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container. C
the tank. D
– Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. E
– Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge F
L
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. M
EC-567
[KA24DE]
suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
SEF706Z
OK or NG
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
SEF596U
EC-568
[KA24DE]
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER A
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 4. EC

C
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. D
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts. E
NOTE:
● Do not disassemble water separator.
OK or NG F

G
H
6. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES I
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. K
7. CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check signal line and recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace filler neck tube. M
EC-569
[KA24DE]
SEF706Z
OK or NG
EC-570
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
– Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
– Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other C
side to a fuel container.
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. D
the tank.
4. Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. E
Always replace O-ring with new one. F
retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. G
SEF707Z
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-571
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
– Remove fuel gauge retainer.
– Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
the tank.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE

Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube.
12. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I

Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
EC-572
[KA24DE]
13. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II A
1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows. EC
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank. C
OK or NG
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve D
with fuel tank.
E
SEF665U
EC-573
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[KA24DE]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810
Description UBS008ZJ
AEC042B
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake collector.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the
hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some
of the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions.
Inspection UBS008ZK
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from breather sepa-
rator. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes
through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger
is placed over the valve inlet.
SEF244Q
VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
EC-574
[KA24DE]
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace. A
EC
SET277
EC-575
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[KA24DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
Fuel Pressure Regulator UBS008ZL
Fuel pressure at idling Vacuum hose is connected Approximately 235 (2.4, 34)
kPa (kg/cm2 , psi) Vacuum hose is disconnected Approximately 294 (3.0, 43)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing UBS008ZM
Base idle speed*1 rpm No-load*3 (in Neutral) 750±50

Target idle speed*2 rpm No-load*3 (in Neutral) 800±50
Air conditioner: ON rpm In Neutral 875 or more
Ignition timing*1 In Neutral 20°±5° BTDC
*1: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected or using CONSULT-II “WORK SUPPORT” mode
*2: Throttle position sensor harness connector connected
*3: Under the following conditions:
● Electrical load: OFF (Lighting switch, heater fan and rear window defogger)
● Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Ignition Coil UBS008ZN
Primary voltage V Battery voltage 12

Primary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω Approximately 1.0
Secondary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] kΩ Approximately 10
Mass Air Flow Sensor UBS008ZO
Supply voltage V Battery voltage (11 - 14)

Output voltage V 0.9 - 1.8*
Mass air flow 0.9 - 5.8 at idle*
(Using CONSULT-II or GST) g·m/sec 7.5 - 13.2 at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and idling under no-load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor UBS008ZP

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
EGR Temperature Sensor UBS008ZQ
EGR temperature Voltage Resistance

°C (°F) (V) (MΩ)
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
Fuel Pump UBS008ZR
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Ω 0.2 - 5.0
IACV-AAC Valve UBS008ZS
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Ω Approximately 10.0
Injector UBS008ZT
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] Ω 7.4 - 10.9
EC-576
[KA24DE]
Resistor UBS008ZU
A
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Ω Approximately 2.2
Throttle Position Sensor UBS008ZV
EC
Throttle valve conditions Voltage (at normal operating temp., engine off, ignition switch on)
Completely closed (a) 0.2 - 0.8V
Partially open Between (a) and (b) C
Completely open (b) 3.5 - 4.5V
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater UBS008ZW

D
Calculated Load Value UBS008ZX

E
Calculated load value%
(Using CONSULT-II or GST)
At idle 9.5 - 34.0% F
At 2,500 rpm 13.9 - 24.9%
Intake Air Temperature Sensor UBS008ZY G

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
H
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater UBS008ZZ

I
Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) UBS00900

J
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω 512 - 632
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor UBS00901

K
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 L
EC-577
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33E]
Alphabetical Index UBS007UJ

DTC*1*2 MIL
Item
CONSULT-II Trip Lighting Reference page
GST up
Unable to access ECM — — — EC-640

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 2 × AT-119
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 2 × AT-125
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 2 × AT-131
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 2 × AT-137
A/T COMM LINE 3 2 — EC-996
P0600*
A/T DIAG COMM LINE P1605 2 × EC-1118
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 2 × AT-149
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 2 × AT-105
CKP SENSOR (COG) P1336 2 × EC-1043
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 2 × EC-865
ECM P0605 2 × EC-1002
EGRC-BPT VALVE P0402 2 × EC-881
EGR SOLENOID/V P1400 2 × EC-1049
EGR SYSTEM P0400 2 × EC-872
EFR SYSTEM P1402 2 × EC-1054
ENG SPEED SIG P0725 2 × AT-115
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 2 × EC-899
EC-578
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33E]
DTC*1*2 MIL
Item A
GST up

EC
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 2 × EC-837 C
D
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 2 × EC-971 E
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 2 × EC-817 F
G
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 2 × EC-766
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 2 × EC-775 H
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 2 × EC-787
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 2 × EC-1004
I
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 2 × EC-1010
HO2S1 (B2) P0152 2 × EC-766
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 2 × EC-775 J
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 2 × EC-787
HO2S1 (B2) P1163 2 × EC-1004
K
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 2 × EC-1010
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 2 × EC-699
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 2 × EC-699 L
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0051 2 × EC-699
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0052 2 × EC-699
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 2 × EC-797
M
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 2 × EC-806
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 2 × EC-1017
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 2 × EC-1027
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 2 × EC-797
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 2 × EC-806
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 2 × EC-1017
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 2 × EC-1027
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 2 × EC-707
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 2 × EC-707
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 2 × EC-707
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 2 × EC-707
EC-579
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33E]
DTC*1*2 MIL
Item
GST up

L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 2 × AT-156
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 2 × AT-178
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 2 × EC-1124
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 2 × AT-99
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 2 × AT-161
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 2 × AT-166
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 2 × AT-144
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 2 × EC-764
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1 × AT-171
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 2 × EC-1100
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC AT P0720 2 × AT-110
*1: 1st trip DTC No. 1 is the same as DTC No.
*3: This DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II only.
EC-580
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33E]
DTC No. Index UBS007UK
×: Applicable —: Not applicable A

DTC*1*2 MIL
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms) EC
GST up
— Unable to access ECM — — EC-640

NO DTC IS DETECTED. C
P0000 FURTHER TESTING — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-699
D
P0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-699
P0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-707
P0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-707 E
P0051 HO2S1 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-699
P0052 HO2S1 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-699
F
P0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-707
P0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-707
P0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-715 G
H

I
P0122 TP SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-750 J
P0125 ECT SENSOR 2 × EC-758
K
P0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-766 L
P0133 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-775
P0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-787
M
P0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-797
P0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-806
P0152 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-766
P0153 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-775
P0154 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-787
P0158 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-797
P0159 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-806
EC-581
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33E]
DTC*1*2 MIL
Items
GST up

P0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE 2 × EC-846
P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE 2 × EC-881
P0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON 2 × EC-899
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 × EC-971
P0600*3 A/T COMM LINE 2 — EC-996

P0605 ECM 2 × EC-1002
P0705 PNP SW/CIRC 2 × AT-99
P0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC 2 × AT-105
P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT 2 × AT-110
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG 2 × AT-115
P0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 2 × AT-119
EC-582
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33E]
DTC*1*2 MIL
Items A
GST up
P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 2 × AT-125

EC
P0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 2 × AT-131
P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 2 × AT-137
P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC 2 × AT-144 C
P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN 2 × AT-149
P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC 2 × AT-156
D
P0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC 2 × AT-161
P0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC 2 × AT-166
P1143 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1004 E
P1144 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1010
P1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1017
P1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1027 F
P1163 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1004
G
P1164 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1010
P1166 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-1017
P1167 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-1027 H
I
P1400 EGR SOLENOID/V 2 × EC-1049
P1402 EGR SYSTEM 2 × EC-1054 J
K
P1456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK 2 × EC-1087 L
P1490 VC/V BYPASS/V 2 × EC-1100
M
P1605 A/T DIAG COMM LINE 2 × EC-1118
P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T 1 × AT-171
P1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC 2 × AT-178
EC-583
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
equipped with dual stage front air bag modules, the SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
WARNING:
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
harness connectors.
and could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T UBS007UM
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-4, "HARNESS
CONNECTOR" .
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system,
etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
EC-584
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
Precautions UBS007UN
EC
AEC045B
EC-585
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
● Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
● Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
switch is turned off.
● Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
● Do not disassemble ECM.

● If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will return
to the ECM value.
The ECM will not start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
SEF707Y
● When connecting ECM harness connector, tighten securing

: 3 - 5 N·m (0.3 - 0.5 kg-m, 26 - 43 in-lb)
SEF308Q

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
● Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
● Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- SEF291H
tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded

operation of ICs, etc.
● Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
EC-586
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
● Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop- A
erly. Refer to EC-661, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value"
.
● Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. EC
● Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
● Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent. C
● Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents. MEF040D
● Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crank- D
shaft position sensor (OBD).
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. E
F
SEF217U
H
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and I
J
transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals,
such as the ground.
SEF348N
EC-587
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
● B1 indicates the bank 1, B2 indicates the bank 2 as shown
in the figure.
SEC893C
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS007UO

● GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
● PG-8, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING"
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
● GI-9, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
● GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
EC-588
PREPARATION
[VG33E]
A
Special Service Tools UBS007UP
Tool number
EC
Tool name
(J-33984-A) and radiator filler neck C
Radiator cap tester a: 28 (1.10) dia.
adapter b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in) D
S-NT564
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen- E

NT379
G
(J-38365) sor 2
H
NT636
I
(J-44321) Checking fuel pressure
Fuel pressure gauge kit
J
K
LEC642

TPS test connector L
LEC120A
EC-589
PREPARATION
[VG33E]
Commercial Service Tools UBS007UQ
Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Description

i.e.: (J-41416)
NT703
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD) vice port
NT704
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve open-
ing pressure
NT653

perature sensor
NT705

i.e.:(J-43897-18) before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use
(J-43897-12) with anti-seize lubricant shown in “Commer-
cial Service Tools”.
a: J-43897-18 (18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5
mm) for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: J-43897-12 (12 mm diameter with pitch
AEM488 1.25 mm) for Titania Oxygen Sensor
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
i.e.:(Permatex™ 133AR or equivalent tool when reconditioning exhaust system
AEM489
EC-590
[VG33E]
A
System Diagram UBS007UR
EC
PBIB1464E
EC-591
[VG33E]
Vacuum Hose Drawing UBS007US
BBIA0183E
Refer to EC-591, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.
EC-592
[VG33E]
System Chart UBS007UT
A
● Mass air flow sensor Distributor ignition system Power transistor EC
● solenoid valve
● Ignition switch Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay C
On board diagnostic system MIL (On the instrument panel)
EGR control EGRC-solenoid valve
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
● Air conditioner switch
● Knock sensor
● Intake air temperature sensor EVAP canister purge volume con- E
EVAP canister purge flow control
trol solenoid valve
● EVAP control system pressure sensor*1
Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
● Battery voltage
● Power steering oil pressure switch
F
● Fuel tank temperature sensor*1 ● EVAP canister vent control G
● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)* 1 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system valve
● TCM (Transmission control module)*2 H
● Ambient air temperature switch
*2: The DTC related to A/T will be sent to ECM. I
J
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS007UU

ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM
tion
Actuator K
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air L
Throttle position M
Fuel injec-
tion & mix-
Fuel injector
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed ture ratio
control
*: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC-593
[VG33E]
sensor.
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
● Hot-engine operation
● When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
<Fuel decrease>
● During deceleration
PBIB0121E
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-766 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
Open Loop Control
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
● During warm-up
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
EC-594
[VG33E]
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between A
the two ratios.
EC
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean. C
wear over time and changes in the usage environment. D
SEF179U
Two types of systems are used. H

when the engine is running. I
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
J
The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
K
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Distributor Ignition (DI) System UBS007UV L
ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
tion M
Throttle position
Throttle valve idle position Ignition
timing con- Power transistor
trol
EC-595
[VG33E]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A °BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
● At starting SEF742M
● During warm-up
● At idle
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioner Cut Control UBS007UW

Air conditioner
cut control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
● At high engine speeds.
● When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Load) UBS007UX

ECM func-
tion
Fuel cut
Throttle position sensor Throttle position Fuel injector
control
EC-596
[VG33E]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine A
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. EC
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-593, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System"
. C
EC-597
[VG33E]
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS007UZ
PREPARATION
● Battery
● Ignition system
● Engine oil and coolant levels
● Fuses
● Vacuum hoses

● Fuel pressure
● Throttle valve
● Evaporative emission system
2. On air conditioner equipped models, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is OFF.
3. On automatic transmission equipped models, when checking idle rpm, ignition timing and mixture ratio,
checks should be carried out while shift lever is in N position.
5. Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear defogger.
7. Make the check after the cooling fan has stopped.
EC-598
[VG33E]
A
EC
SEF554YA
NOTE:
EC-599
[VG33E]
1. INSPECTION START
scheduled maintenance.
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
– Electrical connectors
– Gasket
– Throttle valve and throttle position sensor operation
SEF976U
6. Open engine hood and run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about
2 minutes under no-load.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace components as necessary.
2. GO TO 2.
SEF977U
EC-600
[VG33E]
load, then run engine at idle speed. EC
SEF978U
E
connector.
4. Start and rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times F
under no-load, then run at idle speed.
H
BBIA0424E
5. Check ignition timing with a timing light. I

M/T: 10±5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T: 10±5° BTDC (in P or N position)
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. K
SEF927Z L

1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor after loosening securing bolts. M
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0425E
EC-601
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 700±50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700±50 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-II
OK or NG SEF058Y
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

1. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no load then run engine at idle speed.
2. Adjust idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw.
>> GO TO 6.
LEC513

With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and connect throttle position sensor harness connector.
2. Start and rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no load then run at idle speed.
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
2. Start and rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no-
load then run at idle speed.
3. Check idle speed. SEF058Y

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-602
[VG33E]
1. Check IACV-AAC valve and replace if necessary. Refer to EC-982 .
2. Check IACV-AAC valve harness and repair if necessary. Refer to EC-982 . EC
C
D
8. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 2) SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II E
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed F
up to normal operating temperature.), check that the monitor
ing 10 seconds. G
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG (Monitor does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 17.
NG (Monitor fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 10. PBIB0120E
I
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
2. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 51 and ground. K
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V L
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
OK or NG M
NG (Voltage does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 17.
NG (Voltage fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 10.
EC-603
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2).
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no load.
6. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed
ing 10 seconds.
PBIB0120E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no
load.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12. PBIB2157E
NG >> GO TO 11.

2. Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-715 .
3. Check injector and its circuit. Refer to EC-1137 .
Clean or replace if necessary.
4. Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-736 .
>> GO TO 2.
EC-604
[VG33E]
12. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) SIGNAL A
With CONSULT-II
1. See “HO2S1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
EC
2. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” more than 5
times during 10 seconds. C
OK or NG D
E

F
Without CONSULT-II
2. Make sure that the voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 - G
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V H
OK or NG
NG (Voltage does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 16. I
PBIB2157E
EC-605
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no load.
6. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is
times during 10 seconds.
PBIB0120E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no
load.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END. PBIB2157E
NG >> GO TO 15.

>> GO TO 2.
EC-606
[VG33E]
16. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) HARNESS A
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con-
nector.
C
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Connect ECM harness connector. D
2. GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace harness.
E
2. GO TO 8 (With CONSULT-II).
GO TO 9 (Without CONSULT-II).
17. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 2) HARNESS F

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector.
nector. H
OK or NG
I
OK >> 1. Connect ECM harness connector.
2. GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace harness. J
K
EC-607
[VG33E]
18. PREPARATION FOR CO% CHECK
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “DWN”
and “Qd”.
SEF172Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
temperature sensor harness connector.
>> GO TO 19.
PBIB1436E
EC-608
[VG33E]
19. CHECK CO% A
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
EC
D
SEF976U
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no E

3. Check CO%.
F
Idle CO: 1.5 - 9.5%
4. Without CONSULT-II
After checking CO%, G
– Disconnect the resistor from terminals of engine coolant temper-
ature sensor.
– Connect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector SEF978U
H
to engine coolant temperature sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. I
NG >> GO TO 20.
20. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J

1. Connect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connectors to heated oxygen sensors 1. K
4. Check injector and its circuit. Refer to EC-1137 . L
6. Check ECM function by substituting another known-good ECM. M
>> GO TO 2.
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) Inspection and Adjustment UBS007V0
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
EC-609
[VG33E]
2. See “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
SEF013Y
3. When engine coolant temperature is 20 to 30°C (68 to 86°F),

make sure that the center of mark A is aligned with mark B as
● If NG, adjust by turning adjusting screw.
Lock nut
: 0.98 - 1.96 N·m (10 - 20 kg-cm, 8.7 - 17.4 in-lb)
4. Start engine and warm it up.
SEF970R

check the following.
● The center of mark A is aligned with mark C .
● The cam follower lever's roller is not touching the fast idle
cam.
● If NG, replace thermo-element and perform the above inspection
and adjustment again.
SEF971R
With GST
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 59 (Engine coolant tem-
perature sensor signal) and ground.
SEF774U
EC-610
[VG33E]
3. When the voltage is between 3.12 to 3.52V, make sure that the
center of mark A is aligned with mark B as shown in the figure. A
Lock nut
EC
: 0.98 - 1.96 N·m (10 - 20 kg-cm, 8.7 - 17.4 in-lb)
C
SEF970R
D
5. When the voltage is between 1.10 to 1.36V, check the following.
E
cam.
and adjustment again. F
G
SEF971R
Fuel Pressure Check UBS007V1

H
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
3. Start engine. J
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
L
SEF214Y
Without CONSULT-II
M
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in fuse box.
2. Start engine.
pressure.
SEF164X
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

NOTE:
● Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit J-44321 to check fuel pressure.
EC-611
[VG33E]
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical system operating (i.e. lights, A/C etc.). Fuel
pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and changes in manifold
vacuum.
2. Install the inline fuel quick disconnect fitting between the con-
nection of the fuel feed hose (from tank) and the fuel hose (to
engine).
3. Connect the fuel pressure test gauge (quick connect adapter
hose) to the quick disconnect fitting.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
At idling:
WEC875
With vacuum hose con- Approximately 235 kPa
nected (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
With vacuum hose dis- Approximately 294 kPa
If results are unsatisfactory, perform Fuel Pressure Regulator Check.
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check UBS007V2

hose from intake manifold.
2. Plug intake manifold with a blind cap.
SEF928U

uum is changed.
Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results
SEF718BA
EC-612
[VG33E]
A
Introduction UBS007V3
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: EC
Emission-related diagnostic information SAE Mode
C
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of SAE J1979 D
Calibration ID Mode 9 of SAE J1979 E
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
F
data Frame data
CONSULT-II × × × × × — G
GST × ×*1 × — × ×
*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
H
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-640,
"Fail-safe Chart" .)
I
Two Trip Detection Logic UBS007V4
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip> J
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed K
L
Items
M
up up
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnosis (refer
— × — — × — — —
to EC-578 )
Except above — — — × — × × —
EC-613
[VG33E]
Emission-related Diagnostic Information UBS007V5
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC*1 Reference page
GST (GST only)
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FUR-

THER TESTING MAY BE P0000 — — — —
REQUIRED.
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 × × ×*4 EC-699
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 × × ×*4 EC-699
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 × × ×*4 EC-707
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 × × ×*4 EC-707
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0051 × × ×*4 EC-699
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0052 × × ×*4 EC-699
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 × × ×*4 EC-707
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 × × ×*4 EC-707

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 — — × EC-730
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 — — × EC-730
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0121 — — × EC-741
IAT SENSOR P0127 — — × EC-761
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 — — × EC-764
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 — × × EC-766
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 × × ×*4 EC-775
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 — × × EC-787
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 — × × EC-797
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 × × ×*4 EC-806
HO2S1 (B2) P0152 — × × EC-766
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 × × ×*4 EC-775
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 — × × EC-787
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 — × × EC-797
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 × × ×*4 EC-806
FTT SENSOR P0181 — — × EC-832
EC-614
[VG33E]
DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items A
GST (GST only)

EC
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 — — × EC-841
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 — — × EC-846 C
D
CYL5 MISFIRE P0305 — — × EC-846 E
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 — — × EC-855
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 — — × EC-855 F
G
EGR SYSTEM P0400 × × ×*4 EC-872
EGRC-BPT VALVE P0402 × × ×*4 EC-881

H
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 × × ×*4 EC-893 I

J
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 — — × EC-919 K
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 — — × EC-932 L
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 — × × EC-947
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 ×*3 × ×*4 EC-956 M

A/T COMM LINE P0600 — — × EC-996
ECM P0605 — — × EC-1002
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 — — × AT-99
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 — — × AT-105
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 — — × AT-110
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 — — × AT-115
EC-615
[VG33E]
DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items
GST (GST only)
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 — — × AT-119

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 — — × AT-125
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 — — × AT-131
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 — — × AT-137
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 — — × AT-144
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 — — × AT-149
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 — — × AT-156
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 — — — AT-161
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 — — — AT-166
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 × × ×*4 EC-1004
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 × × ×*4 EC-1010
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 × × ×*4 EC-1017
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 × × ×*4 EC-1027

HO2S1 (B2) P1163 × × ×*4 EC-1004
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 × × ×*4 EC-1010
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 × × ×*4 EC-1017
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 × × ×*4 EC-1027

EGR SOLENOID/V P1400 — — × EC-1049
EGR SYSTEM P1402 × × ×*4 EC-1054

VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 — — × EC-1100
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 — — × EC-1106
A/T DIAG COMM LINE P1605 — — × EC-1118
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 — — — AT-171
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 — — × AT-178
*3: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*4: This is not displayed with GST.
EC-616
[VG33E]
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic A
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not EC
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec- C
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. D
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-614, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS" . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/ E
component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and
therefore does not warn the driver of a incident. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle F
from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-635, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Con-
G
firmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the incident. If the malfunction is duplicated,
the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC H
With CONSULT-II
With GST I
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) J
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST do not indicate whether the malfunction is
still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify K
malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times L
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
M
PBIB0911E

perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed and absolute pressure at the
moment a malfunction is detected.
EC-617
[VG33E]
details, see EC-617, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
Priority Items
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and
the information in this service manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items, the
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
SRT Item
SRT item Perfor-
Corresponding DTC
(CONSULT-II indica- mance Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
No.
tion) Priority *
CATALYST 3 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
EVAPRATIVE SYSTEM 2 EVAP control system P0442, P1442
EC-618
[VG33E]
SRT item Perfor-
Corresponding DTC
(CONSULT-II indica- mance Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” A
No.
tion) Priority *
HO2S 3 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133, P0153
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143, P1163 EC
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144, P1164
C
HO2S HEATER 3 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032, P0051, D
P0052
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038, P0057,
P0058 E
EGR SYSTEM 3 EGR function P0400
EGRC-BPT valve function P0402
1 EGR function P1402 F
G
SRT Set Timing
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and H
is shown in the table below.
Self-diagnosis result Example
Ignition Ignition Ignition
Ignition
I
Diagnosis OFF – ON – OFF – ON – OFF – ON –
OFF – ON – OFF
OFF OFF OFF
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) – (1) OK (2) – (2) J
P0402 OK (1) – (1) – (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) – (2) – (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” K
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) – (1) – (1) – (1)
P0402 – (0) – (0) OK (1) – (1)
L
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) – (2) – (2)
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK – – M
P0402 – – – –
NG (Consecu-
P1402 NG – NG
tive NG)
(1st trip) DTC 1st trip DTC – 1st trip DTC DTC (=MIL “ON”)
–: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
will indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
EC-619
[VG33E]
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons;
NOTE:
EC-620
[VG33E]
If a vehicle has failed the State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review A
the following flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
EC
SEF573XA
*1 EC-617 *2 EC-622 *3 EC-622
EC-621
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
SEF713Y
WITH GST
How to Set SRT Code
With CONSULT-II
EC-618, "SRT Item" .
Without CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
EC-622
[VG33E]
Driving Pattern
A
EC
PBIB1400E
EC-623
[VG33E]
ing habits, etc.
shortest.
within zone A.
● Sea level
● Flat road
Pattern 1:
Pattern 2:
Pattern 3:
Pattern 4:
(56 MPH) again.
– During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as
possible.
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with CONSULT-II or GST is advised.
SEF414S
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models

Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
EC-624
[VG33E]
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas For quick acceleration in low altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: and high altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 A
ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 24 (15) 24 (15)
EC
2nd to 3rd 40 (25) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 64 (40) 64 (40)
C
4th to 5th 72 (45) 72 (45)
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. D
est gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road condi-
tions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause E
km/h (MPH)
Gear
2WD (AUTO mode) F
1st 50 (30)
2nd 95 (60)
G
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is “OK” or “NG” while
H
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen. I
Test value (GST display) Test
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Conversion
TID CID limit
J
P0420 01H 01H Max. 1/128
Three way catalyst function (Bank 1)
P0420 02H 81H Min. 1
CATALYST
P0430 03H 02H Max. 1/128 K
P0430 04H 82H Min. 1
EVAP control system (Small leak) P0442 05H 03H Max. 1/128mm2
L
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 06H 83H Min. 20mV
EVAP SYSTEM
P0456 07H 03H Max. 1/128mm2
EVAP control system (Very small leak)
P1456 07H 03H Max. 1/128mm2 M
EC-625
[VG33E]
Test value (GST display) Test
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Conversion
TID CID limit
P0133 09H 04H Max. 16ms

P1143 0AH 84H Min. 10mV
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) P1144 0BH 04H Max. 10mV
P0132 0CH 04H Max. 10mV
P0134 0DH 04H Max. 1s
P0153 11H 05H Max. 16ms
P1163 12H 85H Min. 10mV
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2) P1164 13H 05H Max. 10mV
P0152 14H 05H Max. 10mV
HO2S
P0154 15H 05H Max. 1s
P0139 19H 86H Min. 10mV/500ms
P1147 1AH 86H Min. 10mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
P1146 1BH 06H Max. 10mV
P0138 1CH 06H Max. 10mV
P0159 21H 87H Min. 10mV/500ms
P1167 22H 87H Min. 10mV
P1166 23H 07H Max. 10mV
P0158 24H 07H Max. 10mV
P0032 29H 08H Max. 20mV
P0031 2AH 88H Min. 20mV
P0052 2BH 09H Max. 20mV
P0051 2CH 89H Min. 20mV
HO2S HEATER
P0038 2DH 0AH Max. 20mV
P0037 2EH 8AH Min. 20mV
P0058 2FH 0BH Max. 20mV
P0057 30H 8BH Min. 20mV
P0400 31H 8CH Min. 1°C
P0400 32H 8CH Min. 1°C
EGR function P0400 33H 8CH Min. 1°C
EGR SYSTEM P0400 34H 8CH Min. 1°C
P1402 35H 0CH Max. 1°C
P0402 36H 0CH Max. 1count
EGRC-BPT valve function
P0402 37H 8CH Min. 1count

How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-578 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK”
twice.
EC-626
[VG33E]
6. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. A
● If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased indi-
vidually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module). EC
SEF823YD
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF- L
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
With GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting MODE 4 with GST. M
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-578 ), skip step 2.
2. Perform AT-36 . (The DTC in TCM will be erased.)
3. Select MODE 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data
– System readiness test (SRT) codes
– Test values
EC-627
[VG33E]
– Others
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) UBS007V6
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-22, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-1161 .
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
SEF217U

Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown,
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. (See EC-
1161, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .)
Engine stopped

the 1st trip.

22, "WARNING LAMPS" , or see EC-1161 .
MIL Condition
OFF No malfunction.
EC-628
[VG33E]
OBD System Operation Chart UBS007V7
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS A
● When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are EC
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to “Two Trip Detection Logic” on
EC-613, "Two Trip Detection Logic" .
● The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when C
● The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) D
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. E
● The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART F
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
G
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)
H
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-631 .
For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see EC-633 . I
J
EC-629
[VG33E]
FIRE” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF392S
be stored in ECM.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
EC-630
[VG33E]
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern B>
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. EC
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”) C
<Driving Pattern C>

Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: D
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: E
● When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal
to 70°C (158°F). F
Example:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F) G
(158°F) H
● The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of the vehicle conditions
described above.
● The C counter will be counted up when the vehicle conditions described above is satisfied without the I
same malfunction.
● The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC J
is stored in ECM.
EC-631
[VG33E]
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF393SD
be stored in ECM.
EC-632
[VG33E]
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern A>
EC
G
AEC574
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. H
<Driving Pattern B>
I
J
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
K
EC-633
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS007V8
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-635, "WORK FLOW" .
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
SEF234G
EC-634
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart A
EC
SEF510ZF
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS” is other than [0] or [1t], form EC-691, "TROUBLE DIAGNO- cannot be performed, check main
perform EC-691, "TROUBLE DIAG- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT power supply and ground circuit.
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-692, "POWER SUPPLY
DENT" . AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be *5 EC-623, "Driving Pattern" *6 EC-687, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS -
detected, perform EC-691, "TROU- SPECIFICATION VALUE"
BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT" .
EC-635
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Description For Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
STEP I
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-626, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used when
duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-691, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. EC-653, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .)
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to
STEP III the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-640, "Basic Inspection" .) If CON-
STEP V
SULT-II is available, perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the EC-687, "TROU-
BLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" . (If malfunction is detected, proceed to REPAIR/REPLACE.) Then
perform inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-653, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
TRIG)” mode.
Refer to EC-661, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" , EC-682, "CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
STEP VI Mode" .
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-25, "How to Per-
form Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “Circuit Inspection”.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-691, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
STEP VII
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-626 and AT-35 .)
EC-636
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Description A
ble-shooting faster and more accurate. EC
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
tomer complaint. C
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples: D
to evaporate into the atmosphere. E
EC-637
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Worksheet Sample
LEC031A
EC-638
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart UBS007V9
A
chart.
EC
1 ● P0101, P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
● P0112, P0113, P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
● P0117, P0118, P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor C
● P0121, P0122, P0123 Throttle position sensor
● P0181, P0182, P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
● P0327, P0328 Knock sensor D
● P0335 P1336 CKP sensor (OBD)
● P0460 P0461 P1464 Fuel level sensor E
● P0500 VSS
● P0600 A/T control
● P0605 ECM F
● P1400 EGRC-solenoid valve
● P1605 A/T diagnosis communication line
● P1706 PNP switch G
2 ● P0132-P0134, P1143, P1144/P0152-P0154, P1163, P1164 HO2S1
● P0031, P0032/P0051, P0052 HO2S1 heater
● P0138, P0139, P1146, P1147/P0158, P0159, P1166, P1167 HO2S2 H
● P0037, P0038/P0057, P0058 HO2S2 heater
● P0217 Engine coolant overtemperature enrichment protection
● P0405, P0406 EGR temperature sensor I
● P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
● P0447, P1446, P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve
J
● P0456, P1456 EVAP control system
K
● P0705-P0755, P1705, P1760 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
● P1490 P1491 Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
L
3 ● P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 Fuel injection system function
● P0306 - P0300 Misfire
● P0400, P1402 EGR function
M
● P0402 EGRC-BPT valve function
● P0420, P0430 Three way catalyst function
● P0442/P1442 EVAP control system
● P0505 ISC valve
● P0731-P0734 P0744 A/T function
● P1148, P1168 Closed loop control
EC-639
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Fail-safe Chart UBS007VA
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters the fail-sate mode and the MIL illuminates.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0103
P0118 sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
Condition
display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
P0123 cuit speed.
When ECM fail-safe is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation, and
Ignition timing Ignition timing is fixed at the preset value
Fuel pump relay is ON when engine is running
Fuel pump
and OFF when engine stalls
Basic Inspection UBS007VB
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
● Headlamp switch is OFF,
● Air conditioner switch is OFF,
● Rear window defogger switch is OFF,
● Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
EC-640
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident, or the current need for
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections C
– Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
D
With GST>>GO TO 2.
With No Tools>> GO TO 15.
E
F
SEF983U
2. CONNECT CONSULT-II OR GST TO THE VEHICLE G
With CONSULT-II
Connect CONSULT-II to the data link connector for CONSULT-II and select “ENGINE” from the menu. Refer to H
EC-671 .
With GST
Connect GST to the data link connector for GST. I
Refer to EC-681 .
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 3. J
With GST>>GO TO 14.
EC-641
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
SEF013Y

– The center of mark A is aligned with mark C .
– The cam follower lever's roller is not touching the fast idle cam.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> 1. Check FI cam. Refer to EC-609, "Fast Idle Cam (FIC)
Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 4.
SEF971R

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
PEF546N
3. Check ignition timing at idle using a timing light.

M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-598, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture
Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 5. SEF927Z
EC-642
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
5. CHECK BASE IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
and touch “START”. EC
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) C
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> 1. Adjust engine speed by turning idle speed adjusting
screw. Refer to EC-598, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/ SEC019C
Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" . E
2. GO TO 6.
6. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-I F
With CONSULT-II
NOTE: G
2. Check FI cam, refer to procedure 3. H
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 7. I
EC-643
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
7. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-II
2. Select “TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
● Insert a 0.3 mm (0.012 in) and 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge
BBIA0419E
SEF173Y
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “ON” while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” while inserting 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION

With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Never adjust throttle adjust screw (TAS).
● Do not touch throttle drum when checking “CLSD THL/P SW” signal, doing so may cause an
incorrect adjustment.
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 9.
EC-644
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
9. ADJUSTMENT CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-II A
3. Insert 0.35 mm (0.0138 in) feeler gauge between throttle adjust EC
4. Open throttle valve and then close.
C
E
BBIA0419E
5. Check “CLSD THL/P SW” signal.

“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” when the F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. G
NG >> GO TO 10.
SEF305Y
I
10. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-III
With CONSULT-II J
K
>> GO TO 11.
M
SEF689W
EC-645
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
11. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-IV
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove 0.35 mm (0.0138 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
“ON”, then temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
6. Tighten throttle position sensor. SEF689W
7. Check the “CLSD THL/P SW” signal again.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 8.

With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
1. Remove feeler gauge.
2. Start engine.
SEF864V
8. Repeat steps 5 and 6 until “CLSD THL POS” signal changes to

“ON”.
>> GO TO 13.
SEF197Y
EC-646
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
OK or NG D
NG >> 1. Adjust idle speed. Refer to EC-598, "Idle Speed/Igni-
tion Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" .
E
2. GO TO 27. SEF174Y
14. CHECK FI CAM FUNCTION F

With GST
G
4. When engine coolant temperature is 75 to 85°C (167 to 185°F), check the following. H
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 16.
Inspection and Adjustment" . J
2. GO TO 16.
SEF971R
EC-647
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
No Tools
1. Set the voltmeter between ECM terminal 59 (Engine coolant
temperature sensor signal) and ground.
SEF119W

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 16.
SEF971R

Without CONSULT-II
connector.
3. Start engine.
BBIA0424E

A/T: 10 ± 5° BDTC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 17. SEF927Z
EC-648
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Make sure that throttle position sensor harness connector remain disconnected.
EC
2. Does engine speed fall to the following speed?
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. D
NG >> 1. Adjust engine speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw. Refer to EC-598, "Idle Speed/Igni-
2. GO TO 18.
E
18. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION
NOTE:
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature. G
2. Check FI cam, refer to procedure 14 or 15.
3. Stop engine.
H
>> GO TO 19.
19. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-I I

2. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch termi- J
nals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
SEF862V M
● Insert the 0.3 mm (0.012 in) and 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge
Continuity should exist while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in)
feeler gauge.
Continuity should not exist while inserting 0.4 mm (0.016 in)
feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> GO TO 20.
BBIA0419E
EC-649
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Do not touch throttle drum when checking continuity, doing so may cause an incorrect adjust-
ment.
2. Check FI cam. Refer to procedure 14 or 15.
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 21.
21. ADJUSTMENT CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-II

2. Insert 0.35 mm (0.0138 in) feeler gauge between the throttle
adjust screw and throttle drum as shown in the figure.
BBIA0419E

nals 5 and 6.
Continuity should not exist while closing the throttle
position sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> GO TO 22.
SEF862V

Without CONSULT-II
Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until continuity
does not exist.
>> GO TO 23.
SEF689W
EC-650
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
23. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-IV A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
when the continuity comes to exist, then temporarily
C
tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
opened. D
5. Make sure two or three times that the continuity does not exist E
SEF689W
7. Check the continuity again. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> GO TO 20.
H
Without CONSULT-II I
NOTE:
idle position memory will not be reset correctly. J
2. Start engine.
3. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature. K
6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. L
M
>> GO TO 25.
SEF864V
25. REINSTALLATION
Without CONSULT-II
tor.
2. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load and then run engine at idle
speed.
>> GO TO 26.
EC-651
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> 1. Adjust idle speed. Refer to EC-598, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 27.
27. ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC

Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
Refer to EC-626, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-35, "HOW
TO ERASE DTC" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-652
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Symptom Matrix Chart UBS007VC
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM A

SYMPTOM

EC



C

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
D
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
E
F
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 3 1 EC-1147
1 1 2 3 2 2 3 G
Injector circuit 2 EC-1137
Fuel pressure regulator sys-
EC-612
tem
H
Evaporative emission system 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 4 EC-1162
Air Positive crankcase ventilation
1 EC-1178
system I
Incorrect idle speed adjust-
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-640
ment
IACV-AAC valve circuit 1 2 2 1 EC-982 J
IACV-FICD solenoid valve cir- 2 3 3 3 2 2 3
2 3 3 EC-1156
cuit
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjust-
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-598
K
ment
EGR EGRC-solenoid valve circuit 2 2 3 3 3 EC-1049 L
EC-872, EC-
EGR system 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 881 , EC-
1054 M
Main power supply and ground circuit 1 1 EC-692
2 3 3 3 3 2 3 1
Air conditioner circuit 2 3 2 MTC-23
EC-653
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 EC-865
1 EC-715, EC-
Mass air flow sensor circuit
723
1 2 2 2
EC-766, EC-
775 , EC-787
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 3
2 , EC-1004 ,
EC-1010
EC-736, EC-
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 2 3 3 3 3
758
2
EC-741, EC-
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2
750
Incorrect throttle position sensor adjust-
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-640
ment
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 EC-977
Knock sensor circuit EC-855
3 3 3
3 EC-1002, EC-
ECM 2 2 3 3 2 2 1
640
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit 3 3 3 EC-1124
3 2
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 EC-1152
EC-654
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SYMPTOM
A

EC


C

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
section
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank FL-3
5
G
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 H
line, Low octane)
—
Air Air duct
Air cleaner I
(Mass air flow sensor — throt- 5
5 5 5 5 4 5
tle body) J
5 5 4
Throttle body, Throttle wire EM-78
Air leakage from intake mani-
5 — K
fold/Collector/Gasket
Crank- Battery SC-4
ing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
L
Starter circuit 1 SC-9
Park/neutral position (PNP)
MT-46, AT-99
switch
M
Drive plate/Flywheel 6 EM-78
EC-655
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
section
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-99
Cylinder block
Piston 3
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Connecting rod
Bearing
EM-127, EM-
Crankshaft
88
Valve Timing chain
mecha-
Camshaft
nism 6
Intake valve 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
2
Exhaust valve
Hydraulic lash adjuster
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EX-3
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- LU-14, LU-15
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/
tion , LU-16 , EM-
Oil filter/Oil gallery 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 85
Oil level (Low/Filthy) oil MA-30
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler
cap
CO-22, CO-
Thermostat 5 5
23 , CO-25 ,
Water pump CO-27 , CO-
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 6 29 , CO-31
Water gallery
Cooling fan 5 5
Coolant level (low)/Contami-
MA-26
nated coolant
EC-656
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Engine Control Component Parts Location UBS007VD
EC
BBIA0426E
EC-657
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
BBIA0180E
EC-658
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
EC
F
PBIB1177E
PBIB1468E J
EC-659
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Circuit Diagram UBS007VE
BBWA0528E
EC-660
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout UBS007VF
EC
SEF533P D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value UBS007VG
PREPARATION E
inspection:
F
H
LEC106A
2. Remove ECM harness protector. I
AEC913 L

nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily. M
MEC486B

CAUTION:
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-661
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0.7V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
SEF988U
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF989U
1 - 2V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF992U
3 P/L Tachometer
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
SEF993U
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
EC-662
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) EC
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed C
EVAP canister purge SEF994U D

(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm (More than 100
seconds after starting engine)
F
SEF995U

G
7 Y/G A/T check signal 0 - 3.0V
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
H
0V
● Ambient air temperature is above 25°C (77°F)
● Air conditioner is operating
I
[Engine is running]
Ambient air tempera- ● Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE
9 B/Y
ture switch ● Ambient air temperature is below 19°C (66°F) (11 - 14V)
J
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed K
Approximately 5V
● Ambient air temperature is below 19°C (66°F)
● Air conditioner is not operating
● Idle speed
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch M
0 - 1V
ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V
● Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON*
● A/C switch is OFF (11 - 14V)

lamp
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EC-663
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
20 L/OR Start signal
[Ignition switch START] 9 - 12V
[Engine is running]
● Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON Approximately 0V
21 G/R Air conditioner switch (Compressor operates)*

Approximately 0V
Park/neutral position ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
22 L/B
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
● More than -40.0 kpa (-300 mmHg, -11.81 inHg) 0.15 - 0.85V
of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with
23 L Throttle position sensor a hand vacuum pump.
● Accelerator pedal is fully released
24 W/L Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
26 PU/W A/T signal No. 1 Approximately 0 - 1.0V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
27 P/B A/T signal No. 2 Approximately 0 - 1.0V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● More than -40.0 kpa (-300 mmHg, -11.81 inHg) BATTERY VOLTAGE
of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with (11 - 14V)
Throttle position switch a hand vacuum pump.
28 BR/W
(Closed position)
● Accelerator pedal is depressed
2 - 3V
[Engine is running]
● Lift up the vehicle.
29 G/B Vehicle speed sensor
● Shift lever: 2nd (M/T), D (A/T)
● Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25 MPH)
SEF996U
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EC-664
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
35 G/R A/T signal No. 3 Approximately 0 - 1.0V
● Idle speed EC
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil pres- ● Steering wheel is being turned
39 GY/R C
Approximately 5V
● Steering wheel is not being turned
42 B/W Sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
D
[Engine is running]
43 BR Sensor ground ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
● Idle speed E
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed F
NOTE:
idle. G
SEF997U
0.3 - 0.5V
H
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm I
SEF998U
J
level.
K
1 - 2V
[Engine is running] (AC range)
● Warm-up condition L
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle. M
SEF690W
Crankshaft position
47 L
sensor (OBD)
3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
EC-665
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle.
SEF999U
49 LG
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF001V
[Engine is running]
1 (bank 1)
SEF002V
[Engine is running]
51 G ● Warm-up condition
1 (bank 2)
SEF002V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
56 OR after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
2 (bank 1)
under no load
EC-666
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition EC
57 Y after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
2 (bank 2)
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and C
under no load
Engine coolant temper- D
ature sensor
coolant temperature
Fuel tank temperature E
sensor
temperature
Intake air temperature
61 PU/R [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake F
sensor
air temperature.
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
G
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Less than 4.5V
EGR temperature sen- ● Idle speed H
63 G/OR
sor [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 0 - 1.5V
● EGR system is operating I
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
67 B/P Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] K
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
68 W/G A/T signal Approximately 0 - 5.0V
● Idle speed
L
[Engine is running]
69 LG/R Data link connector 6 - 10V
● CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected
72 B/P Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]

BATTERY VOLTAGE M
(11 - 14V)
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
EC-667
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
8 - 11V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF005V
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
SEF692W
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Idle speed
NOTE:
102 W/B Injector No. 1 idle
106 W/G Injector No. 5 SEF007V

(11 - 14V)
113 W Injector No. 6
[Engine is running]
SEF008V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Lift up the vehicle 0 - 1V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EC-668
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 0.4V EC
119 BR/Y ● Engine speed is below 2,800 rpm
1 heater (bank 1)
● Engine speed is above 2,800 rpm (11 - 14V) C
bypass valve (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
D
121 BR ● Engine speed is below 2,800 rpm
1 heater (bank 2) E
● Engine speed is above 2,800 rpm (11 - 14V)
lowing conditions are met
– Engine: After warning up 0 - 1.0V
G
Heated oxygen sensor 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
122 R/B
2 heater (bank 1) under no load
H
I
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
J
Heated oxygen sensor 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute K
123 R/Y
L
M
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
*: Any mode except OFF, ambient air temperature is above 25°C (77°F).
CONSULT-II Function UBS007VH
FUNCTION
Work support
can be read and erased quickly.*
Input/Output specification of the basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
Data monitor (SPEC)
data monitor items can be read.
EC-669
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Active test
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
● Test values
● Others

SELF-DIAGNOS- DTC & SRT CON-
TIC RESULTS DATA FIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
MONI- DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI- ACTIVE SRT
TOR WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR TEST STA-
(SPEC) SUP-
DATA*2 TUS
PORT
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × × ×
Throttle position sensor × × × ×

EVAP control system pressure
× × ×
sensor
EGR temperature sensor × × ×
INPUT

Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) ×
Knock sensor ×
Ignition switch (start signal) × ×
Closed throttle position switch × × ×
× ×
(throttle position sensor signal)
Air conditioner switch × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × ×
Power steering oil pressure switch × ×
Battery voltage × ×
Ambient air temperature switch × ×
EC-670
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
A
Item WORK DATA
MONI- DTC
TOR WORK EC
(SPEC) SUP-
DATA*2 TUS
PORT
Injectors × × × C
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × × ×

D
× × × × ×
trol solenoid valve
OUTPUT
E
EGRC-solenoid valve × × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater × × × × F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × × × ×
EVAP canister vent control valve × × × × ×
G
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve × × × × × ×
X: Applicable H
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-673, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
I
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data J
link connector which is located under LH dash panel near the
fuse box cover.
K
LEC104A
M
4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
MBIB0233E
EC-671
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
SEF948Y

procedure.
SEF949Y
WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item
TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ ● FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION INSTRUCTION IN When adjusting the idle throttle
THE SERVICE MANUAL. position
IGNITION TIMING ADJ ● IGNITION TIMING FEEDBACK CONTROL WILL BE When adjusting target ignition tim-
ADJUST IGNITION TIMING WITH A TIMING LIGHT BY After adjustment, confirm target
TURNING THE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. ignition timing with a timing light
by turning the distributor.
ING IDLING. from fuel line
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clean the coefficient of self-
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- learning control valve
FICIENT.
EC-672
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
A
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS. EC
● IGN SW ON
● AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F). C
TEM
● FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F). D
TEM CLOSE”
● WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
E
II WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE
INSTRUCTION.
NOTE: F
EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
G
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When adjusting idle speed
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE H
I
Freeze frame data
Description
item * J
DIAG TROUBLE
● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer
CODE
to EC-578, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX]
K
FUEL SYS-B1 ● “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) L
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. M
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
or [°F]
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
schedule.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] ● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VHCL SPEED [km/h]
or [mph]
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] ● The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-673
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Freeze frame data
Description
item *
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
or [°F]
DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item
×: Applicable
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS
ENG SPEED [rpm] X X from the REF signal (120° signal) of the
camshaft position sensor.
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] X X
sensor is displayed. value is indicated.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
X
rection.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] X ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- value is indicated.
back correction factor per cycle is indi-
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] X cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
● The engine coolant temperature (deter- sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
COOLAN TEMP/S
X X mined by the signal voltage of the engine enters fail-safe mode. The engine cool-
[°C] or [°F]
coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. ant temperature determined by the ECM
is displayed.
HO2S1 (B1) [V] X X ● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S1 (B2) [V] X X sensor 1 is displayed.

HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal

X ● After turning ON the ignition switch,
[RICH/LEAN] during air-fuel ratio feedback control:
RICH: means the mixture became “rich”, “RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixture
and control is being affected toward a ratio feedback control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR (B2) leaner mixture. ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
X LEAN: means the mixture became “lean”, clamped, the value just before the
[RICH/LEAN]
and control is being affected toward a rich clamping is displayed continuously.
mixture.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) ● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
X
[RICH/LEAN] RICH: means the amount of oxygen after
three way catalyst is relatively small.
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) value is indicated.
X LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after
[RICH/LEAN] three way catalyst is relatively large.
X X
BATTERY VOLT [V] X X
played.
● The throttle position sensor signal voltage
THRTL POS SEN [V] X X
is displayed.
EC-674
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT A
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● The fuel temperature judged from the fuel EC
FUEL T/TMP SE
X tank temperature sensor signal voltage is
[°C] or [°F]
displayed.
● The intake air temperature determined by
INT/A TEMP SE
X X the signal voltage of the intake air tem-
C
[°C] or [°F]
perature sensor is indicated.
EVAP SYS PRES [V] D
● The signal voltage of the EGR tempera-
EGR TEMP SEN [V] × ×
ture sensor is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor E
FUEL LEVEL SE [V] X
is displayed.
X X
[ON/OFF] starter signal. played regardless of the starter signal. F
CLSD THL POS
X X puted by ECM according to the throttle
[ON/OFF]
position sensor signal. G
CLSD THL/P SW
X condition of the closed throttle position
[ON/OFF]
switch.
H
AIR COND SIG
X X conditioner switch as determined by the
[ON/OFF]
air conditioner signal.
I
X X
[ON/OFF] park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering
PW/ST SIGNAL oil pressure switch determined by the J
X X
[ON/OFF] power steering oil pressure signal is indi-
cated.
AMB TEMP SW
X
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the K
[ON/OFF] ambient air temperature switch signal.
X
[ON/OFF] tion switch. L
INJ PULSE-B1
X ● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
[msec] ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
width compensated by ECM according to
INJ PULSE-B2 computed value is indicated.
the input signals. M
[msec]
● Indicates the ignition timing computed by ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING [BTDC] X
ECM according to the input signals. value is indicated.
● “Calculated load value” indicates the
peak airflow.
● “Absolute throttle position sensor” indi-
cates the throttle opening computed by
ABSOL TH·P/S [%]
● Indicates the mass airflow computed by
MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]
the mass airflow sensor.
● Indicates the IACV-AAC valve control
IACV-AAC/V [%] X value computed by ECM according to the
input signals.
EC-675
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
PURG VOL C/V [%] input signals.
● The opening becomes larger as the value
increases.
● The air conditioner relay control condition
AIR COND RLY
X (determined by ECM according to the
[ON/OFF]
input signal) is indicated.
● Indicates the control condition of the
EGRC SOL/V EGRC-solenoid valve determined by
[ON/OFF] × ECM according to the input signals.
(FLOW/CUT) ● ON: EGR valve is operational
OFF: EGR valve operation is cut-off
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control con-
FUEL PUMP RLY
X dition determined by ECM according to
[ON/OFF]
the input signals.
VENT CONT/V ECM according to the input signal) is indi-
[ON/OFF] cated.
● ON: Closed
OFF: Open
valve bypass valve (determined by ECM
VC/V BYPASS/V according to the input signal) is indicated.
[ON/OFF]
● ON: Open
OFF: Closed
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF] ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ECM according to the input signals.
[ON/OFF]
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
Voltage [V] ● Voltage measured by the voltage probe.
be measured.
Frequency [msec] or ● Pulse width, frequency or duty cycle mea- ● Figures with “#”s are temporary ones.
[Hz] or [%] sured by the pulse probe. They are the same figures as an actual
measured.
NOTE:
EC-676
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Monitored Items A
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG- EC
NALS
NALS
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor ● When the engine is running, specifi-
specification is displayed. cation range is indicated. C
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injec-
B/FUEL SCHDL ● When the engine is running, specifi-
X tion pulse width programmed into ECM, prior
[msec] cation range is indicated.
to any learned on board correction.
D
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] X ● When the engine is running, specifi-
● Indicates the mean value of the air-fuel ratio cation range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] X feedback correction factor per cycle. ● This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
E
NOTE:
F
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) G
● Fuel injector
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM. H

trouble condition I
ING CHECK ITEM.
CONSULT-II. J
the engine.
● Change the IACV-AAC valve
OPENING the opening percent. ● IACV-AAC valve K
SULT-II.
● Engine: After warming up, idle ● Harness and connector

L
the engine. ● Compression
POWER BAL- ● A/C switch OFF ● Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE ● Shift lever N ● Power transistor
M

ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Engine coolant temperature sen-
perature using CONSULT-II. ● Fuel injector
(Engine stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- ● Harness and connector
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II
and listen to operating sound.
EGRC SOLE- ● Turn EGRC-solenoid valve “ON” EGRC-solenoid valve makes an ● Harness and connector
NOID VALVE and “OFF” using CONSULT-II operating sound. ● EGRC-solenoid valve
EC-677
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
● Engine: After warming up, run
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connector
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. ● Solenoid valve
SULT-II.
FUEL/T TEMP
● Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-II.
SEN
(Engine stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connector
“OFF” with the CONSULT-II and
(Engine stopped)
VC/V BYPASS/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve

SRT STATUS Mode
SRT Work Support Mode
Test mode Test item Condition Reference page
EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 EC-907/EC-1062
EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456 EC-956/EC-1087
EVAPRATIVE SYSTEM PURG VOL CN/V P1444 EC-1064
PURGE FLOW P0441 EC-899
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-787
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 EC-1004
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 EC-1010
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-775
HO2S1
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 EC-787
HO2S1 (B2) P1163 Refer to corresponding EC-1004
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 trouble diagnosis for DTC. EC-1010
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 EC-775
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-1017
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-1027
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-806
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 EC-1017
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 EC-1027
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 EC-806
EGR SYSTEM EGR-BPT/VLV P0402 EC-881
EC-678
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Description A
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger): EC
● The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen
in real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be C
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONI-
TOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording D
Data ... xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunc-
tion detection is recorded. Then when the percentage SEF705Y
reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If

“STOP” is touched on the screen during “ Recording Data ... xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also E
displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and F
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MAN-
UAL.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger): G
● DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunc-
tion is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though H
a malfunction is detected.
SEF707X
Operation I
1. “AUTO TRIG”
● While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is J
detected.
● While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent. K
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo-
nents and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st
trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Inci- L
dent" .)
2. “MANU TRIG”
M
EC-679
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
● If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for fur-
ther diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
SEF720X
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function UBS007VI
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
ual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA) the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-673, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze
Frame Data" .
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.
EC-680
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
A
EC
C
D
tions.
E
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed the following parts can be opened or closed.
● EVAP canister vent control valve: Closed
● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve: Open F
In the following conditions, this mode cannot function.
MODE 8 — ● Low ambient temperature
● Low battery voltage G
● Engine running
● Ignition switch OFF
H
● Low fuel temperature
● Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
This mode is to enable the off-board to request vehicle specific vehicle information such
MODE 9 CALIBRATION ID
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and calibration IDs.
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
K
M
LEC104A

4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
shown.)
AEC059B
EC-681
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.
AEC060B
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007VJ
Remarks:
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 1.7 - 2.3V
● No load
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S1 (B2) 1.0V
● Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm.
Changes more than 5 times
HO2S1 MNTR (B2)
during 10 seconds.
HO2S2 (B1) ● Warm-up condition 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B2) ● After keeping engine speed 1.0V
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
under no load.
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
Throttle valve: fully closed 0.15 - 0.85V
the engine
THRTL POS SEN ● Engine: After warming up
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: fully opened 3.5 - 4.7V
(Engine stopped)
CLSD THL POS ● Engine: After warming up, idle Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL/P SW the engine Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
Except above OFF
EC-682
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
A
the engine
EC
● Ignition switch: ON Below 19°C (66°F) OFF
AMB TEMP SW ● Compare ambient air tempera-
Above 25°C (77°F) ON
ture with the following:
C
INJ PULSE-B1 ● Air conditioner switch: OFF D
INJ PULSE-B2 ● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 3.3 msec
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 1.6 msec E
B/FUEL SCHDL
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.4 msec
● No load F
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10±2° BTDC
IGN TIMING
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm More than 25° BTDC G
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10 - 20%
H
IACV-AAC/V
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm —
● No load
I
PURG VOL C/V
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm — J
● No load
A/F ALPHA-B1 Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
● Engine: After warming up 54 - 155%
A/F ALPHA-B2 rpm
K
EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON 1.8 – 4.8V
● Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds) L
ON
Except as shown above OFF
M
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
● No load
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON
● Engine speed: Below 2,800 rpm
HO2S1 HTR (B2)
– Engine: After warning up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
at idle for 1 minute under no load.
VC/V BYPASS/V Ignition switch: ON OFF
EC-683
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
CAL/LD VALUE
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 18.0 - 21.0%
● No load
● More than -40.0 kpa (-300 Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0%
mmHg, -11.81 inHg) of vacuum is
ABSOL TH·P/S applied to the throttle opener with
a hand vacuum pump.
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: fully opened Approx. 80%
(Engine stopped)
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 14.9 g·m/s
● No load
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode UBS007VK
Below is the data for “THRTL POS SEN”, “ABSOL TH·P/S” and “CLSD THL POS” when depressing the accel-
erator pedal with the ignition switch ON.
rise after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
SEF306Y
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine suffi-
ciently.
EC-684
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
A
EC
SEF241Y
EC-685
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SEF242YD
EC-686
[VG33E]
A
Description UBS007VL
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- EC
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition UBS007VM
● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) F

● Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) G
H
*1: For A/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drive vehicle for 5
I
minutes after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.
ahead.
J
Inspection Procedure UBS007VN
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display. K
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” L
and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. M
SEF601Z
EC-687
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007VO
SEF613ZB
EC-688
[VG33E]
EC
SEF768Z
EC-689
[VG33E]
SEC653C
EC-690
[VG33E]
A
Description UBS007VP
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
specific malfunctioning area. C
Common I/I Report Situations

STEP in Work Flow Situation D
E
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007VQ F

1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-626, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA- G
TION" .
>> GO TO 2. H

I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “CIRCUIT INSPECTION”,
“Ground Inspection”.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 3.
K
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “INCIDENT SIMULATION L
TESTS”.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. M

Refer to GI-22, "How to Check Terminal" , “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Con-
tact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
EC-691
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007VR
BBWA0465E
EC-692
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0 - 1.5V
4 OR/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
D
switch OFF
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed F
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
H
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
67 B/P BATTERY VOLTAGE I
72 B/P (11 - 14V)

(Back-up) (11 - 14V) J
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE K
[Engine is running]
124 B/R ECM ground Engine ground L
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007VS
1. INSPECTION START M
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 2.
EC-693
[VG33E]
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF674U

● 10A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0418E
5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT-I FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
EC-694
[VG33E]
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Stop engine.

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
SEF678U
E
F
● 10A fuse G
● Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
>> Repair harness or connectors. H
8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

I
J
Voltage : After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
drop to approximately 0V. K
PBIB2168E
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 12.
EC-695
[VG33E]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
AEC927A
2. Check voltage between terminals 2, 5 and ground with CON-

SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
SEF625W

● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F27
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 67, 72, 117 and ECM relay terminal 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-696
[VG33E]
13. CHECK ECM RELAY A
1. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
EC
12V (1 - 2) applied: Continuity exists.
No voltage applied: No continuity
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 14.
D
SEF090M
E
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 15.
H
I
BBIA0418E
15. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT-II FOR OPEN AND SHORT J

Refer to Wiring Diagram. K

3. Also check harness for short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. M

>> INSPECTION END.

Ground Inspection UBS00GYZ
EC-697
[VG33E]
● Clean as required to assure good contact.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-16, "Ground Distribution" .
PBIB1870E
EC-698
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER
[VG33E]
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
A
Description UBS007VT
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater Heated oxygen sensor 1
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature control heater
C
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heaters corresponding to the engine
speed.
OPERATION D
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heaters
Above 2,800 OFF
E
Below 2,800 after warming up ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007VU
Specification data are reference values. F

● Engine: After warming up G
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON
HO2S1 HTR (B2)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007VV
Trouble diagnosis
name I
P0031 The current amperage in the heated oxygen
(Bank 1) sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal ● Harness or connectors
range.
sensor 1 heater open or shorted.) J
P0051 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
control circuit low
(Bank 2) ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.)
P0032 The current amperage in the heated oxygen K
range.
sensor 1 heater shorted.)
P0052 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
control circuit high L
heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007VW

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-699
[VG33E]
CONSULT-II.
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
5. Start engine and run it for at 6 seconds at idle speed.
7. Start engine and run it for at 6 seconds at idle speed.
EC-700
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007VX
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1077E
EC-701
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Engine speed is below 2,800 rpm
119 BR/Y ●
heater (bank 1)
EC-702
[VG33E]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1078E
EC-703
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
121 BR ●
heater (bank 2)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007VY

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
2. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

BBIA0188E
3. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 1 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0783E
EC-704
[VG33E]
● 15A fuse
C
4. CHECK HO2S1 HEATER OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 terminal as follows.
F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0031 119 3 Bank 1 G
P0051 121 3 Bank 2
Continuity should exist. H

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
L

M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS007VZ
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals 3 and 1.
Resistance: 3.3 - 4.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2. Check continuity between HO2S1 terminals 2 and 1, 3 and 2.
3. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
CAUTION:
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one. SEF935X
EC-705
[VG33E]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

EC-706
[VG33E]
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
A
Description UBS007W1
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
heater control
speed. D
OPERATION
E
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
● Engine: After warning up
ON F
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007W2 G

H
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute I
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.

J
Trouble diagnosis
name
K
P0037 The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
sensor 2 heater open or shorted.)
P0057 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
control circuit low
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
L
(Bank 2) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
sensor 2 heater (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to M
P0058 shorted.)
control circuit high ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2) heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007W4
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
EC-707
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
ture.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 and
. SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-708
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007W5
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1116E
EC-709
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following
conditions are met.
– Warm-up condition 0 - 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000
Heated oxygen sensor 2 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no
122 R/B
heater (bank 1) load.
EC-710
[VG33E]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1081E
EC-711
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
conditions are met.
– Warm-up condition 0 - 1.0V
123 R/Y
heater (bank 2) load.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-712
[VG33E]
2. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
D
BBIA0181E
3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground. E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0112E
H

I
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M26 J
● 15A fuse
K
4. CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0037,
122 2 Bank 1
P0038
P0057,
123 2 Bank 2
P0058

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-713
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS007W7
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

1 and 2, 3, 4
No
4 and 1, 2, 3
CAUTION:
PBIB1596E

EC-714
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS007W9
the heat loss. C
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. D
SEF030T
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007WA

MAS A/F SE-B1 G
● No load
H
CAL/LD VALUE
● No load
I
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 14.9 g·m/s J
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007WB

K
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM (The sensor circuit is open or L
A) shorted.)
P0101 cuit range/performance ● Harness or connectors M
B)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007WC
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.

If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead
of running engine at idle speed.
EC-715
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
.
SEF174Y
With GST
CAUTION:
With CONSULT-II
4. Check the voltage of MAS AIR/FL SE with “DATA MONITOR”.
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
increases.
SEF998NA
EC-716
[VG33E]
onds. A
EC
Selector lever Suitable position
help maintain the driving conditions required for C
this test.
. D
Overall Function Check UBS007WD

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip E
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with MODE 1.
G
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
5. If NG, go to EC-719, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H
SEF534P
EC-717
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007WE
BBWA0470E
EC-718
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
4 OR/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
D
switch OFF
● Idle speed
ground
● Idle speed
H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
72 B/P Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] I
(11 - 14V)
J
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007WF
1. INSPECTION START
K
A or B
A >> GO TO 3. L
B >> GO TO 2.

● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
● Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold collector
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-719
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0418E
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

AEC641A
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF627W

● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
● Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
EC-720
[VG33E]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 55. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 8.
H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
J
Refer to EC-691, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . K
>> INSPECTION END.

L
Component Inspection UBS007WG

M
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 54 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
1.0 - 1.7
temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal oper-
1.7 - 2.3
ating temperature.)
SEF747U
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in
engine speed.
● Turn ignition switch OFF.
● Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
EC-721
[VG33E]
● Perform step 2 and 3 again.
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot wire for damage or dust.
EC-722
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS007WI
the heat loss. C
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. D
SEF030T
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007WJ

MAS A/F SE-B1 G
● No load
H
CAL/LD VALUE
● No load
I
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 14.9 g·m/s J
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007WK

K
Trouble diagnosis
name
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors L

Mass air flow sensor sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
circuit low input This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection ● Intake air leaks
logic. ● Mass air flow sensor
M
P0103
FAIL-SAFE MODE
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007WL
NOTE:
EC-723
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds at most.
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
2. If 1st trip DTC is detected,
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
.
SEF058Y
With GST
EC-724
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007WM
EC
BBWA0470E
EC-725
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
4 OR/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
OFF
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
ground
● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007WN
1. INSPECTION START
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.

● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-726
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0418E
E
F
AEC641A
I

CONSULT-II or tester. J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF627W
M
EC-727
[VG33E]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS0090E

signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
1.0 - 1.7
temperature.)
1.7 - 2.3
ating temperature.)
SEF747U
engine speed.
EC-728
[VG33E]
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot wire for damage or dust. A
EC
EC-729
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS007WP
ing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
LEC519
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* (V) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 61
CAUTION:
Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007WQ
Trouble diagnosis
name
Intake air tempera-
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0112 ture sensor circuit
sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors
low input
Intake air tempera- Intake air temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ●
sent to ECM.
high input
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007WR
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
EC-730
[VG33E]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. A
EC
EC-731
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007WS
BBWA1074E
EC-732
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007WT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0418E
E
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
1. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor harness connector.
G
I
LEC519
3. Check voltage between intake air temperature sensor terminal 1 J

and ground.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
SEF203W M
EC-733
[VG33E]
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between intake air temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-734
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS007WU

EC
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data> E
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 F
80 (176) 0.27 - 038
H
SEF012P
EC-735
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS007WW

SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007WX

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant tem-
P0117 perature sensor cir-
cuit low input
Engine coolant tem- Engine coolant temperature sensor
sent to ECM.
cuit high input
EC-736
[VG33E]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. A
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
EC
or START.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition C
(CONSULT-II display)
Engine coolant temper-
ature sensor circuit Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F) D
START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007WY
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
WITH CONSULT-II
H
SEF058Y
WITH GST K
EC-737
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007WZ
BBWA0472E
EC-738
[VG33E]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0418E
E
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
G
I
AEC643A
3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
in harness or connectors. L
SEF206W M
3. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-739
[VG33E]
Refer toEC-740, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS007X1

PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS007X2

EC-740
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
A
NOTE:
If DTC P0121 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510. Refer to EC
EC-989 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a kind of potentiome-
ECM.
I
SEF349X
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007X4 J

K
engine
L
(Engine stopped)
M
● More than -40.0 kpa (-300 mmHg, Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0%
-11.81 inHg) of vacuum is applied
ABSOL TH·P/S to the throttle opener with a hand
vacuum pump.
(Engine stopped)
EC-741
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007X5
(The TP sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
A high voltage from the sensor is
A) sent to ECM under light load driving ● TP sensor
condition. ● Fuel injector
Throttle position sensor cir- ● Camshaft position sensor
P0121 cuit range/performance prob-
lem
A low voltage from the sensor is (The TP sensor circuit is open or
B) sent to ECM under heavy load driv- shorted.)
ing condition. ● Intake air leaks
● TP sensor
NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, per-
form PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
With CONSULT-II
Selector lever Suitable position except P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Brake pedal Depressed
Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH)
. SEF058Y
With GST
CAUTION:
With CONSULT-II
4. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-742
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
ITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. A
7. Print out the recorded graph and check the following: EC
depression.
– The voltage when accelerator pedal is fully depressed is approx- C
imately 4V.
If NG, go to EC-745, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEF177Y
If OK, go to following step. D
SEF174Z
J
SULT-II.
onds. K
CMPS·RPM (REF) More than 2,000 rpm

MAS AIR/FL SE More than 3V L
IACV-AAC/V Less than 80%
M
Selector lever Suitable position SEF805Z

this test.
With GST
EC-743
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007X7
BBWA0473E
EC-744
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with D
[Ignition switch: ON] E
42 B/W Sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V F
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed G
1. INSPECTION START H

Type A or B I
A >> GO TO 4.
B >> GO TO 2.
2. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR J

K
Ignitions timing
L
Base idle speed
Closed throttle position switch idle Feeler gauge thickness and switch
M
position adjustment condition
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
>> GO TO 3.
EC-745
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
3. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM.
2. Check the following for connection.
– Air duct
– Vacuum hoses
– Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold collector
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Loosen and retighten ground screw.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0418E
5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

AEC638A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF630W
EC-746
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between throttle position sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 8.
H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
J
9. ADJUST CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-640, "Basic Inspection" . K
Ignitions timing
L

Base idle speed
M
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-747
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
2. Start engine.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 44, 48 and ground, ECM terminal 49 and ground with DC range.
NOTE:
<Terminal 44 or 48 and ground>
Condition Idle 2,000 rpm
Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse sig-
nal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U SEF998U
<Terminal 49 and ground>

Voltage Approximately 2.5V Approximately 2.5V
Pulse sig-
nal
SEF999U SEF001V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace distributor assembly with camshaft position sensor.

Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
SEF625V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-748
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS007X9
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A

With CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine (ignition switch OFF). EC
C
tions.
sensor installed in vehicle. D
Throttle valve conditions THRTL POS SEN

Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85V E
Completely open 3.5 - 4.7V
SEF719Y
F
With GST
2. Stop engine (ignition switch OFF). G
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sensor signal) and ground.
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle. H

Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85 I
Completely open 3.5 - 4.7
EC-749
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS007XB
NOTE:
If DTC P0122, P0123 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510.
Refer to EC-989 .
ECM.
SEF349X
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007XC

engine
(Engine stopped)
vacuum pump.
(Engine stopped)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007XD
These self-diagnoses have one trip detection logic.
EC-750
[VG33E]
A
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors
P0122
circuit low input sent to ECM (The TP sensor circuit is open or
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is shorted.)
P0123
circuit high input sent to ECM ● TP sensor EC
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. C

Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed. D
circuit
When engine is idling Normal E
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007XE

F
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. G
CAUTION:
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. I
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II. J
consecutive seconds.
K
Selector lever Suitable position except P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
position L
SEF065Y
M
WITH GST
EC-751
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007XF
BBWA0473E
EC-752
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed G
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007XG
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS H

2. Loosen and retighten ground screw. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. J
BBIA0418E L
EC-753
[VG33E]
AEC638A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
SEF630W
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-754
[VG33E]
6. ADJUST CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH A
Adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-640, "Basic Inspection" .
EC
Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON D
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
A/T: 750 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-640, "Basic Inspection" . F

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
EC-755
[VG33E]
2. Start engine.
NOTE:
Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse sig-
nal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U SEF998U

Pulse sig-
nal
SEF999U SEF001V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
SEF625V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-756
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS00GZ1

With CONSULT-II
C
tions.

SEF719Y
F
With GST

EC-757
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS007XI
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. Refer to EC-736 .
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
−10 (14) 4.4 9.2
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007XJ
Insufficient engine cool- practical, even when some time has passed (High resistance in the circuit)
P0125 ant temperature for after starting the engine.
closed loop fuel control ● Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007XK
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-758
[VG33E]
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F). A
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. EC
be OK.
C
.
SEF174Y
D
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007XL
E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 2.
H
I
BBIA0418E
2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
L
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-27, "THERMOSTAT" .

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-759
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS007XM

PBIB2005E
SEF152P
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS007XN

EC-760
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS007XO
to the ECM.
decreases in response to the temperature rise. C
LEC519
E
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature °C
Voltage* (V) Resistance kΩ F
(°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38 G
CAUTION: H
Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007XP
too high
from engine coolant temperature sensor. ● Intake air temperature sensor K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007XQ
NOTE: L
CAUTION: M
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F).
a. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-761
[VG33E]
b. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Check the engine coolant temperature.
d. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
● Perform the following steps before engine coolant tempera-
ture is above 90°C (194°F).
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 con- SEF176Y
secutive seconds.
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007XR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-732, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-762
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS007XS

EC
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data> E

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 F
80 (176) 0.27 - 038
2. If NG, replace in take air temperature sensor.

G
H
SEF012P
EC-763
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007XU
enough.
● Thermostat
The engine coolant temperature does not
● Leakage from sealing portion of thermo-
P0128 Thermostat function reach to specified temperature even though
stat
the engine has run long enough.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007XV
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
conditions.
PBIB1917E
.
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007XW

OK or NG
EC-764
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS007XX

EC
D
PBIB2005E
<Reference data> E

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 F
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
G
H
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS007XY

I
J
EC-765
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS007XZ

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007Y0

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
(B1) rpm
Changes more than 5 times during
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
PBIB1847E
P0132
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0152 1 circuit high voltage sent to ECM.
(Bank 2)
EC-766
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
.
E
SEF174Y
G
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. I
J
K
EC-767
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
BANK 1
BBWA1075E
EC-768
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - Approximately 1.0V C
[Engine is running]
50 B
(bank 1)
● Warm-up condition D
SEF002V E
EC-769
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
BANK 2
BBWA1076E
EC-770
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
51 G
(bank 2)
● Engine speed is 2,000 wpm
SEF002V E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007Y4 F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0418E
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 K

1. Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb) L
>> GO TO 3.
M
EC-771
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1
terminal as follows.
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0132 50 2 Bank 1
P0152 51 2 Bank 2
BBIA0188E
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0132 50 2 Bank 1
P0152 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FRONT HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER

OK or NG
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
EC-772
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” and
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
C
4. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
F
PBIB2025E
5. Check the following. G

– “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec-
onds. H
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown right:
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. I
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF647Y J
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-773
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and
ground.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS0090F

EC-774
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description UBS007Y6

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007Y7 I

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
● Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH K
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
L

measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time M
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
SEF010V
EC-775
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
(Bank 1) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
● Fuel pressure
P0153 1 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
(Bank 2)
● PCV valve
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P0133/
P0153” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
SEF338Z

step 2.
EC-776
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Procedure" .
EC
SEF658Y
D
Overall Function Check UBS007YA
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1) F
signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and ground.
H
1 time : 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times : 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V I
SEF919UA
EC-777
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007YB
BANK 1
BBWA1075E
EC-778
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
50 B
(bank 1)
SEF002V E
EC-779
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
BANK 2
BBWA1076E
EC-780
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
51 G
(bank 2)
SEF002V E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007YC F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0418E

>> GO TO 3.
M
EC-781
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-782
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected?
D
E
SEF968Y
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at G
idle speed.
H
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-626, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
I
Is it difficult to start engine? J
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-817 , EC-825 .
No >> GO TO 6. K
EC-783
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0133 50 2 Bank 1
P0153 51 2 Bank 2 BBIA0188E

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0133 50 2 Bank 1
P0153 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK PCV VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover;
make sure that a hissing noise will be heard as air passes through it
and a strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
OK or NG
SEC137A
EC-784
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
C
F
PBIB2025E

onds. H
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below.
SEF647Y J
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-785
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
10. CHECK FRONT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Without CONSULT-II
ground.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS007YD

EC-786
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description UBS007YE

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007YF I

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007YG

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately M
SEF237U
P0134
(Bank 1) The voltage from the sensor is constantly
1 circuit no activity (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0154 approx. 0.3V.
(Bank 2)
EC-787
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007YH
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P0134/P0154” of “HO2S1” in “DTC
WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
LEC068A

step 2.
Procedure" .
During this test, P1148 and P1168 may be stored in ECM.
LEC034A
Overall Function Check UBS007YI
WITH GST
ground.
EC-788
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
stant under no load. A
EC
SEF919UA
EC-789
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007YJ
BANK 1
BBWA1075E
EC-790
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
50 B
(bank 1)
SEF002V E
EC-791
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
BANK 2
BBWA1076E
EC-792
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
51 G
(bank 2)
SEF002V E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007YK F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0418E
EC-793
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0134 50 2 Bank 1
P0154 51 2 Bank 2
BBIA0188E
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0134 50 2 Bank 1
P0154 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 4.
EC-794
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
C
F
PBIB2025E

onds. H
SEF647Y J
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-795
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
ground.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS007YL

EC-796
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS007YM

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007YN

HO2S2 (B1)
● Warm-up condition 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 (B2)
● After keeping engine speed
HO2S2 MNTR Revving engine from idle up to G
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 3,000 rpm quickly
(B1)
1 minute and at idle for 1 minute LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR
under no load.
(B2)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007YO

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen I
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during J
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB1848E
L
M
P0138
(Bank 2)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007YP
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-797
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
ture.
. SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-798
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007YQ
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-799
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after
56 OR the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 1)
rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no
load
EC-800
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-801
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
57 Y the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 2)
under no load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007YR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-802
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 EC
C
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 56 1 Bank 1 D
P0158 57 1 Bank 2
BBIA0181E
F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 56 1 Bank 1 G
P0158 57 1 Bank 2
Continuity should not exist. H

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
M
4. CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTORS FOR WATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 connector and harness connector for water.
OK or NG
EC-803
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperate.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
SEF989RD
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.62V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.48V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-804
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. C
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load D
at least 10 times.
procedure. E
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or F
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this SEF922UA G
procedure.
CAUTION: H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. J

K
>> INSPECTION END. L
Removal and Installation UBS007YS

M
EC-805
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
Component Description UBS007YT

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007YU

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
● After keeping engine speed Revving engine from idle up to
HO2S2 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
under no load.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007YV

sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel-cut.
SEF302U
P0159 2 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. ● Fuel pressure
(Bank 2) ● Injectors
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007YW
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-806
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. A
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II and follow the instruction of CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II. EC
E
PBIB0115E

If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-812, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA G
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/
S” indication on CONSULT-II. H
go to step 3.
I
J
SEF174Y
Overall Function Check UBS007YX
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. L
WITH GST
M
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 56 [HO2S2(B1) signal] or 57 [HO2S2(B2) signal] and
ground.
at least 10 times.
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
essary.
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec- SEF922UA
EC-807
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
EC-808
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007YY
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-809
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 1)
load
EC-810
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-811
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 2)
load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0090D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-812
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
D
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
SEF968Y
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. F
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-626, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" . G
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected? H
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-817, "DTC I
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" or EC-825, "DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL
INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 3. J
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and
ground. L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con-
BBIA0181E
nectors.
EC-813
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0139 56 1 Bank 1
P0159 57 1 Bank 2

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0139 56 1 Bank 1
P0159 57 1 Bank 2

OK or NG
EC-814
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II. EC
C
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. D
SEF174Y
E
F
H
SEF662Y
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. I
L
SEF989RD
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.48V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. M
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-815
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this SEF922UA
procedure.
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS0090L

EC-816
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[VG33E]
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007Z1
ratios.
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection D
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) control
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
name
P0171 ● Intake air leaks
(Bank 1) ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
F
● Fuel injector
Fuel injection system ● Exhaust gas leaks
too lean ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
P0174 ● Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) G
(Bank 2) ● Lack of fuel
● Incorrect PCV hose connection H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007Z2
NOTE:
I
WITH CONSULT-II J
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- K
SULT-II.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. L
The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this
stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-821, "Diagnostic M
Procedure" .
has a malfunction, too.
starts, go to EC-821, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not SEF968Y
start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
WITH GST
EC-817
[VG33E]
nector.
5. Select MODE 3 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
6. Select MODE 4 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174
should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go
to EC-821, "Diagnostic Procedure" . AEC641A

has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-821, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
EC-818
[VG33E]
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1082E
EC-819
[VG33E]
BANK 2
BBWA1083E
EC-820
[VG33E]
1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK A

E
SEC502D
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK G
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK FOR PCV HOSE I
Check PCV hose for loose connection or disconnection.

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 4.
K
EC-821
[VG33E]
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0171 50 2 Bank 1
P0174 51 2 Bank 2

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0171 50 2 Bank 1
P0174 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-611, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
At idling:
hose is connected.
hose is disconnected.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-822
[VG33E]
7. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3.3 - 4.8 g·m/sec : at idling
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm C
With GST
1. Install all parts removed. D
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
E
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. F
ground. Refer to EC-715, "DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR" .
G
With CONSULT-II
H
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
I
speed drop.
J
SEF070Y
L
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound. M
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1142, "INJECTOR" .
EC-823
[VG33E]
9. CHECK INJECTOR
4. Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-78, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect injector harness connectors on bank 1
For DTC P0174, reconnect injector harness connectors on bank 2.
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, make sure that fuel sprays out from injectors
on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, make sure that fuel sprays out from injectors
on bank 2.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new ones. SEF595Q

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-824
[VG33E]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007Z5
ratios.
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection D
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
name
P0172 ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
(Bank 1) ● Fuel injector
Fuel injection system F
● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leaks
P0175 too rich
(Bank 2)
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007Z6
NOTE:
H
WITH CONSULT-II I
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- J
SULT-II.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. K
The 1st trip DTC P0172, P0175 should be detected at this stage,
if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-829, "Diagnostic Proce- L
dure" .
has a malfunction, too. M
If engine starts, go to EC-829, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine SEF968Y
does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
WITH GST
EC-825
[VG33E]
nector.
8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175

has a malfunction.
If engine starts, go to EC-829, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and
check for fouling, etc.
EC-826
[VG33E]
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1082E
EC-827
[VG33E]
BANK 2
BBWA1083E
EC-828
[VG33E]

E
SEC502D
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK G
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. J
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor L
P0172 50 2 Bank 1
P0175 51 2 Bank 2
M
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0172 50 2 Bank 1
P0175 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-829
[VG33E]
At idling:
When fuel pressure regulator valve 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
vacuum hose is disconnected.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


With CONSULT-II
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
With GST
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-830
[VG33E]
7. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
CONSULT-II.
C
speed drop.
E
SEF070Y
1. Start engine.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1137, "INJECTOR
CIRCUIT" .
I
MEC703B
J
8. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-78, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" . K
3. Disconnect all injector harness connectors. L
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. M
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip)>>GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-831
[VG33E]
LEC764
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007ZA
nals from engine coolant temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007ZB
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will
be OK.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following
step.
5. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C
(140°F). SEF174Y

EC-832
[VG33E]
WITH GST
A
EC
EC-833
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007ZC
BBWA1117E
EC-834
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007ZD
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

LEC764
E

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
SEF639W
I
>> Repair harness or connector.

L
3. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-835
[VG33E]
2. Check resistance fuel level sensor unit terminals 1 and 4 by
heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure.
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
PBIB1465E

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS007ZE

EC-836
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS007ZF
LEC764
E
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) F
°C (°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 G
CAUTION: H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007ZG
Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007ZH

L
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. M
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-837
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007ZI
BBWA1117E
EC-838
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007ZJ
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

LEC764
E

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
SEF639W
I

L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-839
[VG33E]
heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure.
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
PBIB1465E

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS007ZK

EC-840
[VG33E]
PFP:00019 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007ZL
This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is EC
not heavy.
This self-diagnosis has one trip detection logic.
● Thermostat
● Improper ignition timing D
● Blocked front end E
(Vehicle frontal is collided but not repaired) F
G
● Damaged bumper
For more information, refer to EC-845, "Main
12 Causes of Overheating" .
H
CAUTION:
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-30, "Changing Engine Oil" . I
RATIO" .
J
Overall Function Check UBS007ZM
K
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the engine coolant over temperature enrichment protection
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pres- L
up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. M
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (Using coolant tester)
in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mix-
ture ratio.
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or the radiator is below
the proper range, skip following steps and go to EC-843,
● If the coolant mixture ratio is out of range between 45 to 55%,
replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine Cool-
ant" .
– Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling
SEF621W
speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant by kettle. Be

sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIX-
TURE RATIO" .
– After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
EC-841
[VG33E]
– After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3) below.
2. Confirm whether customer filled the engine coolant or not. If customer filled the engine coolant, skip fol-
lowing steps and go to EC-843, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates. If NG, go to EC-843, "Diagnostic
Procedure" After repair, go to next step.
Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp upper and lower radiator hoses and make
sure that coolant flows.
If NG, go to step 4 of EC-843, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to next step.
5. Check radiator for blocked air passage
Check for blocked condenser or radiator (condenser or radiator fins damaged, condenser or radiator
clogged), after market fog lamps ...etc. Check for condenser or radiator fin damage, shroud damage, vehi-
cle front end for clogging of debris or insects ...etc.
Check for improper fitting of front end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, vehicle frontal area dam-
aged by collision but not repaired.
If NG, take appropriate action and then go to next step.
6. Check ECT sensor for proper operation. Refer to step 5 of EC-843, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If NG,
replace ECT sensor and go to next step.
Make sure that ignition timing is 10 ± 5° at 700 ± 50 rpm.
SEF927Z
WITH GST
ture ratio.
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the
proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-843,
ant" .
– Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling SEF621W

TURE RATIO" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the engine coolant or not. If customer filled engine coolant, skip following
steps and go to EC-843, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-842
[VG33E]
5. Check radiator for blocked air passage A
clogged), after market fog lamps ...etc. Check for condenser or radiator fin damage, shroud damage, vehi-
cle front end for clogging of debris or insects ...etc. EC
C
Make sure that ignition timing is 10 ± 5° at 700 ± 50 rpm. D
SEF927Z
G
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007ZN

H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. I
DRIVEN)" .
J
CAUTION: K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. M
NG >> Check the following for leak:
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump
Refer to CO-25, "WATER PUMP" . SLC754A
EC-843
[VG33E]
Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief
pressure.
pressure cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT
Valve opening tempera- : 82°C (180°F) [standard]
ture
(0.39 in/203°F)
perature.
OK or NG SLC343
OK >> GO TO 5.

PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF012P
EC-844
[VG33E]
6. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES A
Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS007ZO
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page C

D
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-14 .
E
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level See MA-26 .
in reservoir tank and radi-
ator filler neck
F
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-23 .
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
G
ON*1 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-23 .
ON*1 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-27 .
lower radiator hoses
H
ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● Visual Operating See CO-31 .
(Crankshaft driven)
OFF 8 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemical Negative — I

gauge when driving
J
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driv- See MA-26 .
reservoir tank ing and idling
OFF*3 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-22 .
K
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank
tor
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-99 .
gauge mum distortion (warping) L
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-127 .
tons walls or piston
*1: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. M
EC-845
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[VG33E]
FIRE PFP:00000
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007ZP
sensor signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.

for a change.
Multiple cylinder misfire
detected ● Improper spark plug
No.1 cylinder misfire ● Insufficient compression
detected ● Incorrect fuel pressure
No. 2 cylinder misfire ● The injector circuit is open or shorted
detected ● Fuel injector
No. 3 cylinder misfire ● Intake air leak
detected ● The ignition secondary signal circuit is
No. 4 cylinder misfire open or shorted
detected ● Lack of fuel
No. 5 cylinder misfire ● Signal plate or flywheel
No. 6 cylinder misfire ● Incorrect PCV hose connection
detected
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007ZQ
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-846
FIRE
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode A
with CONSULT-II.
EC
4. Restart engine and let idle for about 15 minutes.
C
.
NOTE:
the following procedure is advised. D
SEF213Y

time. Refer to table below. E
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con- F
dition should be satisfied at the same time:
G
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F)
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or H
equal to 70°C (158°F)
Refer to the following table. I
Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes J
K
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007ZR
L
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-847
FIRE
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
engine speed drop?
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
speed drop?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 7.
AEC646A
4. CHECK INJECTOR
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
MEC703B
EC-848
FIRE
[VG33E]
3. Disconnect ignition wire from spark plug. EC
4. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition wire.
C
6. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
NG >> GO TO 6.
F
SEF282G

G
Move each wire while testing to check for intermittent breaks. H
Resistance:
Cylinder No. Resistance kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
I
1 Approx. 6.5
2 Approx. 10.0
3 Approx. 8.5 J
4 Approx. 12.5
5 Approx. 8.5 SEF174P
6 Approx. 11.0
K
If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect ignition wire to distributor cap connection. Clean
connection or replace the ignition wire with a new one. L
OK or NG
OK >> Check the following:
● Distributor rotor head for incorrect parts M
● Ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits
Refer to EC-1131, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> Replace.
7. CHECK SPARK PLUGS

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
Spark Plugs" .
SEF156I
EC-849
FIRE
[VG33E]
8. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Refer to EM-99, "Measurement of Compression" .
● Check compression pressure.
Standard : 1,196 kPa (12.2 kg/cm2 ,
173 psi)/300 rpm
Minimum : 883 kPa (9.0 kg/cm2 , 128
psi)/300 rpm
Difference between : 98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14
each cylinder psi)/300 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to
EC-611, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
At idle: Approx. 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
WEC875

EC-850
FIRE
[VG33E]
EC
Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON D
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13. F
EC-851
FIRE
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and “HI SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1
(B1)/(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
PBIB2025E

onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown left:
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
SEF647Y
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
EC-852
FIRE
[VG33E]
13. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK1)(BANK2) A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1)
C
D
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. E
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

CAUTION: F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. H

I
With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3.3 - 4.8 g·m/sec : at idling J
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
With GST K
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
L
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. M
15. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-626, "HOW TO ERASE
>> GO TO 17.
EC-853
FIRE
[VG33E]
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-854
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33E]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
A
Component Description UBS007ZS

C
SEF332I
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS007ZT
The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.

Trouble diagnosis F
DTC No. DTC detected condition Possible cause
name
Knock sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
low input sent to ECM. G
Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Knock sensor
P0328 ●
high input sent to ECM.
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS007ZU
NOTE:
I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
K
. L
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-855
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS007ZV
BBWA0480E
EC-856
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS007ZW

D
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
E
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 64 and ground.
NOTE:
F
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 500 - 620 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
I
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 64 and knock sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram. J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
Check the following. M
● Harness connector F37, F101
● Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor
EC-857
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33E]
NOTE:
Resistance: 500 - 620 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEC439D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
BBIA0418E
6. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect harness connectors F37, F101.
2. Check harness continuity between harness connector F37 terminal 6 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Harness connector F37
● Harness for open or short between harness connector F37 and ground

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-858
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS007ZY

housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the flywheel or drive plate. It EC
detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.
change.
changes.
SEF804Z
E
This sensor is not used to control the engine system. It is used only
for the on board diagnosis.
H
BBIA0182E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS007ZZ

ENG SPEED J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00800
K
● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft ● Harness or connectors
Crankshaft position position sensor (OBD) is not sent to ECM (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) L
P0335
sensor (OBD) circuit while the engine is running at the specified
engine speed. ● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00801 M

NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
.
SEF058Y
EC-859
[VG33E]
WITH GST
EC-860
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00802
EC
BBWA0481E
EC-861
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
1 - 2V
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
Crankshaft position SEF690W

47 L
sensor (OBD)
3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00803

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-862
[VG33E]
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (OBD) and ECM
harness connectors.
2. Check continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CKP sensor EC
(OBD) terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0182E

F
● Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. J

K
● Harness for open between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM L
M
6. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-863
[VG33E]

SEF960N

Resistance: Approximately 512 - 632Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF504V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-864
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00805

input signals to the ECM are used to control fuel injection, ignition
timing and other functions.
SEF928V
are converted into ON-OFF signals by the wave-forming circuit and
E
sent to the ECM.
NOTE: F
The rotor screw which secures the distributor rotor head to the dis-
tributor shaft must be torqued properly.
G
: 3.6±0.3 N·m (37±3 kg-cm, 32±3 in-lb)
H
SEF614B

I
Trouble diagnosis
name
J
● Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM ● Harness or connectors
A) for the first few seconds during engine (The CMP sensor circuit is open or
cranking. shorted)
● Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM ● Camshaft position sensor K
P0340 B) often enough while the engine speed is ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-9, "START-
sor circuit
higher than the specified engine speed. ING SYSTEM" .)
● The relation between 1° and 120° signal is ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-9, L
C) not in the normal range during the speci- "STARTING SYSTEM" .)
fied engine speed. ● Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00807

M
NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCE-
DURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
With CONSULT-II
EC-865
[VG33E]
.
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
With GST
EC-866
[VG33E]
EC
BBWA0482E
EC-867
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF997U
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF998U
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF999U
49 LG
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF001V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC-868
[VG33E]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0418E
E
2. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
G
I
AEC647A
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 5 and ground with J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
SEF708U M
EC-869
[VG33E]
4. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49, CMP sensor terminal 3
and ECM terminals 44, 48. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

2. Start engine.
NOTE:
< Terminal 44 or 48 and ground>
Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse sig-
nal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U SEF998U

Pulse sig-
nal
SEF999U SEF001V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-870
[VG33E]
Removal and Installation UBS0080A
DISTRIBUTOR C
EC-871
[VG33E]
Description UBS0080B
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature EGR control EGRC-solenoid valve
detects any of the following conditions, current dose not flow through the solenoid valve. This causes the
intake manifold vacuum to be discharged into the atmosphere. The EGR valve remains closed.
● Engine starting
● Engine idling
SEF317U
throttle valve opening and EGRC-BPT valve operation. The vacuum
controls the movement of a taper valve connected to the vacuum
diaphragm in the EGR valve.
SEF783K
EC-872
[VG33E]
EGRC-Solenoid Valve
The EGRC-solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When A
the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the coil in the solenoid valve
is energized. The vacuum signal (from the intake manifold collector
to the EGR valve) passes through the solenoid valve. The signal EC
then reaches the EGR valve.
When the ECM sends an OFF signal, a plunger will then move to cut
the vacuum signal from the intake manifold collector.
C
SEF318UA
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0080C
If the absence of EGR flow is detected by EGR temperature sensor E

under the condition that calls for EGR, a low-flow malfunction is
diagnosed.
F
SEF073P H
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No.
name
DTC detecting condition Possible Cause I
● EGR valve stuck closed
● EGRC-BPT valve
J
● Vacuum hose
EGRC-solenoid ● No EGR flow is detected under condi-
P0400 ● EGRC-solenoid valve
valve circuit close tions that call for EGR.
● EGR passage
K
● EGR temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0080D

L
CAUTION:
M
NOTE:
● P0400 will not be displayed at “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II even though DTC work
support test result is “NG”.
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-873
[VG33E]
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
Confirm COOLAN TEMP/S valve is within the range listed
below.
COOLAN TEMP/S: Less than 40°C (104°F)
If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and
allow the engine temperature to stabilize. Do not attempt to
lower the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other
than ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnos-
tic result.
SEF013Y
3. Start engine and let it idle monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
When the “COOLAN TEMP/S” value reaches 70°C (158°F), immediately go to the next step.
6. Accelerate vehicle to a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) once and
then stop vehicle with engine running.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 9.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to
the following step.
SEF732Y

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions until
“TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approxi-
mately 60 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED 1,600 - 2,400 rpm (A/T)
1,800 - 2,600 rpm (M/T)
B/FUEL SCHDL 6 - 9 msec
THRTL POS SEN X − (X + 0.82) V
Selector lever Suitable position SEF733Y
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from

step 2.
Procedure" .
SEF235Y
Overall Function Check UBS0080E
Use this procedure to check the overall EGR function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WITH GST
EC-874
[VG33E]
2. Check the EGR valve lifting when revving engine from 2,000 to 3,000 rpm quickly under no load using the
following methods. A
EC
D
SEF642Q
EGR valve should lift up and down without sticking.

If NG, go to EC-877, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E
sensor signal) and ground at idle speed.
Less than 4.5V should exist. F
If NG, go to next step.
G
H
SEF182V
5. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector. I

AEC660A
L
7. Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor harness connector terminal 2 and ECM ter-
minal 43. Refer to EC-890, "Wiring Diagram" . M

8. Perform EC-892, "Component Inspection" .
EC-875
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0080F
BBWA0504E
EC-876
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0080G

E
SEC502D
OK or NG
F
G
With CONSULT-II H
3. Check for vacuum existence at idle. I

J
AEC648A
L
4. Select “EGRC SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode
with CONSULT-II and turn the solenoid valve ON.
5. Check for vacuum existence when revving engine from idle up M
to 3,000rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF129Y
EC-877
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
4. Check for vacuum existence when revving engine from idle up
to 3,000 rpm quickly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
AEC648A
NG >> GO TO 5.
4. CHECK EGR VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

2. Check vacuum hose for clogging, cracks or improper connec-
tion.
OK or NG
SEF109L
6. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
2. Turn EGRC-solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” in “ACTIVE TEST”
mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace EGRC-solenoid valve or repair circuit.
SEF129Y
EC-878
[VG33E]
7. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
3. Connect a suitable jumper wire between ECM terminal 103 and ground.
4. Check operating sound of EGRC-solenoid valve when disconnecting and connecting the jumper wire. C
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace EGRC-solenoid valve or repair circuit.
8. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE E

2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the F
Conditions G
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
H
OK or NG
NG >> Repair EGRC-solenoid valve. I

9. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the J
Conditions K
2 L
No supply No Yes
OK or NG
AEC919
M
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair EGRC-solenoid valve.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
EC-879
[VG33E]
>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS0080H
EGR VALVE
1. Apply vacuum to EGR vacuum port with a hand vacuum pump.
2. Check for sticking.
3. If NG, repair or replace EGR valve.
MEF137D
EGRC-BPT VALVE
SEF083P
Removal and Installation UBS0080I
EGR VALVE
EC-880
[VG33E]
DTC P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE FUNCTION PFP:14741
A
Description UBS0080J
EC
SEF864U
G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The EGRC-BPT valve monitors exhaust pressure to activate the diaphragm, controlling intake manifold vac- H
uum applied to the EGR valve. In other words, recirculated exhaust gas is controlled in response to positioning
of the EGR valve or to engine operation.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0080K I
If too much EGR flow exists due to an EGRC-BPT valve malfunction, off idle engine roughness will increase. If
the roughness is large, then the vacuum to the EGR valve is interrupted through the EGRC-solenoid valve. If
the engine roughness is reduced at that time, the EGRC-BPT valve malfunction is indicated. J
● EGRC-BPT valve
K
● EGR valve
● Blocked rubber tube
● The EGRC-BPT valve does not L
P0402 ECRC-BPT VALVE FUNCTION ● Camshaft position sensor
operate properly.
● Blocked exhaust system
● Orifice
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0080L
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-881
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EGRC-BPT VLV P0402” of
“EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
SEF930VA
SEF718Z

played on the CONSULT-II screen and the bar chart may
increase. Maintain the conditions many times until “COM-
PLETED” appears.
Vehicle speed 30 - 60 km/h (19 - 37 MPH) (A/T)
30 - 100 km/h (19 - 62 MPH) (M/T)
SEF719Z
THRTL POS SEN X – (X + 0.9) V
NOTE:
● The bar chart on CONSULT-II screen indicates the status
of this test. However, the test may be finished before the
bar chart becomes full scale.
● If the bar chart indication does not continue to progress,
completely release accelerator pedal once and try to
meet the conditions again.
● If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen,
retry from step 2.
9. If CONSULT-II instructs to carry out Overall Function Check, go LEC038A
to next step. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-884, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
EC-882
[VG33E]
11. Raise engine speed to 2,000 to 2,800 rpm under no-load and
hold it. Then touch “NEXT” on CONSULT-II screen. A
EC
PEF034W
D
2,800 rpm.
Vacuum should be 0 to −20 kPa (0 to −150 mmHg, 0 to −5.91 E
inHg).
If OK, touch “YES” on the CONSULT-II screen.
F
13. Check the rubber tube between intake manifold collector,
EGRC-solenoid valve, EGR valve and EGRC-BPT valve for
cracks, blockages or twisting.
If NG, repair or replace. G
If OK, touch “YES” on the CONSULT-II screen. PEF035W
Overall Function Check UBS0080M

H
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGRC-BPT valve. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
WITH GST I
2. Lift up vehicle. J
3. Start engine and shift to D (A/T), 1st (M/T) position.
2,800 rpm. K
Vacuum should be 0 to −20 kPa (0 to −150 mmHg, 0 to −5.91
inHg).
If NG, go to EC-884, "Diagnostic Procedure" . L
SEF930V
5. Check rubber tube between intake manifold collector, EGRC-
solenoid valve, EGR valve and EGRC-BPT valve for misconnection, cracks or blockages. M
EC-883
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0080N
1. CHECK HOSE
Check vacuum hose for clogging and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

Check exhaust system for collapse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK ORIFICE
Check if orifice is installed in vacuum hose between EGRC-BPT valve and EGRC-solenoid valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace vacuum hose.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-884
[VG33E]
5. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A
2. Start engine.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 44, 48 and ground, ECM terminal 49 and ground with DC range. EC
NOTE:
<Terminal 44 or 48 and ground> C

Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V D
Pulse sig-
E
nal
PBIB1424E F
SEF997U SEF998U

G
Pulse sig-
nal I
SEF999U SEF001V
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
K
Refer to EC-721, "Component Inspection" . L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. M
EC-885
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
Conditions
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
SEF129Y
Without CONSULT-II
Conditions
2
No supply No Yes
OK or NG
AEC919
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve.
8. CHECK EGR VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS0080O
EGRC-BPT VALVE
2. Vacuum from the other port and check leakage without applying
any pressure from under EGR-BPT valve.
Leakage should exist.
SEF172P
EC-886
[VG33E]
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR PFP:14710
A
Component Description UBS0080Q
The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the

EGR passageway. When the EGR valve opens, hot exhaust gases EC
temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies a voltage signal
an input signal. As the temperature increases, EGR temperature C
engine system.
It is used only for the on board diagnosis. D
SEF599K
E
<Reference data>
F
°C (°F) V MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094 G
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
(EGR temperature sensor) and ground. H
When EGR system is operating.
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
SEF068XB
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0080R
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause M
An excessively low voltage from the (The EGR temperature sensor circuit is shorted.)
EGR temperature circuit
P0405 EGR temperature sensor is sent to ● EGR temperature sensor
low input
ECM. ● Malfunction of EGR function, EGRC-BPT valve
or EGRC-solenoid valve
An excessively high voltage from the (The EGR temperature sensor circuit is open.)
EGR temperature circuit
P0406 EGR temperature sensor is sent to ● EGR temperature sensor
high input
ECM. ● Malfunction of EGR function, EGRC-BPT valve
or EGRC-solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0080S
Perform PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0405 first. If 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCE-
DURE FOR DTC P0406.
EC-887
[VG33E]
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
3. Verify that engine coolant temperature is less than 50°C
(122°F).
If the engine coolant temperature is above the range, cool
the engine down.
.
SEF174Y
With GST
CAUTION:
With CONSULT-II
If the result is NG, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1402. Refer to EC-1054 .
4. Read “EGR TEMP SEN” at about 1,500 rpm while holding the
EGR valve in full open position by hand.
tle position) and note it. SEF201Y
8. Start engine.
ENG SPEED 1,600 - 2,400 rpm (A/T)
1,800 - 2,600 rpm (M/T)
VHCL SPEED SE Above 70°C (158°F)
COOLAN TENP/S 6 - 9 msec
THRTL POS SEN X − (X + 0.82) V
Overall Function Check UBS0080T
EC-888
[VG33E]
WITH GST A
2. Confirm that EGR valve is not lifting. If NG, perform trouble diag-
nosis for DTC P1402. Refer to EC-1054 . EC
SEF360Q
E
sensor signal) and ground at about 1,500 rpm with EGR valve
lifted up to the full position by hand. F
If OK, perform trouble diagnoses for DTC P0400 and P1400. G
Refer to P0400 EC-872 and P1400 EC-1049 .
SEF362Q
EC-889
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0080U
BBWA0506E
EC-890
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0080V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0418E
E
2. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
AEC660A
J
4. Check voltage between EGR temperature sensor terminal 1 and
Voltage : Approximately 5V K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. L
M
SEF263W
3. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
EC-891
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS0080W

1. Check resistance change and resistance value.
SEF643Q
<Reference data>
EGR temperature °C (°F) Voltage [V] Resistance MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
SEF068XB

Removal and Installation UBS0080X

EC-892
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[VG33E]
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0080Y

sensors 1 and 2. EC
A three way catalyst (Manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
switching frequency will increase. C
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (Manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed. D
SEF484YF
P0420 ● Three way catalyst (Manifold) F
(Bank 1) ● Exhaust tube
● Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not oper- ● Intake air leaks
Catalyst system effi- ate properly.
ciency below threshold
● Fuel injector G
P0430 ● Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity. ● Fuel injector leaks
(Bank 2)
● Spark plug
● Improper ignition timing H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0080Z
NOTE: I
WITH CONSULT-II J
TESTING CONDITION
● Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
K
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no L
load.
5. Open engine hood. M
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step
10.
SEF344Z
EC-893
[VG33E]
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take
SEF345Z

If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-896, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF560X
Overall Function Check UBS00810
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a DTC
CAUTION:
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operation temperature.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminals 50 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal], 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and ground, and ECM terminals
56 [HO2S2 (B1) signal], 57 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground.
PBIB2157E
EC-894
[VG33E]
between ECM terminals 56 and ground, or 57 and ground is A
very less than that of ECM terminals 50 and ground, or 51 and
ground.
EC
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst C
(manifold) does not operate properly. Go to EC-896, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
PBIB1437E
NOTE: D
If the voltage at terminal 50 or 51 does not switch periodically more than 5 times within 10 seconds at step 5,
perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133, P0153 first. (See EC-775, "DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1" .)
E
EC-895
[VG33E]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-896
[VG33E]
5. CHECK INJECTORS A
1. Refer to EC-1138, "Wiring Diagram" .
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 102, 104, 106, 109, 111 EC
and 113 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-1139, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
E
SEF711U

F
3. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition wire. G
6. Check for spark. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. I
SEF282G
K

L
M
Resistance:
1 Approx. 6.5
2 Approx. 10.0
3 Approx. 8.5
4 Approx. 12.5
6 Approx. 11.0
connection or replace the ignition wire with a new one.
OK or NG
OK >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1131, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> Replace.
EC-897
[VG33E]
8. CHECK INJECTOR
OK or NG
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

Trouble is fixed>>INSPECTION END.

Trouble is not fixed>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).
EC-898
[VG33E]
A
System Description UBS00812
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with P0510, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510 first. (See EC-989, EC
"DTC P0510 CLOSED TP SWITCH" .)
H
PBIB1438E
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure I
J
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
K

L
and the circuit
● Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system does not operate prop- nection of rubber tube M
EVAP control system erly, EVAP control system has a leak between ● Blocked rubber tube
P0441
incorrect purge flow intake manifold and EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor.
solenoid valve circuit
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-899
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,400 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 119°C (32 - 246°F)
PBIB0826E

901, "Diagnostic Procedure"
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Headlamp switch ON
SEF906U
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position Any position other than P, N or R
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
EC-900
[VG33E]
A

EC
OK or NG
C
D
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW
With CONSULT-II E
vacuum gauge. F
CONSULT-II. G
H
AEC649A
5. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to adjust “PURG I

PURG VOL CONT/V VACUUM J
100% Should exist
0% Should not exist
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
L
SEF677Y
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW

M
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
vacuum gauge.
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should not exist.
OK or NG AEC649A
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-901
[VG33E]
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.

SEF367U
3. Check that air flows freely.

OK or NG
OK (with CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
OK (without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
SEF368U
EC-902
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
valve opening.
If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step. C
E
SEF985Y
3. Check air passage continuity. F

Condition Air passage continuity between A
PURG VOL CONT/V value and B
100% Yes G
0% No
If NG, replace the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid H
valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. I
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid SEF660U
valve.
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE J
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity. K

Condition
and B
L
Yes
No supply No
M
If NG, replace the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. SEF661U
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it.
EC-903
[VG33E]
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
AEC651A
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION

Refer to EC-932, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" or EC-938, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

With CONSULT-II
Air passage continuity between
Condition VENT CONTROL/V
A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, clean valve using
BBIA0309E
air blower or replace as necessary.
If portion B is rusted, replace control valve.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
OK or NG
EC-904
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
5. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW”.
Measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions CLSD THL/P SW D
E
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch.
F
Ignitions timing
G
Base idle speed
H
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
M/T: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) I
Target idle speed
tion switch. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace throttle position switch with throttle position sensor. K
EC-905
[VG33E]
13. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Without CONSULT-II
nals 4 and 5.
Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle
position switch installed in vehicle.
Partially open or completely closed No

Check the following items. Refer to EC-640, "Basic Inspection" . BBIA0423E
Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
tion switch.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace throttle position switch with throttle position sensor.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace it.

>> GO TO 16.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-906
[VG33E]
A
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1079, EC
"DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE" .)
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions. C
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the D
E
PBIB1438E
EC-907
[VG33E]
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
control valve.
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control sys-
EVAP control system EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP tem pressure sensor
P0442 small leak detected control system does not operate prop- ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
(negative pressure) erly.
missing or damaged
● water separator
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-
1079, "DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE" .)
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full, and vehicle is
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-908
[VG33E]
CONSULT-II. A
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F) EC
SEF475Y
D
5. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed. E
H
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to I
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-910, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J
NOTE:
purge volume control solenoid valve properly. K
LEC048A
WITH GST M
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle.
6. Start engine.
8. Stop vehicle.
EC-909
[VG33E]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Refer to EC-1165, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-910
[VG33E]
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP A
EC
D
AEC649A
SEF916U
H
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
I
J
EC-911
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
Refer to EC-1163, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAW-
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-912
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
C
EVAP service port adapter. D
NOTE:
2 E
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm , 0.6 psi) of pres-
sure in the system.
AEC632A
F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
SEF200U
J
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. K
A , and then C plugged. L
NOTE:
● Do not disassemble water separator. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB1032E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-913
[VG33E]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.
SEF677Y
EC-914
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.
E
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 16.
G
With CONSULT-II H
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the I
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. J
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF677Y
EC-915
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
AEC652A
Condition PURG VOL CONT/V value Air passage continuity between A or B

100% Yes
0% No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
AEC652A
Condition Air passage continuity between A or B

12V direct supply between terminals 1
Yes
and 2
No supply No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EC-916
[VG33E]
18. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 1 and 4 by heating with hot water or heat gun as EC
C
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor. AEC052B
E
1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
F
4. Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure. G
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum Voltage V
H
-26.7 kpa (-200 mmHg, -7.87 inHg) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION: I

or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure. J
OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. K

L
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.

.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
EC-917
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-918
VALVE
[VG33E]
VALVE PFP:14920 A
Description UBS0081A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
ECM func-
tion
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed C
Ignition switch Start signal D
EVAP can-
Throttle position sensor Throttle position ister purge EVAP canister purge volume
flow con- control solenoid valve
trol E
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank F
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP G
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor H
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ I
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, J
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
L
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0081B
Specification data are reference values. M

● Air conditioner switch OFF
PURG VOL C/V
● No load
EC-919
VALVE
[VG33E]
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
An excessively low voltage signal is sent shorted.)
to ECM through the valve
open ● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
shorted
solenoid valve
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-920
VALVE
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0081E
EC
BBWA1085E
EC-921
VALVE
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EVAP canister purge SEF994U

(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
SEF995U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC-922
VALVE
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0081F
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR- A
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
E
AEC652A
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control F

solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
SEF646W
I

J
● Harness connectors M65, E43 K
L
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR- M
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-923
VALVE
[VG33E]

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
SEF677Y

With CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity under the following conditions.
PURG VOL CONT/V value between A and B
100% Yes
0% No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
valve.
SEF661U
EC-924
VALVE
[VG33E]
EC-925
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS0081H
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
opened.
SEF032W
SEF143S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0081I

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0081J
EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
P0447
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0081K
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-926
[VG33E]
3. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds. A
.
EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
E
EC-927
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0081L
BBWA1118E
EC-928
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE C
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0081M
D
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No E
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
F
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-II screen. H
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
J
SEF989Y
K
EC-929
[VG33E]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
SEF143S

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF648W

● 10A fuse
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-930
[VG33E]
C
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE D
With CONSULT-II
E
Condition Air passage continuity between F
VENT CONTROL/V A and B
ON No
OFF Yes G

H
SEF013Z
I
Without CONSULT-II
following conditions. J
Condition
between A and B
K
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes
L
BBIA0309E
air blower or replace as necessary. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-931
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS0081N

nosis.
SEF340V
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0081O

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0081P

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0081Q
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-932
[VG33E]
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). A
. EC
SEF194Y
D
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less E
than 4.2V.
4. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. F
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-935, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
G
EC-933
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0081R
BBWA1119E
EC-934
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
42 B/W Sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V C
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed D
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0081S

F
2. Check rubber tube connected to the sensor for clogging, vent,
kink, disconnection or improper connection.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
H
AEC651A

Refer to EC-697, "Ground Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. L
BBIA0418E
3. CHECK CONNECTOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-935
[VG33E]
4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF889U

6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-936
[VG33E]
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
2. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. D
NG >> GO TO 9.

E
● Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
G
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR H
2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor. I
4. Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground. J

Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 K
−26.7 kpa (−200 mmHg, −7.87 inHg) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. L
● Do not apply below −93.3 kPa (−700 mmHg, −27.56 inHg) or
over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure.
OK or NG PBIB1426E
M
OK >> GO TO 14.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-937
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS0081U

nosis.
SEF340V
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0081V

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0081W
EVAP control system ● EVAP canister vent control valve
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0453 pressure sensor high
sent to ECM. ● EVAP canister
input
● Water separator
● Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0081X
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-938
[VG33E]
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). A
. EC
SEF194Y
D
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less E
than 4.2V.
4. Wait at least 10 seconds. F
G
EC-939
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0081Y
BBWA1119E
EC-940
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
42 B/W Sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V C
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed D
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0081Z

F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
H
AEC651A

Refer to EC-697, "Ground Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. L
BBIA0418E
3. CHECK CONNECTOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-941
[VG33E]
4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF889U

SHORT
43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-942
[VG33E]
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
2. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. D
NG >> GO TO 9.

E
G
H
EC-943
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
Condition Air passage continuity between
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

BBIA0309E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

CAUTION:
OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 12.
EC-944
[VG33E]
12. CHECK RUBBER TUBE A
Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. EC
NG >> Clean, repair or replace rubber tube.
13. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR C

D
A , and then C plugged. E
NOTE:
● Do not disassemble water separator. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace water separator. G
PBIB1032E
H
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister. I
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 15.
No >> GO TO 17. J
L
SEF596U

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.

EC-945
[VG33E]
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-946
[VG33E]
A
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1079, "DTC EC
P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE" .)
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
PBIB1438E
I
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close. J
● Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. K
● Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve. L
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
M
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
EVAP control system has a very large leak
EVAP control system ● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
P0455 such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control sys-
gross leak detected
tem does not operate properly. ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
control system pressure sensor
● EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
solenoid valve and the circuit
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
EC-947
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filter cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1079
.)
properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
SEF475Y
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
EC-948
[VG33E]
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with A
is displayed, refer to EC-949, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0442 is displayed, perform EC-910, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
LEC048A
D
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-623, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle. E
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle. F
● If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
● If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK. G
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving. H
7. Drive vehicle again according to EC-623, "Driving Pattern" .
8. Stop vehicle.
I
● If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-949, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● If P0442 or P1442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-910, "Diagnostic Procedure" or EC-1063, "Diag- J
nostic Procedure" .
● If P0442, P0455 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step. K
● If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
● If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6. L
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U
EC-949
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
Refer to EC-1742, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-950
[VG33E]
8. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP A
EC
D
AEC649A
NOTE: E
F
G
H
SEF916U
9. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK I
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the K
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. L
sure in the system.
M
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
SEF200U
EC-951
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- AEC632A
sure in the system.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF200U
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
SEF677Y
EC-952
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13. E
OK or NG
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
valve opening.
J
If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step.
L
SEF985Y
3. Check air passage continuity. M

100% Yes
0% No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
valve.
SEF660U
EC-953
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
Yes
No supply No
SEF661U
AEC652A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit terminals 1 and 4 by heating with hot water or heat gun
as shown in the figure.
Temperature °C Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.78 - 0.90
PBIB1465E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
EC-954
[VG33E]
tem pressure sensor as shown in figure. C
D
AEC651A
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground. E

F
−26.7 kpa (−200 mmHg, −7.87 inHg) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. G
OK or NG PBIB1426E H
OK >> GO TO 18.
I
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1168, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" J
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19. K
19. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 20.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-955
[VG33E]
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
PBIB1438E
EC-956
[VG33E]
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
D
E
tem pressure sensor
Evaporative emission ● EVAP system has a very small leak.
control system very ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
P0456 ● EVAP system does not operate prop-
small leak (negative ● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
pressure check) erly. F
ing or damaged
● Water separator
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve J
CAUTION:
L
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure. M
NOTE:
● If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456 or
P1456.
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-957
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
start from step 1).
5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0837E

NOTE:
properly.
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a
CAUTION:
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser-
vice port.
isfied. SEF462UA
EC-958
[VG33E]
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped: A
NOTE: EC
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN C

2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. E
SEF915U G

H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. I
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-959
[VG33E]
AEC649A
NOTE:
SEF916U

With CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-960
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
NOTE:
2 E
sure in the system.
AEC632A
F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
SEF200U
J
NOTE:
Do not disassemble water separator. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB1032E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-961
[VG33E]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
SEF677Y
EC-962
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15. E
OK or NG
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
valve opening.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
K
L
SEF985Y
EC-963
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
AEC652A
Condition
PURG VOL CONT/V
between A and B
value
100% Yes
0% No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
AEC652A

Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
EC-964
[VG33E]
4 by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure. EC

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 C
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19. D
PBIB1465E
E
F
H
CAUTION: I

OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 20.

L
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.

.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
EC-965
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-966
[VG33E]
A
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc- F
tion is detected.
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal ● Harness or connectors G

noise
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0082A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
WITH CONSULT-II
K
.
L
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-967
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0082B
BBWA1120E
EC-968
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0 - 4.8V C
level.

66 B Approximately 0V D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0082C

E
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit harness connector. F
ground with CONSULT-II or a tester. G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
I
PBIB1466E
J
L
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-969
[VG33E]
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and fuel level sensor unit terminal 2, ECM terminal
66 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS0082D
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-970
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS0082E
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0082F
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.

This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has F
been driven.
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does G
P0461
H
Overall Function Check UBS0082G
I
WARNING:
"FUEL TANK" . J
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II K
NOTE:
L
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-611, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . M
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds then turn ON.
SULT-II.
II.
10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SEN” output voltage and note it.
If NG, check the fuel level sensor, refer to DI-17, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-971
[VG33E]
WITH GST
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
sor signal) and ground.
it.
If NG, check component of fuel level sensor, refer to DI-17,

"FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-972
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS0082H
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0082I
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage is sent from the G
high input sensor is sent to ECM. H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0082J
NOTE: I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II K
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. L
.
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-973
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0082K
BBWA1121E
EC-974
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
level.

Diagnostic Procedure UBS0082L
E
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
I
PBIB1466E
J
L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-975
[VG33E]
4. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and fuel level sensor unit terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS0082M
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-976
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS0082N

a pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the EC
AEC110
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0082O
F
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM shorted.)
● Vehicle speed sensor G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0082P
CAUTION: H
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. K
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. L
M
onds.
END SPEED 1,700 - 6,000 rpm (A/T) SEF196Y
2,000 - 6,000 rpm (M/T)

B/FUEL SCHDL 4.5 - 31.8 msec (A/T)
6.3 - 31.8 msec (M/T)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
Overall Function Check UBS0082Q
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
EC-977
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33E]
WITH GST
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
EC-978
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0082R
EC
BBWA1090E
EC-979
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
2 - 3V
[Engine is running]
● In 2nd gear position
SEF996U
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0082S
1. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

3. CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> Check combination meter and vehicle speed sensor. Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
EC-980
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33E]
EC-981
[VG33E]
Description UBS0082U
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Park/neutral position Idle air
IACV-AAC valve
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation control

Ambient air temperature switch Ambient air temperature
engine load (air conditioner and power steering).
IACV-AAC Valve
The IACV-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM.
The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will flow
through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
SEF040E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0082V

IACV-AAC/V
● No load
EC-982
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0082W
A
Idle speed control sys- The IACV-AAC valve does not operate
A) (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open) EC
tem circuit properly
● IACV-AAC valve
Idle speed control sys- ● Harness or connectors

The IACV-AAC valve does not operate (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open)
P0505 B) tem RPM lower than C
properly
expected ● IACV-AAC valve

C) tem RPM higher than D
properly
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0082X

E
NOTE:
F
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If 1st trip DTC cannot confirmed, perform PRO-
CEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A G
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON. H
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. I
. J
SEF058Y
L
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. M
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-II
EC-983
[VG33E]
.
SEF174Y
With GST
EC-984
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0082Y
EC
BBWA1091E
EC-985
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
8 - 11V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF005V
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
SEF692W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0082Z
1. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Stop engine.
BBIA0427E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF651W
EC-986
[VG33E]
● Harness connectors F37, F101 EC
● 10A fuse
C
3. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. H

Check the following. I
● Harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and ECM
J
K
1. Remove IACV-AAC valve.
– Check IACV-AAC valve resistance. L
Resistance: Approximately 10Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]

– Check plunger for seizing or sticking. M
– Check for broken spring.
2. Supply battery voltage between IACV-AAC valve connector ter-
minals.
Plunger should move.
OK or NG

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-987
[VG33E]
Removal and Installation UBS00830
IACV-AAC VALVE
EC-988
DTC P0510 CLOSED TP SWITCH
[VG33E]
DTC P0510 CLOSED TP SWITCH PFP:22620
A
Component Description UBS0083F

switch are built into the throttle position sensor unit. The wide open EC
uses this signal to open or close the EVAP canister purge volume C
control solenoid valve when the throttle position sensor is malfunc-
tioning.
D
SEF505V
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0083G

● Engine: After warming up, idle the Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL/P SW
engine Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0083H
Battery voltage from the closed throttle (The closed throttle position switch circuit is
Closed throttle position open or shorted)
switch I
throttle valve opened ● Closed throttle position switch
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0083I J

CAUTION:
NOTE: K
L
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then start engine. M
3. Select “CLSD THL/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check the signal under the following conditions.

SEF197Y
EC-989
[VG33E]
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will
Driving location help maintain the driving conditions required for
this test.
SEF198Y

.
Overall Function Check UBS0083J
WITH GST
tions.
At idle : Battery voltage
At 2,000 rpm : Approximately 0V
SEF872U
EC-990
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0083K
EC
BBWA0490E
EC-991
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
28 BR/W
(Closed position)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0083L
1. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

AEC653A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF715U

● Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM
EC-992
[VG33E]
3. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 28 and throttle position switch terminal 4. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND ENGINE IDLE SPEED E

Items Specifications F
Ignitions timing
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) G
Base idle speed
Target idle speed
A/T: 750 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) H
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6. I

J
With CONSULT-II
5. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW”. L
M
Partially open or completely closed OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-993
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
4. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5.
Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 7.
BBIA0423E
7. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH

Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle position
switch.
OK or NG
EC-994
[VG33E]
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine (ignition switch OFF).
5. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN”.
D
Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. F
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR G
Without CONSULT-II
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sensor signal) and ground. I
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.
J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. L

M
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-995
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE
[VG33E]
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
System Description UBS00CVV
These circuit lines are used to control the smooth shifting up and down of A/T during the hard acceleration/
deceleration.
Voltage signals are exchanged between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00CVW
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

ECM receives incorrect voltage from ● Harness or connectors
A/T control serial com-
P0600* TCM (Transmission Control Module) con- [The circuit between ECM and TCM (Trans-
munication link
tinuously. mission Control Module) is open or shorted.]
*: This DTC can be detected only by “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” with CONSULT-II.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00CVX
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine, and rev engine more than 1,000 rpm once, then let
it idle for more than 40 seconds.
4. If DTC 1st trip is detected, go to EC-1000, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-996
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00CVY
WITHOUT VDC A
EC
BBWA1092E
EC-997
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EC-998
[VG33E]
WITH VDC
A
EC
BBWA1329E
EC-999
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00CVZ
WITHOUT VDC
1. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and TCM (Transmission
Control Module) harness connector.
LEC106A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 26 and TCM

terminal 5, ECM terminal 27 and TCM terminal 6, ECM terminal
35 and TCM terminal 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
AEC655A

● Harness for open or short between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module)
3. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 26 and ground, ECM terminal 27 and ground, ECM ter-
minal 35 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1000
[VG33E]
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness. EC

C
>> INSPECTION END. D

WITH VDC
1. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN E
F
LEC106A
I
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
terminal 33. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors. L
AEC655A
2. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL FOR SHORT M

Refer ro Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1001
DTC P0605 ECM
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS0083S

input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the engine.
SEC220B
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0083T
P0605 Engine control module ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ● ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0083U
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1003, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1002
DTC P0605 ECM
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0083V
With CONSULT-II
EC
3. Touch “ERASE”. C
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? D
With GST
2. Select MODE 4 with GST. E
See EC-1002, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . F
Yes or No
G
Yes >> Replace ECM.
No >> INSPECTION END.
H
EC-1003
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS0083W
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0083X

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
EC-1004
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33E]
(Bank 1) ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
The maximum and minimum voltage from the
1 lean shift monitoring
sensor are not reached to the specified volt- ● Fuel pressure EC
P1163 ages. ● Fuel injector
(Bank 2)
C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. D
NOTE:
E
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. F
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds. G
CONSULT-II. H
I
NOTE:
J
LEC072A
K
take approximately 50 seconds or more.) L
EGN SPEED 1,200 - 3,150 rpm

Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH) M
step 2.
Procedure" .
LEC055A
EC-1005
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33E]
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal 1] and
ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
SEF919UA

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1006
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
H
I
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-817, "DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL
No >> GO TO 4.
L
1. Stop engine. M
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust sys- SEF935X
tem threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-

43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
EC-1007
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
PBIB2025E

onds.
SEF647Y
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1008
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
ground.
C
D
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
CAUTION: PBIB2157E
F
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
G
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I

For circuit, refer toEC-790, "Wiring Diagram" . J
>> INSPECTION END.

K
L
EC-1009
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1 PFP:22690
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00844

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
SEF299U
Heated oxygen sensor The maximum and minimum voltages from the
P1164 1 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. ● Fuel pressure
EC-1010
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
C
WITH CONSULT-II D
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P1144/ E
CONSULT-II.
4. Touch “START”. F
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 2,800 rpm after this step. If G
H
LEC074A

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con- I
J
Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.8 - 11.0 msec K

L
step 2.
Procedure" . M
LEC058A
WITH GST
EC-1011
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
SEF919UA

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

>> GO TO 3.
EC-1012
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
H
I
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 4.
L
4. CHECK HO2S 1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1013
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals 3 and 1.
Check continuity between HO2S1 terminals 2 and 1, 3 and 2.
CAUTION:
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system SEF935X
OK or NG
EC-1014
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
C
F
PBIB2025E

G
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below. H
I
SEF647Y
J
M
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-1015
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
– The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 more.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

For circuit, refer to EC-790, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END.


EC-1016
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS0084A

tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0084B

between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for rpm quickly G
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) under no load.

H
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the I
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is
sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. J
SEF972Z
L
(Bank 1) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) M
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
2 minimum voltage
P1166 reached to the specified voltage.
monitoring ● Fuel pressure
(Bank 2)
● Fuel injector
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1017
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CONSULT-II.
PBIB0818E

a. Stop engine and cool down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates less than 70°C (158°F).
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
d. Start engine.
e. Return to step 6 again when the “COOLAN TEMP/S” reaches to 70°C (158°F).
Overall Function Check UBS0084E
CAUTION:
WITH GST
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
essary.
procedure.
EC-1018
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0084F
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-1019
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
(bank 1)
under no load
EC-1020
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-1021
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 2)
under no load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0084G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1022
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
H
I
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 3.
L
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. M
ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0181E
nectors.
EC-1023
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 (rear) terminal as follows.

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1146 56 1 Bank 1
P1166 57 1 Bank 2

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1146 56 1 Bank 1
P1166 57 1 Bank 2

OK or NG
EC-1024
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. D
SEF662Y
G
SEF989RD
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.62V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. K
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 L
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1025
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.
procedure.
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS0084H

EC-1026
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS0084I

tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0084J

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0084K

H
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel- J
cut.
SEF303UB
L
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1167 maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. ● Fuel pressure
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0084L
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1027
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CONSULT-II.
PBIB0819E

d. Start engine.
Overall Function Check UBS0084M
CAUTION:
WITH GST
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
essary.
The voltage should be above 0.62V at least once during this SEF922UA
procedure.
EC-1028
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0084N
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-1029
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 1)
under no load
EC-1030
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-1031
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 2)
under no load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0084O

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1032
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
H
I
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 3.
L
ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0181E
nectors.
EC-1033
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1147 56 1 Bank 1
P1167 57 1 Bank 2

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1147 56 1 Bank 1
P1167 57 1 Bank 2

OK or NG
EC-1034
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
SEF662Y
G
SEF989RD
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1035
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.
procedure.
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS0084P

EC-1036
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[VG33E]
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL PFP:22690
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0084Q

EC
The closed loop control function for bank 1
P1148
does not operate even when vehicle is driving ● The heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is
(Bank 1) C
Closed loop control in the specified condition. open or shorted.
function The closed loop control function for bank 2 ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1168
does not operate even when vehicle is driving ● Heated oxygen sensor heater
(Bank 2)
in the specified condition. D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0084R
CAUTION: E
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
G
WITH CONSULT-II H
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check one of the following. I
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If the check result is NG, perform EC-1038, "Diagnostic Proce- J
dure" .
If the check result is OK, perform the following step.
4. Let engine idle at least 5 minutes. K
onds.
SEF967Y
L
ENG SPEED 1,600 rpm or more
Selector lever Suitable position M
During this test, P0134 and/or P0154 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
Overall Function Check UBS0084S
be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC-1037
[VG33E]
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0084T
Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-781, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-1038
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
[VG33E]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT) PFP:00021
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0084U
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction EC
is indicated.
● Cooling fan does not operate properly
(Overheat). ● Radiator hose
● Radiator D
Engine over tempera- erly (Overheat). ● Radiator cap
P1217
ture (Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the sys- ● Water pump
tem using the proper filling method.
● Thermostat
E
● Engine coolant is not within the specified
For more information, refer to EC-1041,
range.
F
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated be sure to replace the coolant, follow the procedure in MA-26,
"Changing Engine Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-30, "Changing Engine Oil" .
G
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring
coolant by kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-
FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE RATIO"
H
Overall Function Check UBS0084V
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con- I
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres- J
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. K
WITH CONSULT-II
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. L
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1040,
M
3. Start engine.
SEF621W
WITH GST
EC-1039
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0084W

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
DRIVEN)" .

CAUTION:
Testing pressure2 : 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm, 23
psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the following for leak
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump SLC754A

pressure.
pressure cm 2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT
Valve opening temperature : 82°C (180°F) [standard]
(0.39 in/203°F)
perature.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. SLC343
NG >> Replace thermostat
EC-1040
[VG33E]
<Reference data> EC
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
C
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
D
PBIB2005E
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. F
H
SEF012P
6. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES I

J
>> INSPECTION END.
Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS0084X
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page K

L
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-12 . M
ator filler neck
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan (crank- ● Visual Operating See CO-31 .

shaft driven)
EC-1041
[VG33E]

gauge when driving
tor
gauge mum distortion (warping)
EC-1042
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS0084Y

change.
changes.
SEF804Z
E
H
BBIA0182E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0084Z

I
● Harness or connectors J
Crankshaft position (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
A chipping of the flywheel or drive plate gear
P1336 sensor (OBD) range/
tooth (cog) is detected by the ECM. ● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
performance
● Drive plate/Flywheel
K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
WITH CONSULT-II
M
CONSULT-II.
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1043
[VG33E]
BBWA0481E
EC-1044
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
1 - 2V D
● Idle speed E
NOTE:
idle F
SEF690W
Crankshaft position
47 L
sensor (OBD) 3 - 4V
(AC range) G
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm H
SEF691W
I
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00852 J

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 2.
M
BBIA0418E
EC-1045
[VG33E]
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
connectors.
2. Check continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CKP sensor
(OBD) terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0182E

1. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-1046
[VG33E]
C
8. CHECK IMPROPER INSTALLATION

D
1. Loosen and retighten the fixing bolt of the crankshaft position sensor (OBD).
2. Perform EC-1043, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Is a 1st trip DTC P1336 detected? E
Yes >> GO TO 9.
F
G
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping. H
SEF960N K

Resistance: Approximately 512 - 632Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. M
SEF504V

Visually check for chipping flywheel or drive plate gear tooth (cog).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace the flywheel or drive plate.
EC-1047
[VG33E]
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1048
[VG33E]
DTC P1400 EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14956
A
The EGRC-solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal,
the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. The vacuum signal (from the intake manifold collector) passes EC
through the solenoid valve. The signal then reaches the EGR valve.
When the ECM sends an OFF signal, a plunger will then move to cut the vacuum signal from the intake mani-
fold collector to the EGR valve.
C

D
EGRC SOL/V Rev engine up from idle to 3,000
E
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
rpm quickly.
● No load

F
● Harness or connectors G
● The improper voltage signal is sent (The EGRC-solenoid valve circuit is open or
P1400 EGRC-solenoid valve to ECM through EGRC-solenoid shorted.)
valve.
H
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
J
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive sec- K
onds.
ENG SPEED Less than 3,200 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL Less than 13 msec L
VHCL SPEED SE Suitable speed
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1051, "Diagnostic Proce- M
dure" .
SEF201Y
WITH GST
EC-1049
[VG33E]
BBWA0505E
EC-1050
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] D
● Lift up the vehicle 0 - 1V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) E
● Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0085A

F
With CONSULT-II G
mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound. H
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and rev engine up to 3,000 rpm quickly.
2. When disconnecting and reconnecting the EGRC-solenoid valve I
harness connector, make sure that the EGRC-solenoid valve
makes operating sound. (The DTC or the 1st trip DTC for the
EGRC-solenoid valve will be displayed, however, ignore it.) J
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6. SEF722Z
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7. K
NG >> GO TO 2
EC-1051
[VG33E]
2. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect EGRC-solenoid valve harness connector.
AEC659A
4. Check voltage between EGRC-solenoid valve terminal 1 and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF193Z

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between EGRC-solenoid valve and fuse
4. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 103 and EGRC-solenoid valve terminal 1.
OK or NG
EC-1052
[VG33E]
5. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE A
following conditions. EC

Conditions
C
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
OK or NG D

E
following conditions. F

Conditions
G
2
H
No supply No Yes
OK or NG
AEC919
OK >> GO TO 7. I

EC-1053
[VG33E]
Description UBS0085B
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
EGR con-
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature EGRC-solenoid valve
trol
detects any of the following conditions, current through the solenoid valve is cut. This causes the vacuum to
be cut. The EGR valve remains closed.
● Engine starting
● Engine idling
SEF317U
throttle valve opening and EGRC-BPT valve operation. The vacuum
controls the movement of a taper valve connected to the vacuum
diaphragm in the EGR valve.
SEF783K
EC-1054
[VG33E]
EGRC-solenoid Valve
The EGRC-solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When A
the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the coil in the solenoid valve
is energized. Vacuum signal (from the intake manifold collector)
passes through the solenoid valve. The signal then reaches the EGR EC
valve.
When the ECM sends an OFF signal, a plunger will then move to cut
the vacuum signal from the intake manifold collector to the EGR
valve. C
SEF318UA
D
If EGR temperature sensor detects EGR flow under the condition E

that does not call for EGR, a high-flow malfunction is diagnosed.
NOTE:
Diagnosis for this DTC will occur when engine coolant temperature F
is approx. 50 to 60°C (122 to 140°F). Therefore, it will be better to
turn ignition switch “ON” (Start engine) at the engine coolant temper-
ature below 40°C (104°F) when starting DTC confirmation proce-
dure. G
SEF073P H
I
EGRC-solenoid valve cir- ● EGR flow is detected under conditions that ● EGR valve leaking or stuck open
P1402
cuit open do not call for EGR. ● EGR temperature sensor J
● EGRC-BPT valve

K
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: L
● Engine coolant temperature and EGR temperature must be
verified in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II before
starting “DTC WORK SUPPORT” test. If it is out of range M
below, the test cannot be conducted.
COOLAN TEMP/S: −10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)*
EGR TEMP SEN: Less than 4.8V
If the values are out of the ranges indicated above, park
the vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature
to stabilize. Do not attempt to reduce the engine coolant or
EGR temperature with a fan or means other than ambient
air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.
SEF202Y
*: Although CONSULT-II screen displays −10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)
as a range of engine coolant temperature, ignore it.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn ignition switch ON.
EC-1055
[VG33E]
2. Select “EGR SYSTEM P1402” of “EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC
PEF803W
3. Touch “START”. Follow instruction of CONSULT-II.
SEF203Y
4. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II

screen is turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take 60 seconds or
more.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, turn ignition
OFF and cool the engine coolant temperature to the range
of −10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F). Retry from step 1.
SEF204Y
SEF236Y
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select MODE 1 with GST.
2. Check that engine coolant temperature is within the range of −10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F).
3. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 63 (EGR temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than
4.8V.
5. Stop engine.
6. Perform from step 1 to 4.
EC-1056
[VG33E]
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1059, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A
EC
EC-1057
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0085E
BBWA0504E
EC-1058
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0085F
1. CHECK VACUUM HOSE A
Check vacuum hose for clogging, cracks or improper connection.

OK or NG EC
NG >> Repair or replace vacuum hose. C
SEF109L
E
2. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II F
mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. H
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF716Z
J
3. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
Without CONSULT-II K
2. Disconnect EGRC-solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check operating sound of the solenoid valve when disconnecting and reconnecting EGRC-solenoid valve
harness connector. (The DTC or the 1st trip DTC for the EGRC-solenoid valve will be displayed, however,
ignore it.) M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuse and EGRC-solenoid valve
● Harness for open or short between ECM and EGRC-solenoid valve
EC-1059
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
Conditions
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
OK or NG

Without CONSULT-II
Conditions
2
No supply No Yes
OK or NG
AEC919
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK EGR VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1060
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS0085G
EGR VALVE C
1. Apply vacuum to EGR vacuum port with a hand vacuum pump.
D
2. Check for sticking.
3. If NG, repair or replace EGR valve.
E
F
MEF137D
EGRC-BPT VALVE
1. Plug one of two ports of EGRC-BPT valve. G
from under EGRC-BPT valve. H
SEF083P
J
EC-1061
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0085H
NOTE:
If DTC P1442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1079,
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank.
PBIB1438E
EC-1062
[VG33E]
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to EC
close.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold C
solenoid valve.
vent control valve. D
● EVAP canister
leaks E
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
EVAP control system control system pressure sensor F
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control
P1442 small leak detected ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
system does not operate properly.
(positive pressure)
circuit
G
solenoid valve
H
● Water separator
● EVAP canister is saturated with water I
J
purge volume control solenoid valve K
CAUTION:
L
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0085I

Diagnostic Procedure UBS0085J
EC-1063
[VG33E]
PFP:14920
Description UBS0085K
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
EVAP can-
trol
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0085L

PURG VOL C/V
● No load
EC-1064
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0085M
A
● EVAP canister purge volume control EC
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge
P1444 volume control solenoid ● EVAP canister vent control valve C
completely closed.
● Hoses
clogged.)
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0085N
NOTE: E
WITH CONSULT-II
H
4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
I
L
PBIB1460E
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take for
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. M
WITH GST
EC-1065
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0085O
BBWA1085E
EC-1066
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off) D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
G
valve BATTERY VOLTAGE H
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
I
J
SEF995U

72 B/P (11 - 14V) K
L
EC-1067
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0085P
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
harness connector.
AEC652A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF646W

● Harness connectors F65, E43
● Harness connectors F36, E81
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1068
[VG33E]
● Harness connectors M81, F36 EC
C

D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. E
NG >> Repair it.
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR F

nector.
2. Check connectors for water. G
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 7.
I
AEC651A
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR J
2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor. K
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground. L

Not applied 1.4 - 4.8 M
CAUTION:
OK or NG PBIB1426E
EC-1069
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
SEF985Y
3. Check air passage continuity.

100% Yes
0% No
valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
valve.

Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No

valve.
OK or NG
valve.
EC-1070
[VG33E]
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
valve opening.
If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step. C
E
SEF985Y
3. Check air passage continuity. F

100% Yes G
0% No
If NG, replace the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid H
valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. I
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. SEF660U
11. CHECK RUBBER TUBE J

Check for obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. K
12. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR L

M
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
PBIB1032E
EC-1071
[VG33E]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> GO TO 16.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1072
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS0085R
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative C
opened. D
SEF032W
E
H
SEF143S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0085S I

J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0085T

K
● EVAP control system pressure sensor L
and the circuit
vent control valve M
● Water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0085U
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1073
[VG33E]
3. Start engine.
NOTE:
dure" .
SEF201Y
WITH GST
EC-1074
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0085V
EC
BBWA1118E
EC-1075
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER- WIRE
NO. R
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0085W

2. Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent
control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF143S

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
PBIB1032E
EC-1076
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
VENT CONTROL/V A and B C
ON No
OFF Yes
D
E
SEF013Z
G
Condition
between A and B
terminals 1 and 2
No H
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second. I

BBIA0309E
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K

L
Yes or No M
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 7.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1077
[VG33E]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair it.

nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
AEC651A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1078
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS0085X
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagno- EC
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the C
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative D
opened.
SEF032W E
SEF143S I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0085Y
Specification data are reference values. J

K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
and the circuit M
EVAP canister vent control EVAP canister vent control valve remains ● Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
valve open open under specified driving conditions.
● Water separator
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is less than 3/4 full and vehicle is placed on
flat level surface.
EC-1079
[VG33E]
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
INT/A TEMP SE More than 0°C (32°F)
SEF475Y
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB1461E
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed, go to the following step.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
7. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn “ON”.
9. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” of “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
10. Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately.
11. Make sure the following.
Condition Air passage continuity between A and
VENT CONTROL/V B
ON No
OFF Yes

If the result is OK, go to EC-910, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF013Z
EC-1080
[VG33E]
A
WITH GST EC
3. Verify the following. C
No D
minals 1 and 2
No supply Yes
If the result is NG, go to EC-1083, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E

BBIA0309E F
EC-1081
[VG33E]
BBWA1118E
EC-1082
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
D
2. Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent E
control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
SEF143S
H

I
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. J
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts. K
NOTE:
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
M
PBIB1032E
EC-1083
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

BBIA0309E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

port B .
port A .
of port A .
6. Blow air in port A check that air flows freely out of port C . SEF379Q
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1084
[VG33E]
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 8.
C
SEF596U
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
NG >> GO TO 7.

H
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection I

J
Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it. L
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness con- M
nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
AEC651A

Refer to “ DTC Confirmation Procedure” for DTC P0452 EC-1521 or DTC P0453 EC-1527 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1085
[VG33E]
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1086
[VG33E]
A
control solenoid valve, using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank in the same way as conventional EVAP small EC
leak diagnosis.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK. C
PBIB1438E I
● Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve J
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con- L
trol valve.
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks M
Evaporative emission ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control sys-
● EVAP system has a very small leak. tem pressure sensor
control system very
small leak (positive ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
pressure check) erly.
valve
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged
● Water separator
EC-1087
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442 or P1442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456
or P1456 first.
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
start from step 1).
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0837E

EC-1088
[VG33E]
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to A
properly. EC
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st C
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system. D
E
vice port.
F
5. Connect GST and select MODE 8. G
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are sat- H
isfied. SEF462UA

60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg) I
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST instruction manual. J
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN K

2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. M
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1089
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

AEC649A
NOTE:
SEF916U
EC-1090
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
C
NOTE:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- D

sure in the system.
PEF917U
F
ING" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace. H
I
SEF200U

J
Without CONSULT-II
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The K
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.) L
EVAP service port adapter. M
NOTE:
sure in the system.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-1091
[VG33E]
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB1032E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

EC-1092
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm. D
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
SEF677Y
Without CONSULT-II
G
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. J
NG >> GO TO 15.

OK or NG
M
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF985Y
EC-1093
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
AEC652A

PURG VOL CONT/V value A and B
100% Yes
0% No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
AEC652A

Condition
A and B
12V direct current supply between terminals
Yes
1 and 2
No supply No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
EC-1094
[VG33E]
as shown in the figure. EC

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 C
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
E
PBIB1465E
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 19.
19. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR G
2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor. H
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground. I

Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 J
CAUTION:
K
L
OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 20.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.
EC-1095
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.

.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1096
[VG33E]
A
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E

DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0086A

H
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
J
K
dure" .
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-1097
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0086B
BBWA1122E
EC-1098
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
level.

Diagnostic Procedure UBS0086C

E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H

I
● Harness connectors B101, M67 J
>> Replace open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. K

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. M

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS0086D
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-1099
[VG33E]
Description UBS0086E
the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from
being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and
generally remains closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the
ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is
opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake
manifold vacuum to the fuel tank.
SEF186S
PBIB1438E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0086F

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0086G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0086H
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle
speed.
EC-1100
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
EC
dure" .
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST E
EC-1101
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0086I
BBWA1123E
EC-1102
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0086J
D
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No E
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
F
With CONSULT-II G
2. Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
valve bypass valve.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
J
SEF014Z
K
EC-1103
[VG33E]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALUE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Without CONSULT-II
SEF186S

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF659W

● 10A fuse
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1104
[VG33E]
C
With CONSULT-II
E
H
SEF014Z
following conditions. I
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
J
ON Yes
OFF No
Operation takes less than 1 second. K
PBIB1429E
L
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol- M
lowing conditions.
Yes
No supply No
OK or NG

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1105
[VG33E]
Description UBS0086K
the EVAP canister.
SEF186S
PBIB1438E

EC-1106
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0086M
A
P1491 clogged
clogged
● EVAP canister
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0086N
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 30°C (41 to 86°F).
WITH CONSULT-II I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. J
5. Select “VC CUT/V BP/V P1491” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II. K
PBIB1462E
CMPS·RPM (POS) More than 500 rpm

EC-1107
[VG33E]
Overall Function Check UBS0086O
WITH GST
1. Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve
as an assembly.
port B .
port A .
of port A .
SEF530Q
EC-1108
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0086P
EC
BBWA1123E
EC-1109
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0086Q
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
SEF017Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-1110
[VG33E]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
port B.
C
4. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port
A.
5. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out D
of port A.
7. Supply battery voltage to the terminal. E
9. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A. PBIB0635E
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
G
1. Check EVAP purge line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging or disconnection.
H
3. Check EVAP canister. Refer to EC-1165 .
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG (Step 3)>>Replace EVAP canister. J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. L
EC-1111
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
SEF014Z
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
ON Yes
OFF No
following conditions. PBIB1429E
Without CONSULT-II
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve. PBIB1430E

port B .
port A .
of port A .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1112
[VG33E]
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 9.
C

D
nector.
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
F
AEC651A
G
Refer to “DTC Confirmation Procedure” for DTC P0452 EC-932 or DTC P0453 EC-938 . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1113
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
Condition
VENT CONTROL/V
ON Yes
OFF No
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, clean valve using air BBIA0309E
blower or replace as necessary.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
EC-1114
[VG33E]
12. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE A
Blow air into the hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank. EC
suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage. C
SEF706Z I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace fuel tank. J
EC-1115
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
– Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel level sensor unit retainer.
– Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and
the other side to a fuel container.
the tank.
– Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
– Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF707Z
Without CONSULT-II
– Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer.
the tank.
EC-1116
[VG33E]
A
EC
SEF707Z
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace fuel tank.
H
I
>> INSPECTION END.
J
EC-1117
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE
[VG33E]
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
Component Description UBS00CW0
The malfunction information related to A/T (Automatic Transmission) is transferred through the line (circuit)
from TCM (Transmission control module) to ECM. Therefore, be sure to erase the malfunction information
such as DTC not only in TCM (Transmission control module) but also ECM after the A/T related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00CW1
[The communication line circuit between ECM
A/T diagnosis communi- An incorrect signal from TCM (Transmis- and TCM (Transmission Control Module) is
P1605 open or shorted.]
cation line sion Control Module) is sent to ECM.
● Dead (Weak) battery
● TCM (Transmission Control Module)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00CW2
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF985Y
WITH GST
EC-1118
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00CW3
WITHOUT VDC A
EC
BBWA1095E
EC-1119
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
EC-1120
[VG33E]
WITH VDC
A
EC
BBWA1329E
EC-1121
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
68 W/G A/T signal 0 - 5.0V
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00CW4
WITHOUT VDC
1. CHECK A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
LEC106A

terminal 15. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
AEC655A


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1122
[VG33E]
WITH VDC
1. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN A

LEC106A
E

4. Check harness continuity between ECM termnal 68 and TCM F
terminal 33.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. H
AEC655A
I
2. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL FOR SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 68 and ground. J
2. Also check harness for short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
L
NG >> Repair short to ground or shrot to power in harness or connectors.

M
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1123
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS0086W
When the gear position is P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral

position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON
signal) exists.
For A/T models, the park/neutral position (PNP) switch assembly
also includes a transmission range switch to detect selector lever
position.
AEC877A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0086X

Except above OFF
switch
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
ing conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known good signal
N or P position (A/T)
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above position OFF

If OK, go to following step. SEF212Y
EC-1124
[VG33E]
onds. A
EC
Selector lever Suitable position C
dure" . SEF213Y
D
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 22 and ground under the F
Condition (Gear position) Voltage (V) (Known good data) G
P or N position (A/T)
Approx. 0
Except above position Approx. 5 H
I
SEF877U
EC-1125
[VG33E]
BBWA1096E
EC-1126
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
Park/neutral position ● Shift lever: N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
22 L/B
Approximately 5V
FOR M/T MODELS E

1. CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connec-
tor.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and G
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
I
NG >> GO TO 2.
AEC877A

● Harness for open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and ground K
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. L

3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 22 and PNP switch terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) switch
EC-1127
[VG33E]
5. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch.

>> INSPECTION END.

FOR A/T MODELS
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) relay.
4. Shift selector lever to P or N position.
5. Check voltage between PNP relay terminal 2 and ground with
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF661W
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

tor.
PNP relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0421E
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

2. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1128
[VG33E]
● 7.5A fuse EC
● Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse
C

D
Refer to AT-103, "PNP SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. E
6. CHECK PNP RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F

2. Check harness continuity between PNP relay terminals 1, 6 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG (With vehicle security system)>>GO TO 7 I
NG (Without vehicle security system)>>Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

Check the circuit between PNP relay and ground.
Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 11.
L
8. CHECK PNP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 22 and PNP relay terminal 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
EC-1129
[VG33E]
● Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) relay
10. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) RELAY

1. Apply 12V direct current between park/neutral position (PNP) relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) relay ter-
minals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
12V (1 and 2) applied : Continuity should exist.
No voltage applied : Continuity should not
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) relay.
SEC202B

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1130
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
A

The power transistor switches ON and OFF the ignition coil primary EC
circuit according to the ECM signal. As the primary circuit is turned
ON and OFF, the proper high voltage is induced in the secondary cir-
cuit. The distributor is not repairable except for the distributor cap
and rotor head. C
NOTE:
tributor shaft must be torqued properly. D
: 3.6±0.3 N·m (37±3 kg-cm, 32±3 in-lb)

SEF928V
E
EC-1131
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
BBWA0496E
EC-1132
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0.7V C
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE: D
idle
SEF988U E
1.1 - 1.5V
F
[Engine is running]
G
SEF989U
1. INSPECTION START I
Is engine running?
Yes or No J
No >> GO TO 4. K

L
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine M
speed drop.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF070Y
EC-1133
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal 1 and ground
with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
NOTE:
PBIB1431E
SEF988U
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
AEC656A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF721U

EC-1134
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
6. CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Disconnect power transistor harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between power transistor terminal 2 and ground. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
7. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT E

F
4. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 8 and resistor terminal 1, resistor terminal 2 and
ECM terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
5. Also check for short to ground and short to power.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
I
8. CHECK RESISTOR
Check resistance between resistor terminals 1 and 2. J
Resistance: Approximately 2.2 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF240V M
9. CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and power transistor terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1135
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
Resistance [at 20°C
Terminal
(68°F)]
7 - 8 (Primary coil) Approx. 1.0Ω
7 - 9 (secondary coil) Approx. 10 kΩ
SEF013S
For checking secondary coil, remove distributor cap and mea-

sure resistance between coil tower metal tip 9 and terminal 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
AEC657A

1. Disconnect camshaft position sensor & power transistor harness connector and ignition coil harness con-
nector.
Except 0Ω OK
2 and 8
0Ω NG
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF015S

>> INSPECTION END.

DISTRIBUTOR
EC-1136
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
A
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is EC
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM C
SEF812J
E

INJ PULSE-B1 ● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B2 ● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 3.3 msec G
● No load
H
B/FUEL SCHDL
● No load
I
EC-1137
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
BBWA0497E
EC-1138
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
● Idle speed D
NOTE:
104 W/R Injector No. 3 E
SEF007V
106 W/G Injector No. 5
109 W/L Injector No. 2
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) F
[Engine is running]
G
SEF008V H
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0087A I

1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START. J
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. K
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-1139
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 3.
MEC703B
3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0080E
EC-1140
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
● 10A fuse
C
>> Repair harness or connectors. D

5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 102, 104, 106, 109, 111, 113.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. H

J
● Harness for open or short between ECM and injector
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector. L
Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF625V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1141
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
Removal and Installation UBS0087B
INJECTOR
EC-1142
START SIGNAL
[VG33E]
A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0087C

EC-1143
START SIGNAL
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0087D
BBWA1097E
EC-1144
START SIGNAL
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: START] 9 - 12V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0087E

D
1. INSPECTION START
E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
F
With CONSULT-II G
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions. H
Condition “START SIGNAL”

Ignition switch ON OFF I
Ignition switch START ON
OK or NG
J
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E
K
Without CONSULT-II L
Check voltage between ECM terminal 20 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions.
M
Condition Voltage
Other positions Approx. 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF733U
4. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
EC-1145
START SIGNAL
[VG33E]
5. CHECK FUSE
2. Disconnect 7.5A fuse.
3. Check if 7.5A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and fuse block. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1146
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
A
Description UBS0087F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func- EC
tion
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed Fuel pump
Fuel pump relay
Ignition switch Start signal control C
rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 120° signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the D
engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
fuel pump. E
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 5 seconds
Engine running and cranking Operates
F
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds

Except as shown above Stops G
The fuel pump with a fuel damper is an in-tank type (the pump and
damper are located in the fuel tank). H
SEF018S
K
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0087G

L
● Ignition switch is turned to ON. (Operates for 5 seconds.)
ON
M
EC-1147
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0087H
BBWA1124E
EC-1148
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 1V
ON
11 W/R Fuel pump relay [Engine is running] D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0087I
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION F

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose G
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END. H
NG >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0422E
J
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.
L
SEF349V
4. Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminals 2, 5 and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF674W
EC-1149
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
● 15A fuse
4. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump terminal 2 and
ground, fuel pump terminal 1 and fuel pump relay terminal 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
LEC764

● Harness for open or short between fuel pump and ground
6. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-1150
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
8. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY A
With CONSULT-II
EC
3. Turn fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode
with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.
C
SEF073Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
G
Condition Continuity
Yes
minals 1 and 2
H
No current supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. I
SEF511P
J
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP
K
2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 10.
M
SEC316C

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS0087J
FUEL PUMP
EC-1151
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS0087K

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load.
LEC521

engine
The steering wheel is turned. ON
EC-1152
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0087M
EC
BBWA0500E
EC-1153
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
39 GY/R
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0087N
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
Condition PW/ST SIGNAL
Steering is in neutral position OFF
Steering is turned ON
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0304E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 39 and ground.
Steering is neutral position Approx. 5
Steering is turned to full position Approx. 0
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF739U
EC-1154
[VG33E]
4. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connec-
tor. EC
3. Check harness continuity between power steering oil pressure
switch terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 5.
LEC521
nectors. E
5. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
G
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 6.
I
J
2. Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminals 1 and 2.
Steering wheel is being fully turned Yes K
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 7.
M
SEC312C

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1155
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS0087O
When the air conditioner is on, the IACV-FICD solenoid valve sup-
plies additional air to adjust to the increased load.
LEC515
EC-1156
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS0087P
EC
BBWA1099E
EC-1157
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
0V
[Engine is running]
9 B/Y
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0087Q

3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
M/T: 850 rpm or more (in Neutral position)
A/T: 850 rpm or more (in P or N position)
SEF742U
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refer to MTC-23, "SYMPTOM TABLE" .
EC-1158
[VG33E]
3. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect IACV-FICD solenoid valve harness connector. EC
4. Start engine, then turn air conditioner switch and blower fan
switch ON.
C
E
LEC515
5. Check voltage between IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminal 2

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
SEF680W
I
● Harness connectors M59, E27 K
L
5. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT-I

M
2. Disconnect ambient air temperature switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ambient air temperature switch terminal 1 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
EC-1159
[VG33E]
6. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT-II
1. Check harness continuity between ambient air temperature
switch terminal 2 and IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB1432E

● Diode-5
● Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and ambient air temperature switch

2. Check for clicking sound when applying 12V direct current to ter-
minals.
3. Check plunger for seizing or sticking.
SEF682W
4. Check for broken spring.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF097K

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1160
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[VG33E]
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814
A
Wiring Diagram UBS0087S
EC
BBWA1100E
EC-1161
[VG33E]
Description UBS0087T
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SEF569XA
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EC-1162
[VG33E]
A
EC
BBIA0184E
EC-1163
[VG33E]
AEC886A
EC-1164
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS0087U
EVAP CANISTER A
EC
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B .
D
AEC630A
Tightening Torque E
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly between EVAP can-
F
H
BBIA0343E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing. I
SEF445Y
L

M
Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 ,
2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2 ,
−0.87 to −0.48 psi)
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If
an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come ON SEF943S

Refer to EC-1100 .
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-919 .
Refer to EC-832 .
EC-1165
[VG33E]
EVAP SERVICE PORT
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
SEF462UA
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage UBS0087V
CAUTION:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
● Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
MODE” with CONSULT-II.
PEF838U

7. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
PEF917U
EC-1166
[VG33E]
ORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . A
EC
SEF200U
D
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
vice port.
E
2. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
SEF462UA
H
I
0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
J
pump.
ORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . K
AEC632A
EC-1167
[VG33E]
System Description UBS0087W
SEF206VA
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP can-
during driving.
WARNING:
● Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
CAUTION:
EC-1168
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0087X
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG. A

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
D
E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
F
SEF596U
H
Replace EVAP canister with a new one. I
>> GO TO 4.
J
K
4. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with L
NOTE: M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
PBIB1032E

EC-1169
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
the tank.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1170
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
the tank. D
– Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit. E
– Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel level F
L
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. M
EC-1171
[VG33E]
SEF706Z
OK or NG
WHILE REFUELING.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
SEF596U
EC-1172
[VG33E]
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER A
>> GO TO 4. EC

C
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. D
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts. E
NOTE:
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 5.
G
PBIB1032E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

I
6. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES

J
improper connection.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 7.
L
Check signal line and recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace filler neck tube.
EC-1173
[VG33E]
SEF706Z
OK or NG
EC-1174
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
– Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and C
the tank.
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. G
SEF707Z
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1175
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
the tank.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-1176
[VG33E]
13. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II A
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows. EC
Do not drop any material into the tank. C
OK or NG
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve D
with fuel tank.
E
SEF665U
EC-1177
[VG33E]
Description UBS0087Y
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to con-

duct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold
sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by
and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the
crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connect-
ing air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to
draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the
SEC481D
hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
SEC631AA
Component Inspection UBS0087Z
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover; if
the valve is working properly, a hissing noise will be heard as air
passes through it and a strong vacuum should be felt immediately
when a finger is placed over valve inlet.
SEC137A
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE

1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
S-ET277
EC-1178
[VG33E]
A
Fuel Pressure Regulator UBS00880
Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)

EC
Vacuum hose is connected Approximately 235 (2.4, 34)
Vacuum hose is disconnected Approximately 294 (3.0, 43)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing UBS00881 C
A/T No load*4 (in P or N position)

Base idle speed*1 700±50 rpm
M/T No load*4 (in Neutral position) D
Target idle speed*2 750±50 rpm
M/T No load*4 (in Neutral position) E
A/T In P or N position
Air conditioner: ON 850 rpm or more
M/T In Neutral position
A/T In P or N position F
Ignition timing*3 10±5° BTDC
Throttle position sensor idle position 0.15 - 0.85V
G
*3: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected
H
● Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
I
Ignition Coil UBS00882
J
Primary voltage 12V
Primary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 1.0Ω
Secondary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 10 kΩ K
Mass Air Flow Sensor UBS00883
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14)V L

Output voltage at idle 1.0 - 1.7*V
3.3 - 4.8 g·m/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm* M
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor UBS00884

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater UBS00885
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 2.3 - 4.3Ω
Fuel Pump UBS00886
EC-1179
[VG33E]
IACV-AAC Valve UBS00887
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 10.0Ω
Injector UBS00888
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 10.4 - 15.3Ω
Throttle Position Sensor UBS00889
Voltage (at normal operating temperature, engine off, ignition

Throttle valve conditions
switch ON)
Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85V
Calculated Load Value UBS0088A
Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT or GST)

At idle 18.0 - 26.0
At 2,500 rpm 18.0 - 21.0
Intake Air Temperature Sensor UBS0088B

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater UBS0088C
Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) UBS0088D
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] 512 - 632Ω
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor UBS0088E

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
EC-1180
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33ER]
A
Alphabetical Index UBS0088F

DTC*1*2 MIL EC
Item
GST up
Unable to access ECM — — — EC-1242 C

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 2 × AT-119
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 2 × AT-125
D
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 2 × AT-131
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 2 × AT-137
A/T COMM LINE 3 2 — EC-1586 E
P0600*
A/T DIAG COMM LINE P1605 2 × EC-1694
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 2 × AT-149
F
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 2 × AT-105
CKP SENSOR (COG) P1336 2 × EC-1633 G
H
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 2 × EC-1475
CYL1 MISFIRE P0301 2 × EC-1456 I
CYL4 MISFIRE P0304 2 × EC-1456 J
K
ECM P0605 2 × EC-1592
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0118 1 × EC-1343 L
M
ENG SPEED SIG P0725 2 × AT-115
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 2 × EC-1488
EC-1181
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33ER]
DTC*1*2 MIL
Item
GST up

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 2 × EC-1561
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 2 × EC-1374
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 2 × EC-1383
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 2 × EC-1395
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 2 × EC-1594
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 2 × EC-1600
HO2S1 (B2) P0152 2 × EC-1374
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 2 × EC-1383
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 2 × EC-1395
HO2S1 (B2) P1163 2 × EC-1594
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 2 × EC-1600
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 2 × EC-1300
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 2 × EC-1300
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0051 2 × EC-1300
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0052 2 × EC-1300
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 2 × EC-1405
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 2 × EC-1414
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 2 × EC-1607
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 2 × EC-1617
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 2 × EC-1405
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 2 × EC-1414
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 2 × EC-1607
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 2 × EC-1617
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 2 × EC-1314
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 2 × EC-1314
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 2 × EC-1314
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 2 × EC-1314
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 2 × AT-156
EC-1182
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33ER]
DTC*1*2 MIL
Item A
GST up

EC
NO DTC IS DETECTED. C
P0000 — — —
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 2 × AT-178
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 2 × EC-1700 D
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 2 × AT-99
E
SC FUNCTION P0299 2 × EC-1453 F
SCB/V CONT SOL/V P0034 2 × EC-1308
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 2 × AT-161
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 2 × AT-166
G
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 2 × AT-144

THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 2 × EC-1372 H
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1 × AT-171
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0122 1 × EC-1358 I
J
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 2 × EC-1676 K
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC AT P0720 2 × AT-110
L
VENT CONTROL VALVE P1448 2 × EC-1655 M
*1: 1st trip DTC No. 1 is the same as DTC No.
EC-1183
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33ER]
DTC No. Index UBS0088G

DTC*1*2 MIL
Items
GST up
— Unable to access ECM 2 × EC-1242

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 — — —
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-1300
P0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-1300
P0034 SCB/V CONT SOL/V 2 × EC-1308
P0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-1314
P0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-1314
P0051 HO2S1 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-1300
P0052 HO2S1 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-1300
P0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-1314
P0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-1314
P0125 ECT SENSOR 2 × EC-1366
P0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1374
P0133 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1383
P0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1395
P0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1405
P0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1414
P0152 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1374
P0153 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1383
P0154 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1395
P0158 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-1405
P0159 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-1414
EC-1184
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33ER]
DTC*1*2 MIL
Items A
GST up

EC
P0299 SC FUNCTION 2 × EC-1453
P0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE 2 × EC-1456 C
D
P0305 CYL5 MISFIRE 2 × EC-1456 E
P0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-1465 F
G
P0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON 2 × EC-1488 H
I
P0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN 2 × EC-1521 J
K
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 × EC-1561 L
M
P0600*3 A/T COMM LINE 2 — EC-1586

P0605 ECM 2 × EC-1592
P0705 PNP SW/CIRC 2 × AT-99
P0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC 2 × AT-105
P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT 2 × AT-110
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG 2 × AT-115
P0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 2 × AT-119
P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 2 × AT-125
P0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 2 × AT-131
P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 2 × AT-137
EC-1185
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33ER]
DTC*1*2 MIL
Items
GST up
P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC 2 × AT-144

P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN 2 × AT-149
P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC 2 × AT-156
P0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC 2 × AT-161
P0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC 2 × AT-166
P1143 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1594
P1144 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1600
P1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1607
P1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1617
P1163 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1594
P1164 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1600
P1166 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-1607
P1167 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-1617
P1490 VC/V BYPASS/V 2 × EC-1676
P1605 A/T DIAG COMM LINE 2 × EC-1694
P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T 2 × AT-171
P1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC 2 × AT-178
EC-1186
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
A
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along EC
equipped with dual stage front air bag modules, the SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the C
D
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the E
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected F
WARNING: G
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. H
I
harness connectors.
J
and could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the K
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T UBS0088I
L
M
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-4, "HARNESS
CONNECTOR" .
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
EC-1187
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
Precautions UBS0088J
AEC045B
EC-1188
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
● Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
● Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is A
running.
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative EC
switch is turned off.
C
● Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
D
● Do not disassemble ECM.
● If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will return
to the ECM value. E
The ECM will not start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation. F
G
SEF707Y
● When connecting ECM harness connector, tighten securing H

: 3 - 5 N·m (0.3 - 0.5 kg-m, 26 - 43 in-lb)

I
SEF308Q K

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or L
break).
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
M
● Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
● Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- SEF291H
tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded

operation of ICs, etc.
● Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
EC-1189
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
● Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-1263, "ECM Terminals and Reference
Value" .
● Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
● Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
● Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent.
● Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents. MEF040D
● Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crank-
shaft position sensor (OBD).
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
SEF217U

Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals,
such as the ground.
SEF348N
EC-1190
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
● B1 indicates the bank 1, B2 indicates the bank 2 as shown
in the figure. A
EC
SEC893C
D
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS0088K

E
● GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
● PG-8, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING"
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following: F
● GI-9, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
● GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
G
EC-1191
PREPARATION
[VG33ER]
Special Service Tools UBS0088L
Tool number
Tool name
(J-33984-A) and radiator filler neck
Radiator cap tester adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564

NT379

(J-38365) sor 2
NT636
J-44321 Checking fuel pressure

Fuel pressure gauge kit
LEC642

TPS test connector
LEC120A
EC-1192
PREPARATION
[VG33ER]
Commercial Service Tools UBS0088M
A
Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Description
i.e.: (J-41416)
EC
C
NT703
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD) vice port D
NT704
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve open- F
ing pressure
NT653
H
perature sensor
J
NT705

i.e.:(J-43897-18) before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use K
(J-43897-12) with anti-seize lubricant shown in “Commer-
cial Service Tools”.
a: J-43897-18 (18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5
mm) for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor L
b: J-43897-12 (12 mm diameter with pitch
AEM488 1.25 mm) for Titania Oxygen Sensor
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning M
i.e.:(Permatex™ 133AR or equivalent tool when reconditioning exhaust system
AEM489
EC-1193
[VG33ER]
System Diagram UBS0088N
SEC667C
EC-1194
[VG33ER]
Vacuum Hose Drawing UBS0088O
EC
PBIB1342E
Refer to EC-1194, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.
EC-1195
[VG33ER]
System Chart UBS0088P

● Mass air flow sensor Distributor ignition system Power transistor
● solenoid valve
● Ignition switch Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
On board diagnostic system MIL (On the instrument panel)
Supercharged air control SCB valve control solenoid valve
● Air conditioner switch
● Knock sensor
● Intake air temperature sensor EVAP canister purge volume con-
EVAP canister purge flow control
trol solenoid valve
● EVAP control system pressure sensor*1
Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
● Battery voltage
● Power steering oil pressure switch
● Fuel tank temperature sensor*1 ● EVAP canister vent control
● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)* 1 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system valve
● TCM (Transmission control module)*2
● Ambient air temperature switch
*2: The DTC related to A/T will be sent to ECM.
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS0088Q

ECM func-
tion
Throttle position
Fuel injec-
tion & mix-
Fuel injector
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed ture ratio
control
* This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC-1196
[VG33ER]
sensor. A
ing conditions as listed below. EC
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
C
● Hot-engine operation D
● When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
<Fuel decrease> E
● During deceleration
F
PBIB0121E
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a J
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-1374 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric K
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal L
Open Loop Control
M
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
● During warm-up
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
EC-1197
[VG33ER]
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
SEF179U
Two types of systems are used.

when the engine is running.
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Distributor Ignition (DI) System UBS0088R

ECM func-
tion
Throttle position
Throttle valve idle position Ignition
timing con- Power transistor
trol
EC-1198
[VG33ER]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air- A
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and EC
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A °BTDC C
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
● At starting SEF742M
D
● During warm-up
● At idle
E
F
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
G
Air Conditioner Cut Control UBS0088S

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator H
I
Air conditioner
cut control
Ignition switch Start signal J
K
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
L
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
● At high engine speeds. M
● When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Load) UBS0088T

ECM func-
tion
Fuel cut
Throttle position sensor Throttle position Fuel injector
control
EC-1199
[VG33ER]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-1196, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) Sys-
tem" .
EC-1200
[VG33ER]
A
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS0088V
PREPARATION
EC
● Battery
● Ignition system
● Engine oil and coolant levels C
● Fuses
● Vacuum hoses D
● Fuel pressure E
● Throttle valve
F
● Evaporative emission system
2. On air conditioner equipped models, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is OFF.
3. On automatic transmission equipped models, when checking idle rpm, ignition timing and mixture ratio, G
checks should be carried out while shift lever is in N position.
5. Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear defogger. H
7. Make the check after the cooling fan has stopped.
I
EC-1201
[VG33ER]
SEF554YA
NOTE:
EC-1202
[VG33ER]
A
1. INSPECTION START
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut C
D
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
– Air cleaner clogging G
– Electrical connectors H
– Gasket
– Throttle valve and throttle position sensor operation
5. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge. I
L
SEF976U
6. Open engine hood and run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about M
2 minutes under no load.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace components as necessary.
2. GO TO 2.
SEF977U
EC-1203
[VG33ER]
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
SEF978U

connector.
4. Start and rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no load, then run at idle speed.
BBIA0424E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF927Z

1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor after loosening securing bolts.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0425E
EC-1204
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
C
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 700±50 rpm (in Neutral position) D
OK or NG SEF058Y
E
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
F
1. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no load then run engine at idle speed.
2. Adjust idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw. G

A/T: 700±50 rpm (in P or N position) H
>> GO TO 6.
I
J
LEC513

K
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and connect throttle position sensor harness connector.
2. Start and rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no-load then run at idle speed. L
M/T: 750±50 rpm (in Neutral position) M
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
2. Start and rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no-
load then run at idle speed.
3. Check idle speed. SEF058Y

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-1205
[VG33ER]
1. Check IACV-AAC valve and replace if necessary. Refer to EC-1572 .
2. Check IACV-AAC valve harness and repair if necessary. Refer to EC-1572 .

With CONSULT-II
ing 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
PBIB2157E
EC-1206
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
EC
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1(bank 2).
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no load. C
up to normal operating temperature.), check that the monitor D
ing 10 seconds.
2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine. F
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2). PBIB0120E

4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no G
load.
6. Make sure that the voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 - H
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - I
0.3V
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12. PBIB2157E
J
NG >> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

1. Check fuel pressure regulator. Refer to EC-1215 . L
Clean or replace if necessary. M
>> GO TO 2.
EC-1207
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. See “HO2S1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
OK or NG

Without CONSULT-II
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
OK or NG
PBIB2157E
EC-1208
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
EC
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no load. C
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the D
2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine. F
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1). PBIB0120E

4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no G
load.
6. Make sure that the voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 - H
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - I
0.3V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END. PBIB2157E
J
NG >> GO TO 15.

2. Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-1322 . L
4. Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-1343 . M
>> GO TO 2.
EC-1209
[VG33ER]
16. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) HARNESS
nector.
OK or NG
2. GO TO 18.
17. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 2) HARNESS

nector.
OK or NG
2. GO TO 18.
EC-1210
[VG33ER]
18. PREPARATION FOR CO% CHECK A
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
EC
2. Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “DWN”
and “Qd”.
C
SEF172Y
E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. F

temperature sensor harness connector. G
>> GO TO 19.
H
PBIB1436E
J
EC-1211
[VG33ER]
19. CHECK CO%
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
SEF976U
3. Check CO%.
Idle CO: 1.5 - 9.5%
4. Without CONSULT-II
After checking CO%,
– Disconnect the resistor from terminals of engine coolant temper-
ature sensor.
– Connect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector SEF978U
to engine coolant temperature sensor.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 20.

1. Connect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connectors to heated oxygen sensors 1.
>> GO TO 2.
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) Inspection and Adjustment UBS0088W
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
EC-1212
[VG33ER]
2. See “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. A
EC
SEF013Y
D
make sure that the center of mark A is aligned with mark B as
E
G
SEF970R
● If NG, adjust by turning adjusting screw. H

Lock nut
: 0.98 - 1.96 N·m (10 - 20 kg-cm, 8.7 - 17.4 in-lb)
I

5. When engine coolant temperature is 75 to 85°C (167 to 185°F), J
● The cam follower lever's roller is not touching the fast idle K
cam.
and adjustment again. L
SEF971R M
With GST
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 59 (Engine coolant tem-
perature sensor signal) and ground.
SEF774U
EC-1213
[VG33ER]
3. When the voltage is between 3.12 to 3.52V, make sure that the
center of mark A is aligned with mark B as shown in the figure.
Lock nut
: 0.98 - 1.96 N·m (10 - 20 kg-cm, 8.7 - 17.4 in-lb)
SEF970R

cam.
and adjustment again.
SEF971R
Fuel Pressure Check UBS0088X

With CONSULT-II
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
3. Start engine.
pressure.
SEF214Y
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in fuse box.
2. Start engine.
pressure.
SEF164X
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

NOTE:
● Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit J-44321 to check fuel pressure.
EC-1214
[VG33ER]
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical system operating (i.e. lights, A/C etc.). Fuel
pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and changes in manifold A
vacuum.
2. Install the inline fuel quick disconnect fitting between the con- EC
nection of the fuel feed hose (from tank) and the fuel hose (to
engine).
3. Connect the fuel pressure test gauge (quick connect adapter C
hose) to the quick disconnect fitting.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. D
At idling:
WEC875 E
With vacuum hose Approximately 235 kPa
With vacuum hose Approximately 294 kPa F
disconnected (3.0 kg/cm2 , 43 psi)
If results are unsatisfactory, perform Fuel Pressure Regulator Check.
G
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check UBS0088Y

hose from intake manifold. H
2. Plug intake manifold with a blind cap.
I
SEF928U
K
uum is changed.
Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results L
SEF718BA
EC-1215
[VG33ER]
Introduction UBS0088Z
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information SAE Mode
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of SAE J1979
Calibration ID Mode 9 of SAE J1979
data Frame data
CONSULT-II × × × × × —
GST × ×* × — × ×
*: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-1242,
"Fail-safe Chart" .)
Two Trip Detection Logic UBS00890
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
Items
up up
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnosis (refer
— × — — × — — —
to EC-1181 )
Except above — — — × — × × —
EC-1216
[VG33ER]
Emission-related Diagnostic Information UBS00891
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS A

DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items EC
GST (GST only)
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FUR-

THER TESTING MAY BE P0000 — — — — C
REQUIRED.
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 × × ×*4 EC-1300
D
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 × × ×*4 EC-1300
SCB/V CONT SOL/V P0034 — — × EC-1308
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 × × ×*4 EC-1314 E
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 × × ×*4 EC-1314
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0051 × × ×*4 EC-1300

F
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0052 × × ×*4 EC-1300
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 × × ×*4 EC-1314

G
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 × × ×*4 EC-1314
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 — — — EC-1330 H
I
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0118 — — — EC-1343 J
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0121 — — × EC-1349
K
IAT SENSOR P0127 — — × EC-1369 L
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 — — × EC-1372
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 — × ×*4 EC-1374
M
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 × × ×*4 EC-1383
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 — × ×*4 EC-1395
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 — × ×*4 EC-1405
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 × × ×*4 EC-1414
HO2S1 (B2) P0152 — × ×*4 EC-1374
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 × × ×*4 EC-1383
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 — × ×*4 EC-1395
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 — × ×*4 EC-1405
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 × × ×*4 EC-1414

EC-1217
[VG33ER]
DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items
GST (GST only)

FTT SENSOR P0181 — — × EC-1439
SC FUNCTION P0299 — — × EC-1453
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 — — × EC-1456

EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 — × × EC-1536
A/T COMM LINE P0600 — — — EC-1586
ECM P0605 — — × EC-1592
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 — — × AT-99
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 — — × AT-105
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 — — × AT-110
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 — — × AT-115
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 — — × AT-119
EC-1218
[VG33ER]
DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items A
GST (GST only)
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 — — × AT-125

EC
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 — — × AT-131
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 — — × AT-137
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 — — × AT-144 C
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 — — × AT-149
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 — — × AT-156
D
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 — — × AT-161
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 — — × AT-166
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 × × ×*4 EC-1594 E
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 × × ×*4 EC-1600
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 × × ×*4 EC-1607

F
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 × × ×*4 EC-1617
× ×
G
HO2S1 (B2) P1163 ×*4 EC-1594
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 × × ×*4 EC-1600
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 × × ×*4 EC-1607 H

HO2S2 (B2) P1167 × × ×*4 EC-1617
I
EVAP SMALL LEAK P1442 × × ×*4 EC-1638 J

K
L
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 — — × EC-1676
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 — — × EC-1682 M
A/T DIAG COMM LINE P1605 — — × EC-1694
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 — — × AT-171
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 — — × AT-178
*3: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*4: This is not displayed with GST.

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
EC-1219
[VG33ER]
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-1217, "Emission-related Diagnostic Infor-
mation" . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In
addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and
therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehi-
cle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-1237, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Con-
firmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
With CONSULT-II
With GST
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST do not indicate whether the malfunction is
still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify
malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
PBIB0911E

perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed and absolute pressure at the
moment a malfunction is detected.
details, see EC-1274, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
EC-1220
[VG33ER]
Priority Items
A
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
EC
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated C
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st D
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- E
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE F
of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and G
the information in this service manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. H
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's I
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem- J
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items, the K
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
L
SRT Item M
SRT item Perfor-
Corresponding DTC
No.
tion) Priority *
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
EVAPRATIVE SYSTEM 1 EVAP control system P0442, P1442
2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133, P0153
HO2S
EC-1221
[VG33ER]
SRT item Perfor-
Corresponding DTC
No.
tion) Priority *
HO2S HEATER 2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032, P0051,
P0052
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038, P0057,
P0058
SRT Set Timing

done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Self-diagnosis result Example
Ignition Ignition Ignition
Ignition
Diagnosis OFF – ON – OFF – ON – OFF – ON –
OFF – ON – OFF
OFF OFF OFF
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) – (1) OK (2) – (2)
P0402 OK (1) – (1) – (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) – (2) – (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) – (1) – (1) – (1)
P0402 – (0) – (0) OK (1) – (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) – (2) – (2)
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK – –
P0402 – – – –
NG (Consecu-
P1402 NG – NG
tive NG)
(1st trip) DTC 1st trip DTC – 1st trip DTC DTC (=MIL “ON”)
–: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
will indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons;
NOTE:
EC-1222
[VG33ER]
If a vehicle has failed the State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review A
the following flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
EC
SEF573XA
*1 EC-1220 *2 EC-1224 *3 EC-1224
EC-1223
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
SEF935Z
WITH GST
How to Set SRT Code
With CONSULT-II
EC-1221, "SRT Item" .
Without CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
EC-1224
[VG33ER]
Driving Pattern
A
EC
PBIB0123E
EC-1225
[VG33ER]
ing habits, etc.
shortest.
within zone A.
● Sea level
● Flat road
Pattern 1:
Pattern 2:
Pattern 3:
Pattern 4:
(56 MPH) again.
– During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as
possible.
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with CONSULT-II or GST is advised.
SEF414S
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models

Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
EC-1226
[VG33ER]
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas For quick acceleration in low altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: and high altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 A
ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 24 (15) 24 (15)
EC
2nd to 3rd 40 (25) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 64 (40) 64 (40)
C
4th to 5th 72 (45) 72 (45)
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. D
est gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road condi-
tions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause E
km/h (MPH)
Gear
2WD (AUTO mode) F
1st 50 (30)
2nd 95 (60)
G
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is “OK” or “NG” while
H
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen. I
Test value (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test limit Conversion
TID CID
J
P0420 01H 01H Max. 1/128
P0420 02H 81H Min. 1
CATALYST
P0430 03H 02H Max. 1/128 K
P0430 04H 82H Min. 1
EVAP control system (Small leak) P0442 05H 03H Max. 1/128mm2
L
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 06H 83H Min. 20mV
EVAP SYSTEM
P0456 07H 03H Max. 1/128mm2
EVAP control system (Very small leak)
P1456 07H 03H Max. 1/128mm2 M
EC-1227
[VG33ER]
Test value (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test limit Conversion
TID CID
P0133 09H 04H Max. 16ms
P1143 0AH 84H Min. 10mV
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) P1144 0BH 04H Max. 10mV
P0132 0CH 04H Max. 10mV
P0134 0DH 04H Max. 1s
P0153 11H 05H Max. 16ms
P1163 12H 85H Min. 10mV
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2) P1164 13H 05H Max. 10mV
P0152 14H 05H Max. 10mV
HO2S
P0154 15H 05H Max. 1s
P0139 19H 86H Min. 10mV/500ms
P1147 1AH 86H Min. 10mV
P1146 1BH 06H Max. 10mV
P0138 1CH 06H Max. 10mV
P0159 21H 87H Min. 10mV/500ms
P1167 22H 87H Min. 10mV
P1166 23H 07H Max. 10mV
P0158 24H 07H Max. 10mV
P0032 29H 08H Max. 20mV
P0031 2AH 88H Min. 20mV
P0052 2BH 09H Max. 20mV
P0051 2CH 89H Min. 20mV
HO2S HEATER
P0038 2DH 0AH Max. 20mV
P0037 2EH 8AH Min. 20mV
P0058 2FH 0BH Max. 20mV
P0057 30H 8BH Min. 20mV

How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-1181 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK”
twice.
EC-1228
[VG33ER]
● If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased indi-
vidually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module). A
EC
SEF823YD
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF- K
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
With GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting MODE 4 with GST.
L
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-1181 ), skip step 2.
M
2. Perform AT-36 . (The DTC in TCM will be erased.)
3. Select MODE 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data
– System readiness test (SRT) codes
– Test values
– Others
EC-1229
[VG33ER]
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) UBS00892
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-22, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-1738 .
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
SEF217U

Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown,
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. (See EC-
1738 .)
Engine stopped

the 1st trip.

22, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-1738 .
MIL Condition
OFF No malfunction.
OBD System Operation Chart UBS00893
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
● When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to “Two Trip Detection Logic” on
EC-1216 .
● The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
● The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
EC-1230
[VG33ER]
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. A
● The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
EC
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
C
display)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data D
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-1233 .
For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see EC-1235 . E
EC-1231
[VG33ER]
FIRE” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF392S
be stored in ECM.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
EC-1232
[VG33ER]
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern B>
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. EC
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART) C
<Driving Pattern C>

Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: D
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: E
● When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal
to 70°C (158°F). F
Example:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F) G
(158°F) H
● The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of the vehicle conditions
described above.
● The C counter will be counted up when the vehicle conditions described above is satisfied without the I
same malfunction.
● The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC J
is stored in ECM.
EC-1233
[VG33ER]
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF393SD
be stored in ECM.
EC-1234
[VG33ER]
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern A>
EC
G
AEC574
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. H
<Driving Pattern B>
I
J
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
K
EC-1235
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS00894
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-1237 .
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
SEF234G
EC-1236
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart A
EC
SEF510ZF
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS” is other than [0] or [1t], form EC-1292, "TROUBLE DIAGNO- cannot be performed, check main
perform EC-1292, "TROUBLE DIAG- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT power supply and ground circuit.
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-1293, "POWER SUP-
DENT" . PLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be *5 EC-1225, "Driving Pattern" *6 EC-1288, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS -
detected, perform EC-1292, "TROU- SPECIFICATION VALUE"
BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT" .
EC-1237
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Description For Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
STEP I
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-1228 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st
trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-691, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. EC-653 .)
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to
STEP III the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-1242 .) If CONSULT-II is available,
STEP V
perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the EC-687, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS -
SPECIFICATION VALUE" . (If malfunction is detected, proceed to REPAIR/REPLACE.) Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-653, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
TRIG)” mode.
Refer to EC-1263 , EC-1283 .
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-25, "How to Per-
form Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “Circuit Inspection”.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-691, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
STEP VII
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-1228 , AT-35, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)
EC-1238
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Description A
ble-shooting faster and more accurate. EC
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
tomer complaint. C
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples: D
to evaporate into the atmosphere. E
EC-1239
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Worksheet Sample
LEC031A
EC-1240
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart UBS00895
A
chart.
EC
1 ● P0101, P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
● P0112, P0113, P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
● P0117, P0118, P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor C
● P0121, P0122, P0123 Throttle position sensor
● P0181, P0182, P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
● P0327, P0328 Knoch sensor D
● P0335 P1336 CKP sensor (OBD)
● P0460 P0461 P1464 Fuel level sensor E
● P0500 VSS
● P0600 A/T control
● P0605 ECM F
● P1605 A/T diagnosis communication line
● P1706 PNP switch
2 ● P0132-P0134, P1143, P1144/P0152-P0154, P1163, P1164 HO2S1 G
● P0031, P0032/P0051, P0052 HO2S1 heater
● P0138, P0139, P1146, P1147/P0158, P0159, P1166, P1167 HO2S2
● P0037, P0038/P0057, P0058 HO2S2 heater H
● P0217 Engine coolant overtemperature enrichment protection
● P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
● P0447, P1446, P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve I
● P0705-P0755, P1705, P1760 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
J
● P0456, P1456 EVAP control system
K
● P1490 P1491 Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
3 ● P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 Fuel injection system function
● P0306 - P0300 Misfire
L
● P0420, P0430 Three way catalyst function
● P0442/P1442 EVAP control system
M
● P0505 ISC valve
● P0731-P0734 P0744 A/T function
● P1148, P1168 Closed loop control
EC-1241
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Fail-safe Chart UBS00896
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters the fail-sate mode and the MIL illuminates.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0103
P0118 sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
Condition
display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
P0123 cuit speed.
When ECM fail-safe is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation, and
Ignition timing Ignition timing is fixed at the preset value
Fuel pump relay is ON when engine is running
Fuel pump
and OFF when engine stalls
Basic Inspection UBS00897
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
● Headlamp switch is OFF,
● Air conditioner switch is OFF,
● Rear window defogger switch is OFF,
● Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
EC-1242
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident, or the current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: EC
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
– Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts C
D
With GST>>GO TO 2.
With No Tools>> GO TO 15.
F
SEF983U
2. CONNECT CONSULT-II OR GST TO THE VEHICLE

G
With CONSULT-II
Connect CONSULT-II to the data link connector for CONSULT-II and select “ENGINE” from the menu. Refer to
EC-1273 . H
With GST
Connect GST to the data link connector for GST.
Refer to EC-1282 . I
With GST>>GO TO 14. J
EC-1243
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
SEF013Y

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> 1. Check FI cam. Refer to EC-1212, "Fast Idle Cam
(FIC) Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 4.
SEF971R

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
PEF546N

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 5. SEF927Z
EC-1244
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
and touch “START”. EC
M/T: 700±50 (in Neutral position) C
A/T: 700±50 (in P or N position)
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> 1. Adjust engine speed by turning idle speed adjusting
screw. Refer to EC-1201, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/ SEC019C
Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" . E
2. GO TO 6.
6. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-I F
With CONSULT-II
NOTE: G
2. Check FI cam, refer to procedure 3. H
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 7. I
EC-1245
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
7. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-II
● Insert a 0.3 mm (0.012 in) and 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge
BBIA0419E
SEF715Y
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “ON” while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” while inserting 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 8.

With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Do not touch throttle drum when checking “CLSD THL/P SW” signal, doing so may cause an
incorrect adjustment.
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 9.
EC-1246
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
9. ADJUSTMENT CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-II A
3. Insert 0.35 mm (0.0138 in) feeler gauge between throttle adjust EC
4. Open throttle valve and then close.
C
E
BBIA0419E
5. Check “CLSD THL/P SW” signal.

“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” when the F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. G
NG >> GO TO 10.
SEF715Y
I
With CONSULT-II J
K
>> GO TO 11.
M
SEF689W
EC-1247
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
11. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-IV
With CONSULT-II
“ON”, then temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
6. Tighten throttle position sensor. SEF689W
7. Check the “CLSD THL/P SW” signal again.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 8.

With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
2. Start engine.
SEF864V
8. Repeat steps 5 and 6 until “CLSD THL POS” signal changes to

“ON”.
>> GO TO 13.
SEF715Y
EC-1248
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
M/T: 750±50 rpm (in Neutral position) C
OK or NG D
NG >> 1. Adjust idle speed. Refer to EC-1201, "Idle Speed/Igni-
E
2. GO TO 27. SEF174Y
14. CHECK FI CAM FUNCTION F

With GST
G
4. When engine coolant temperature is 75 to 85°C (167 to 185°F), check the following. H
– The center of mark A is aligned with markC .
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 16.
(FIC) Inspection and Adjustment" . J
2. GO TO 16.
SEF971R
EC-1249
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
No Tools
1. Set the voltmeter between ECM terminal 59 (Engine coolant
temperature sensor signal) and ground.
SEF119W

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
(FIC) Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 16.
SEF971R

Without CONSULT-II
connector.
3. Start engine.
BBIA0424E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 17. SEF927Z
EC-1250
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Make sure that throttle position sensor harness connector remain disconnected.
EC
2. Does engine speed fall to the following speed?
A/T: 700±50 rpm (in P or N position) C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. D
NG >> 1. Adjust engine speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw. Refer to EC-1201, "Idle Speed/Igni-
2. GO TO 18.
E
18. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION
NOTE:
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature. G
2. Check FI cam, refer to procedure 14 or 15.
3. Stop engine.
H
>> GO TO 19.
19. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-I I

2. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch termi- J
nals 4 and 5 under the following conditions.
SEC298C M
● Insert the 0.3 mm (0.012 in) and 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge
Continuity should exist while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in)
feeler gauge.
Continuity should not exist while inserting 0.4 mm (0.016 in)
feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> GO TO 20.
BBIA0419E
EC-1251
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Do not touch throttle drum when checking continuity, doing so may cause an incorrect adjust-
ment.
2. Check FI cam. Refer to procedure 14 or 15.
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 21.
21. ADJUSTMENT CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-II

2. Insert 0.35 mm (0.0138 in) feeler gauge between the throttle
adjust screw and throttle drum as shown in the figure.
BBIA0419E

nals 4 and 5.
Continuity should not exist while closing the throttle
position sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> GO TO 22.
SEC298C

Without CONSULT-II
Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until continuity
does not exist.
>> GO TO 23.
SEF689W
EC-1252
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
23. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-IV A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
when the continuity comes to exist, then temporarily
C
tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
opened. D
5. Make sure two or three times that the continuity does not exist E
SEF689W
7. Check the continuity again. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> GO TO 20.
H
Without CONSULT-II I
NOTE:
idle position memory will not be reset correctly. J
2. Start engine.
3. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature. K
6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. L
M
>> GO TO 25.
SEF864V
25. REINSTALLATION
Without CONSULT-II
tor.
2. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load and then run engine at idle
speed.
>> GO TO 26.
EC-1253
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> 1. Adjust idle speed. Refer to EC-1201, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment"
.
2. GO TO 27.
27. ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC

Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
Refer to EC-1228, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-35,
"HOW TO ERASE DTC" .
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1254
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Symptom Matrix Chart UBS00898
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM A

SYMPTOM

EC



C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference D
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
E
F
Warranty symptom code A A A A A AF A AH AJ A AL A H
A B C D E G K M A
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 3 1 EC-1723 G
1 1 2 3 2 2 3
Injector circuit 2 EC-1713
Fuel pressure regulator system EC-1215
H
Evaporative emission system EC-1739
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 4
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
1 EC-1755
tem I
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1201
IACV-AAC valve circuit 1 2 2 1 EC-1572
2 3 3 3 2 2 3
IACV-FICD solenoid valve circuit 2 3 3 EC-1733 J
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1201
K
Main power supply and ground circuit 1 1 EC-1293
2 3 3 3 3 2 3 1
Air conditioner circuit 2 3 2 MTC-23
L
EC-1255
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code A A A A A AF A AH AJ A AL A H
A B C D E G K M A
Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 EC-1475
1 EC-1322,
Mass air flow sensor circuit
EC-1330
1 2 2 2 EC-1374,
EC-1383 ,
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 3 EC-1395 ,
2
EC-1594 ,
EC-1600
EC-1343,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 2 3 3 3 3
EC-1366
2
EC-1349,
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2
EC-1358
Incorrect throttle position sensor adjustment 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1242
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 EC-1567
Knock sensor circuit EC-1465
3 3 3
3 EC-1592,
ECM 2 2 3 3 2 2 1
EC-1242
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit 3 3 3 EC-1700
3 2
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 EC-1729
EC-1256
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SYMPTOM
A

EC


C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

section
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code A A A A A A A A H F

AF AH AJ AL
A B C D E G K M A
Fuel Fuel tank FL-3
5 G
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit H
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Low octane)
—
Air Air duct I
Air cleaner
(Mass air flow sensor — throttle 5 J
5 5 5 5 4 5
body)
5 5 4
Throttle body, Throttle wire EM-13
Air leakage from intake manifold/ K
5 —
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L
1
Starter circuit SC-9
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch MT-46, AT-99
M
Drive plate/Flywheel 6 EM-13
EC-1257
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

section
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code A A A A A A A A H
AF AH AJ AL
A B C D E G K M A
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-30
Cylinder block
Piston 3
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Connecting rod
Bearing
EM-46, EM-
Crankshaft
19
Valve Timing chain
mecha-
Camshaft
nism 6
Intake valve 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
2
Exhaust valve
Hydraulic lash adjuster
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gas-
ket 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EX-3
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil fil- LU-5, LU-7
tion ter/Oil gallery 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 LU-8 , EM-16
Oil level (Low/Filthy) oil MA-30
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
Thermostat 5 5
CO-8, CO-10
Water pump CO-13 , CO-
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 6 14 ,CO-16
Water gallery
Cooling fan 5 5
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
MA-26
coolant
EC-1258
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Engine Control Component Parts Location UBS00899
EC
BBIA0420E
EC-1259
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
BBIA0186E
EC-1260
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
EC
F
PBIB1177E
PBIB1469E J
EC-1261
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Circuit Diagram UBS0089A
BBWA0537E
EC-1262
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout UBS0089B
EC
SEF533P D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value UBS0089C
PREPARATION E
inspection:
F
H
LEC106A
2. Remove ECM harness protector. I
AEC913 L

nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily. M
MEC486B

CAUTION:
EC-1263
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0.7V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF988U
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF989U
1 - 2V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF992U
3 P/L Tachometer
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
SEF993U
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
EC-1264
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) EC
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed C
EVAP canister purge SEF994U D

(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
F
SEF995U

BATTERY VOLTAGE
SCB valve control sole- ● Engine stopped (11 - 14V)
6 G/W
noid valve [Engine is running]
Approximately 0V H
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
I
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
0V
● Ambient air temperature is above 25°C (77°F) J
[Engine is running]
Ambient air tempera- ● Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE K
9 B/Y
● Idle speed
Approximately 5V
● Air conditioner is not operating M
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
0 - 1V
ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V
EC-1265
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
lamp
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: START] 9 - 12V
[Engine is running]
● Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON Approximately 0V
21 G/R Air conditioner switch (Compressor operates)*

Approximately 0V
Park/neutral position ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
22 L/B
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with
23 L Throttle position sensor a hand vacuum pump
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Throttle position switch a hand vacuum pump
28 BR/W
(Closed position) ● Accelerator pedal is fully released
EC-1266
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
2 - 3V
EC
[Engine is running]
C
SEF996U
D
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
35 G/R A/T signal No. 3 Approximately 0 - 1.0V E
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil pres- ● Steering wheel is being turned F
39 GY/R
Approximately 5V
42 B/W Sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V G
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
H
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running] I
● Idle speed
NOTE:
J
idle
SEF997U
48 PU sor (Reference signal) K
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
L
SEF998U M
level.
EC-1267
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1 - 2V
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF690W
Crankshaft position
47 L
sensor (OBD) 3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF999U
49 LG
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF001V
[Engine is running]
1 (bank 1)
SEF002V
[Engine is running]
51 G ● Warm-up condition
1 (bank 2)
SEF002V
EC-1268
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.0 - 1.7V EC
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.3V C
[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor D
ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
E
2 (bank 1) F
under no load
57 Y
2 (bank 2) after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V H
under no load
I
Engine coolant temper-
ature sensor
coolant temperature
J
sensor
temperature
K
Intake air temperature
61 PU/R [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sensor
air temperature.
EVAP control system L
pressure sensor
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed M
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
69 LG/R Data link connector 6 - 10V
● CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
EC-1269
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
8 - 11V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF005V
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
SEF692W
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Idle speed
NOTE:
SEF007V
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
SEF008V

[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor Engine speed is below 2,800 rpm
119 BR/Y ●
1 heater (bank 1)

bypass valve (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
121 BR ● Engine speed is below 2,800 rpm
1 heater (bank 2)
EC-1270
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the fol- EC
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and C
122 R/B
D
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm E
[Engine is running]
F
123 R/Y
2 heater (bank 2) under no load G
H
[Engine is running]
124 B/R ECM ground Engine ground I
● Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) J
CONSULT-II Function UBS0089D
FUNCTION
K
Work support
L
can be read and erased quickly.*
M
Input/Output specification of the basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
Data monitor (SPEC)
data monitor items can be read.
Active test
Function test This mode is used to inform customs when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
● Test values
● Others
EC-1271
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Item WORK DATA
MONI- DTC
TOR WORK
(SPEC) SUP-
DATA*2 TUS
PORT
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × × ×
Throttle position sensor × × × ×

EVAP control system pressure
× × ×
sensor
INPUT
Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) ×

Knock sensor ×
Ignition switch (start signal) × ×
Closed throttle position switch × × ×
× ×
(throttle position sensor signal)
Air conditioner switch × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × ×
Power steering oil pressure switch × ×
Battery voltage × ×
Ambient air temperature switch × ×
Injectors × × ×
× × × ×
Power transistor (Ignition timing)

× × × × ×
trol solenoid valve
OUTPUT

EVAP canister vent control valve × × × ×
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve × × × × ×
SCB valve control solenoid valve × × × ×
X: Applicable
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-1274 .
EC-1272
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector which is located under LH dash panel near the
fuse box cover. EC
LEC104A
D

4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”. E
MBIB0233E
H
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" . I
K
SEF948Y
L
procedure.
M
SEF949Y
EC-1273
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ ● FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION INSTRUCTION IN When adjusting the idle throttle
THE SERVICE MANUAL. position
IGNITION TIMING ADJ ● IGNITION TIMING FEEDBACK CONTROL WILL BE When adjusting target ignition tim-
ADJUST IGNITION TIMING WITH A TIMING LIGHT BY After adjustment, confirm target
TURNING THE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. ignition timing with a timing light
by turning the distributor.
ING IDLING. from fuel line
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clean the coefficient of self-
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- learning control valve
FICIENT.
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
● IGN SW ON
● AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
TEM
● FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
TEM CLOSE”
● WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
II WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE
INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When adjusting idle speed
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
DIAG TROUBLE
● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer to
CODE
EC-1181 .)
[PXXXX]
FUEL SYS-B1 ● “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-1274
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Freeze frame data
Description
item* A
COOLANT TEMP
[°C] or [°F]
S-FUEL TRM-B1 EC
● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[%]
● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
S-FUEL TRM-B2
ule.
[%] C
L-FUEL TRM-B1
● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[%]
● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than
L-FUEL TRM-B2 D
short-term fuel trim.
[%]
ENGINE SPEED
● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm] E
VHCL SPEED [km/
h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] ● The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. F
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE G
[°C] or [°F]
H
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
×: Applicable
I
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS J
ENG SPEED [rpm] X X from the REF signal (120° signal) of the
camshaft position sensor. K
sensor is displayed. value is indicated.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel L
X
rection.
M
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] X ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- value is indicated.
back correction factor per cycle is indi-
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] X cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
● The engine coolant temperature (deter- sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
COOLAN TEMP/S
X X mined by the signal voltage of the engine enters fail-safe mode. The engine cool-
[°C] or [°F]
coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. ant temperature determined by the ECM
is displayed.

EC-1275
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal
X ● After turning ON the ignition switch,
[RICH/LEAN] during air-fuel ratio feedback control:
RICH: means the mixture became “rich”, “RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixture
and control is being affected toward a ratio feedback control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR (B2) leaner mixture. ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
X LEAN: means the mixture became “lean”, clamped, the value just before the
[RICH/LEAN]
and control is being affected toward a rich clamping is displayed continuously.
mixture.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) ● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
X
[RICH/LEAN] RICH: means the amount of oxygen after
three way catalyst is relatively small.
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) value is indicated.
X LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after
[RICH/LEAN] three way catalyst is relatively large.
X X
BATTERY VOLT [V] X X
played.
● The throttle position sensor signal voltage
THRTL POS SEN [V] X X
is displayed.
● The fuel temperature judged from the fuel
FUEL T/TMP SE
X tank temperature sensor signal voltage is
[°C] or [°F]
displayed.
● The intake air temperature determined by
INT/A TEMP SE
X X the signal voltage of the intake air tem-
[°C] or [°F]
perature sensor is indicated.
EVAP SYS PRES [V]
ABSOL PRES/SE ● The signal voltage of the absolute pres-
[V] sure sensor is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor
FUEL LEVEL SE [V] X
is displayed.
X X
[ON/OFF] starter signal. played regardless of the starter signal.
CLSD THL POS
X X puted by ECM according to the throttle
[ON/OFF]
position sensor signal.
CLSD THL/P SW
X condition of the closed throttle position
[ON/OFF]
switch.
AIR COND SIG
X X conditioner switch as determined by the
[ON/OFF]
air conditioner signal.
X X
[ON/OFF] park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering
PW/ST SIGNAL oil pressure switch determined by the
X X
[ON/OFF] power steering oil pressure signal is indi-
cated.
AMB TEMP SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
X
[ON/OFF] ambient air temperature switch signal.
X
[ON/OFF] tion switch.
EC-1276
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT A
SIG-
NALS
NALS
INJ PULSE-B1 EC
X ● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
[msec] ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
width compensated by ECM according to
INJ PULSE-B2 computed value is indicated.
the input signals.
[msec]
C
● Indicates the ignition timing computed by ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING [BTDC] X
ECM according to the input signals. value is indicated.
● “Calculated load value” indicates the D
peak airflow.
● “Absolute throttle position sensor” indi-
cates the throttle opening computed by E
ABSOL TH·P/S [%]
MASS AIRFLOW
● Indicates the mass airflow computed by F
[g·m/s]
the mass airflow sensor.
● Indicates the IACV-AAC valve control G
IACV-AAC/V [%] X value computed by ECM according to the
input signals.
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control value H
computed by the ECM according to the
PURG VOL C/V [%] input signals.
● The opening becomes larger as the value I
increases.
● The air conditioner relay control condition
AIR COND RLY
X (determined by ECM according to the
[ON/OFF] J
input signal) is indicated.
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control con-
FUEL PUMP RLY
X dition determined by ECM according to
[ON/OFF] K
the input signals.
VENT CONT/V [ON/ ECM according to the input signal) is indi- L
OFF] cated.
● ON: Closed
OFF: Open
M
valve bypass valve (determined by ECM
VC/V BYPASS/V according to the input signal) is indicated.
[ON/OFF]
● ON: Open
OFF: Closed
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
EC-1277
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● The control condition of the SCB valve
control solenoid valve (determined by
ECM according to the input signals) is
SCB/V CON S/V indicated.
● ON: SCB valve is closed.
OFF: SCB valve is opened.
Voltage [V] ● Voltage measured by the voltage probe.
be measured.
Frequency [msec] or ● Pulse width, frequency or duty cycle mea- ● Figures with “#”s are temporary ones.
[Hz] or [%] sured by the pulse probe. They are the same figures as an actual
measured.
NOTE:

Monitored Items
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor ● When the engine is running, specifi-
specification is displayed. cation range is indicated.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injec-
B/FUEL SCHDL ● When the engine is running, specifi-
X tion pulse width programmed into ECM, prior
[msec] cation range is indicated.
to any learned on board correction.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] X ● When the engine is running, specifi-
● Indicates the mean value of the air-fuel ratio cation range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] X feedback correction factor per cycle. ● This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item
● Fuel injectors
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.

trouble condition
ING CHECK ITEM.
CONSULT-II.
the engine.
OPENING ● Change the IACV-AAC valve the opening percent. ● IACV-AAC valve
SULT-II.
EC-1278
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
A
● Engine: After warming up, idle ● Harness and connector
the engine. ● Compression
POWER BAL- ● A/C switch “OFF” ● Fuel injector
ANCE
Engine runs rough or dies. EC
● Shift lever “N” ● Power transistor
C
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Engine coolant temperature sen-
D
perature using CONSULT-II. ● Fuel injector
(Engine stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- ● Harness and connector E
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II
● Engine: After warming up, run F
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connector
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. ● Solenoid valve G
SULT-II.
FUEL/T TEMP
● Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-II. H
SEN
(Engine stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connector I
● Ignition switch: ON J
(Engine stopped)
VC/V BYPASS/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve
“OFF” with the CONSULT-II and K

SRT STATUS Mode L
SRT Work Support Mode M
EC-1279
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Test mode Test item Condition Reference page
EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 EC-1496/EC-1638
EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456 EC-1546/EC-1663
EVAPRATIVE SYSTEM PURG VOL CN/V P1444 EC-1640
PURGE FLOW P0441 EC-1488
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-1395
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 EC-1594
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 EC-1600
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-1383
HO2S1 Refer to corresponding
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 EC-1395
trouble diagnosis for DTC.
HO2S1 (B2) P1163 EC-1594
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 EC-1600
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 EC-1383
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-1607
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-1617
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-1414
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 EC-1607
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 EC-1617
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 EC-1414

Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
● The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR”
in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data ...
xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detec-
tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%, SEF705Y
“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched on

the screen during “ Recording Data ... xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MAN-
UAL.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
● DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction
is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a
malfunction is detected.
SEF707X
EC-1280
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG” A
● While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected. EC
● While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components C
and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. “MANU TRIG” D
● If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
E
M
SEF720X
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function UBS0089E
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
ual.
SEF139P
EC-1281
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
FUNCTION
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA) the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-1274, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze
Frame Data" .
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.
tions.
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed, the following parts can be opened or closed.
● EVAP canister vent control valve: Closed
● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve: Open.
In the following conditions, this mode cannot function.
MODE 8 — ● Low ambient temperature
● Low battery voltage
● Engine running
● Ignition switch OFF
● Low fuel temperature
● Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
This mode is to enable the off-board to request vehicle specific vehicle information such
MODE 9 CALIBRATION ID
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and calibration IDs.
LEC104A
EC-1282
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in A
shown.) EC
AEC059B
D
dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the E
tool maker.
G
AEC060B
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0089F

H
Remarks:
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in I
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
J
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value indication with the tachome- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
ter indication. tachometer indication
K
MAS A/F SE-B1
● No load L
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S1 (B2) 1.0V M
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm.
Changes more than 5 times
HO2S1 MNTR (B2)
during 10 seconds.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speed meter indication
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
the engine
(Engine stopped)
EC-1283
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
CLSD THL POS ● Engine: After warming up, idle Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL/P SW the engine Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
Except above OFF
the engine
● Ignition switch: ON Below 19°C (66°F) OFF
AMB TEMP SW ● Compare ambient air tempera-
Above 25°C (77°F) ON
ture with the following:
INJ PULSE-B2 ● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 3.3 msec
● No load
B/FUEL SCHDL
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10±2° BTDC
IGN TIMING
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm More than 25° BTDC
● No load
IACV-AAC/V
● No load
PURG VOL C/V
● No load
A/F ALPHA-B1 Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
● Engine: After warming up 54 - 155%
A/F ALPHA-B2 rpm
EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON 1.8 – 4.8V
ON
Except as shown above OFF
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON
HO2S1 HTR (B2)
EC-1284
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
A
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC
at idle for 1 minute under no load.
● More than 5 seconds after turning ignition switch ON (Engine stopped) OFF
SCB/V CON S/V C
● Engine speed: Idle ON
VC/V BYPASS/V Ignition switch: ON OFF
● Engine: After warming up Idle 18.5 - 26.0% D
CAL/LD VALUE
● No load E
● More than -40.0 kpa (-300
F
Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0%
mmHg, -11.81 inHg) of vacuum is
ABSOL TH·P/S applied to the throttle opener with
a hand vacuum pump. G
(Engine stopped) H
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 14.9 g·m/s I
● No load
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode UBS0089G

J
Below is the data for “THRTL POS SEN”, “ABSOL TH·P/S” and “CLSD THL POS” when depressing the accel- K
erator pedal with the ignition switch ON.
rise after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”. L
SEF306Y
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine suffi-
ciently.
EC-1285
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SEF241Y
EC-1286
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
EC
SEF242YD
EC-1287
[VG33ER]
Description UBS0089H
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI-
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition UBS0089I
● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)

● Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
*1: For A/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drive vehicle for 5
minutes after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.
ahead.
Inspection Procedure UBS0089J
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
SEF601Z
EC-1288
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0089K
EC
LEC089A
EC-1289
[VG33ER]
SEF768Z
EC-1290
[VG33ER]
EC
LEC090A
EC-1291
[VG33ER]
Description UBS0089L
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0089M
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-1228, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .
>> GO TO 2.

Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “CIRCUIT INSPECTION”,
“Ground Inspection”.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT

PerformGI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Refer to GI-22, "How to Check Terminal" , “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Con-
tact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
EC-1292
[VG33ER]
A
Wiring Diagram UBS0089N
EC
BBWA0465E
EC-1293
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
4 OR/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
72 B/P (11 - 14V)

(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0089O
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 2.
EC-1294
[VG33ER]
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
D
SEF674U
E
F
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E49 G
● 10A fuse
H
4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS I

2. Loosen and retighten ground screw. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
BBIA0418E M
5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT-I FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
EC-1295
[VG33ER]
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Stop engine.
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF678U

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
drop to approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
12. PBIB2168E
EC-1296
[VG33ER]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV A
EC
D
AEC927A
2. Check voltage between terminals 2, 5 and ground with CON- E

SULT-II or tester.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. G
SEF625W
H

I
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F27
J
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 67, 72, 117 and ECM relay terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-1297
[VG33ER]
13. CHECK ECM RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
12V (1 - 2) applied: Continuity exists.
No voltage applied: No continuity
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
SEF090M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
BBIA0418E
15. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT-II FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

>> INSPECTION END.

Ground Inspection UBS00HGU
EC-1298
[VG33ER]
● Clean as required to assure good contact. A
EC
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-16, "Ground Distribution" . C
PBIB1870E I
EC-1299
[VG33ER]
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
Description UBS0089P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater Heated oxygen sensor 1
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature control heater
speed.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heaters
Above 2,800 OFF
Below 2,800 after warming up ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0089Q

HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON
HO2S1 HTR (B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0089R
Trouble diagnosis
name
range.
P0051 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
control circuit low
heater.)
range.
sensor 1 heater shorted.)
P0052 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
control circuit high
heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0089S
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1300
[VG33ER]
CONSULT-II. A
dure" . EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
5. Start engine and run it for at 6 seconds at idle speed. F
● When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when using G
H
EC-1301
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS0089T
BANK 1
BBWA1077E
EC-1302
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
119 BR/Y ●
heater (bank 1)
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE D
EC-1303
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
BBWA1078E
EC-1304
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
121 BR ●
heater (bank 2)
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0089U

E
F
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 2.
H
I
BBIA0418E
2. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J

K
M
BBIA0189E
3. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 1 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0783E
EC-1305
[VG33ER]
● 15A fuse
4. CHECK HO2S1 HEATER OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0031 119 3 Bank 1
P0051 121 3 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION EN
EC-1306
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS0089V
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER A

EC
C
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped D
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one. SEF935X
E
Removal and Installation UBS0089W
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 F

EC-1307
DTC P0034 SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[VG33ER]
DTC P0034 SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14110
Description UBS0089X
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Supercharged
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature SCB valve control solenoid valve
air control
This system controls supercharged air according to the engine operating conditions.
This control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the SCB valve control solenoid valve.
When the solenoid valve is ON, the SCB valve shuts. Then intake air is lead to supercharger, and super-
charged air is sent to the cylinder.
When the solenoid valve is OFF, the SCB valve opens. Then intake air is sent to the cylinder directly.
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, current does not flow through the solenoid valve.
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
● High-load, high-speed engine operation
● Excessively low engine coolant temperature
● Engine coolant temperature sensor malfunction
● Throttle position sensor malfunction
SEC313C
SCB Valve Control Solenoid Valve
The SCB valve control solenoid valve responds to signals from the
ECM.
When the ECM sends an OFF signal, the solenoid valve is bypassed
to apply intake manifold vacuum to the SCB valve actuator. This
operation opens the SCB valve. When the ECM sends ON (ground)
signal, the SCB valve opens or closes depend on the throttle valve
position, regarding to the pressure difference between atmosphere
and throttle body.
LEC806
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0089Y
EC-1308
[VG33ER]
A
● More than 5 seconds after turning ignition switch ON (Engine
OFF
SCB/V CON S/V stopped)
● Engine speed: Idle ON
EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detection condition Possible cause
C
● Harness or connectors (The SCB
Improper voltage signal from SCB valve control solenoid valve circuit
SCB valve control solenoid valve cir-
P0034 valve control solenoid valve is sent is open or shouted)
cuit problem
to ECM. D
● SCB valve control solenoid valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008A0
WITH CONSULT-II E
3. Wait at least 10 seconds. F
dure" .
G
SEF058Y
WITH GST I
J
EC-1309
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008A1
BBWA1105E
EC-1310
[VG33ER]
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
SCB valve control solenoid ● Engine stopped (11 - 14V)
6 G/W
valve [Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Idle speed D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008A2
1. CHECK SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E

2. Disconnect SCB valve control solenoid valve harness connec- F
tor.
G
LEC806
I
4. Check voltage between SCB valve control solenoid valve termi-

nal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
SEF657W
M
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between SCB valve control solenoid valve and fuse
EC-1311
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 6 and SCB valve control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between SCB valve control solenoid valve and ECM
5. CHECK SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer toEC-1313, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace SCB valve control solenoid valve.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1312
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS008A3
SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “SCB/V CONT SOL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
EC
PBIB1439E
E
F
Air passage between continu- Air passage between continu-
Conditions
ity between A and B ity between A and C
ON Yes No
G
OFF No Yes
H
PBIB1434E
Without CONSULT-II
I
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Air passage between continu- Air passage between continu- J
Conditions
ity between A and B ity between A and C
12V direct cur-
rent supply
Yes No K
between termi-
nals 1 and 2
No supply No Yes
L
PBIB1435E
EC-1313
[VG33ER]
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
Description UBS008A5
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
heater control
speed.
OPERATION
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008A6

HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008A7
Trouble diagnosis
name
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
P0057 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
control circuit low
(Bank 2) through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
sensor 2 heater (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to shorted.)
P0058 control circuit high ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2) heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008A8
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
EC-1314
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with A
CONSULT-II.
ture. EC
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
dure" . SEF174Y
D
WITH GST
E
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. F
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. G
H
I
EC-1315
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008A9
BANK 1
BBWA1116E
EC-1316
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
conditions are met
D
122 R/B
heater (bank 1) load
E
F
EC-1317
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
BBWA1081E
EC-1318
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
conditions are met
D
123 R/Y
heater (bank 2) load
E
F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008AA
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G

2. Loosen and retighten ground screw. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. I
BBIA0418E K
EC-1319
[VG33ER]
2. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
BBIA0187E
3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0112E

● 15A fuse
4. CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0037,
122 2 Bank 1
P0038
P0057,
123 2 Bank 2
P0058

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1320
[VG33ER]
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END.
Component Inspection UBS008AB
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER E

F
G
1 and 2, 3, 4
No
4 and 1, 2, 3 H
CAUTION:
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur- I
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897- J
L
PBIB1596E
Removal and Installation UBS008AC
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 M

EC-1321
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS008AD
the heat loss.
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEF030T
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008AE

MAS A/F SE-B1
● No load
CAL/LD VALUE
● No load
MASS AIRFLOW
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008AF
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM (The sensor circuit is open or
A) shorted.)
P0101 cuit range/performance ● Harness or connectors
B)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008AG
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.

If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead
of running engine at idle speed.
EC-1322
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
dure" .
C
D
SEF174Y
With GST E
CAUTION: F
With CONSULT-II
G
H
4. Check the voltage of MAS AIR/FL SE with “DATA MONITOR”.
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm. I
increases.
J
SEF243Y
EC-1323
[VG33ER]
onds.
this test.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1326, "Diagnostic Proce- SEF175Y
dure" .
Overall Function Check UBS008AH

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
With GST
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with MODE 1.
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
SEF534P
EC-1324
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008AI
EC
BBWA0470E
EC-1325
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
4 OR/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
ground
● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008AJ
1. INSPECTION START
A or B
A >> GO TO 3.
B >> GO TO 2.

● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1326
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0418E
E
F
AEC641A
I

CONSULT-II or tester. J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF627W
M
EC-1327
[VG33ER]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS008AK

signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
1.0 - 1.7
temperature.)
1.7 - 2.3
ating temperature.)
SEF747U
engine speed.
EC-1328
[VG33ER]
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot wire for damage or dust. A
EC
EC-1329
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS008AM
the heat loss.
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEF030T
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008AN

MAS A/F SE-B1
● No load
CAL/LD VALUE
● No load
MASS AIRFLOW
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008AO
Trouble diagnosis
name
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors

Mass air flow sensor sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
circuit low input This self-diagnosis has one trip detection ● Intake air leaks
logic. ● Mass air flow sensor
P0103
FAIL-SAFE MODE
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008AP
NOTE:
EC-1330
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II A
EC
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds at most.
C
D
SEF058Y
E
With GST
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 F
With CONSULT-II
G
2. If 1st trip DTC is detected,
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
H
dure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 6 seconds. I
dure" .
J
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. K
EC-1331
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008AQ
BBWA0470E
EC-1332
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
4 OR/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
D
switch OFF
● Idle speed
ground
● Idle speed
H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
72 B/P Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] I
(11 - 14V)
J
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008AR
1. INSPECTION START
K
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2. L
P0103 >> GO TO 3.

● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1333
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0418E

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (MAF) harness connector.
AEC641A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF627W

EC-1334
[VG33ER]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 55. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 8.
H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
J
Refer to EC-1292, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . K
>> INSPECTION END.

L
Component Inspection UBS00HGV

M
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
1.0 - 1.7
temperature.)
1.7 - 2.3
ating temperature.)
SEF747U
engine speed.
EC-1335
[VG33ER]
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot wire for damage or dust.
EC-1336
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008AT
to the ECM.
LEC519
E
<Reference data>
Intake air
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38 G
CAUTION: H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008AU
Trouble diagnosis J
name
Intake air tempera-
sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors K
low input
Intake air tempera- Intake air temperature sensor
sent to ECM. L
high input
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008AV
NOTE: M
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
EC-1337
[VG33ER]
WITH GST
EC-1338
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008AW
EC
BBWA1074E
EC-1339
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008AX

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor harness connector.
LEC519
3. Check voltage between intake air temperature sensor terminal 1

and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF203W

EC-1340
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between intake air temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> GO TO 5.

F
G
6. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR H

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. I

K
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1341
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS008AY
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 038
SEF012P
EC-1342
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008B0

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the EC
mistor decreases as temperature increases. C
SEF594K
E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 59 H
CAUTION:
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008B1
J
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause K
Name
Engine coolant tem-
cuit low input L
Engine coolant tem- Engine coolant temperature sensor
sent to ECM.
cuit high input
M
EC-1343
[VG33ER]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008B2
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1344
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008B3
EC
BBWA0508E
EC-1345
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008B4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
AEC643A
3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF206W

● Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor
EC-1346
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> GO TO 5.

F
● Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. G

Refer to EC-1348, "Component Inspection" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. I

J
EC-1347
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS008B5

PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS008B6

EC-1348
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008B7
NOTE:
If DTC P0121 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510. Refer to EC
EC-1579 .
ECM.
J
SEC299C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008B8
Specification data are reference values. K

● Engine: After warming up, idle the L
engine
M
(Engine stopped)
vacuum pump.
(Engine stopped)
EC-1349
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008B9
(The TP sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
A high voltage from the sensor is
A) sent to ECM under light load driving ● TP sensor
condition. ● Fuel injector
Throttle position sensor cir- ● Camshaft position sensor
P0121 cuit range/performance prob-
lem
A low voltage from the sensor is (The TP sensor circuit is open or
B) sent to ECM under heavy load driv- shorted.)
ing condition. ● Intake air leaks
● TP sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008BA
NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, per-
form PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
With CONSULT-II
Selector lever Suitable position except P or N
Brake pedal Depressed
Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH)
dure" . SEF058Y
With GST
CAUTION:
With CONSULT-II
4. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-1350
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
ITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. A
7. Print out the recorded graph and check the following: EC
depression.
– The voltage when accelerator pedal is fully depressed is approx- C
imately 4V.
If NG, go to EC-1353, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEF177Y
If OK, go to following step. D
SEF174Z
J
SULT-II.
onds. K
CMPS·RPM (REF) More than 2,000 rpm

MAS AIR/FL SE More than 3V L
IACV-AAC/V Less than 80%
M
Selector lever Suitable position SEF805Z

this test.
With GST
EC-1351
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008BB
BBWA0473E
EC-1352
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed G
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008BC
1. INSPECTION START H

A or B I
A >> GO TO 4.
B >> GO TO 2.
2. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR J

K
Ignitions timing
L
Base idle speed
M
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1353
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM.
2. Check the following for connection.
– Air duct
– Vacuum hoses
– Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold collector
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0418E

AEC638A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF630W
EC-1354
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between throttle position sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 8.
H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
J
9. ADJUST CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-1242, "Basic Inspection" . K
Ignitions timing
L

Base idle speed
M
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1355
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
2. Start engine.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 44, 48 and ground, ECM
terminal 49 and ground with DC range.
Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse sig-
nal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U SEF998U

Pulse sig-
nal
SEF999U SEF001V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
SEF625V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1356
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS008BD

With CONSULT-II
C
tions.

SEF719Y
F
With GST

EC-1357
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS008BF
NOTE:
If DTC P0122, P0123 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510.
Refer to EC-1579 .
ECM.
SEC299C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008BG

engine
(Engine stopped)
vacuum pump.
(Engine stopped)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008BH
These self-diagnoses have one trip detection logic.
EC-1358
[VG33ER]
A
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors
P0122
circuit low input sent to ECM (The TP sensor circuit is open or
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is shorted.)
P0123
circuit high input sent to ECM ● TP sensor EC
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. C

Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed. D
circuit
When engine is idling Normal E
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008BI

F
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. G
CAUTION:
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. I
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II. J
consecutive seconds.
K
Selector lever Suitable position except P or N position
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1361, "Diagnostic Procedure" . L
SEF065Y
M
WITH GST
EC-1359
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008BJ
BBWA0473E
EC-1360
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed G
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008BK
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS H

2. Loosen and retighten ground screw. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. J
BBIA0418E L
EC-1361
[VG33ER]
AEC638A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
SEF630W
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1362
[VG33ER]
6. ADJUST CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH A
Adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-1242, "Basic Inspection" .
EC
Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON D
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-1242, "Basic Inspection" . F

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
EC-1363
[VG33ER]
2. Start engine.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 44, 48 and ground, ECM
terminal 49 and ground with DC range.
NOTE:
Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V
PBIB1424E
Pulse sig-
nal
SEF997U SEF998U

Pulse sig-
nal
SEF999U SEF001V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 -140°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
SEF625V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1364
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS00HGW

With CONSULT-II
C
tions.

SEF719Y
F
With GST

EC-1365
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS008BM
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. Refer to EC-1343 .
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
−10 (14) 4.4 9.2
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008BN
Insufficient engine cool- practical, even when some time has passed (High resistance in the circuit)
P0125 ant temperature for after starting the engine.
closed loop fuel control ● Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008BO
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1366
[VG33ER]
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F). A
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. EC
be OK.
C
dure" .
SEF174Y
D
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008BP
E

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 2.
H
I
BBIA0418E
2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
L
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-13, "THERMOSTAT" .

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1367
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS008BQ

PBIB2005E
SEF152P
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS008BR

EC-1368
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008BS
to the ECM.
LEC519
E
<Reference data>
Intake air
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38 G
CAUTION: H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008BT
too high
from engine coolant temperature sensor. ● Intake air temperature sensor K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008BU
NOTE: L
CAUTION: M
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F).
a. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-1369
[VG33ER]
b. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Check the engine coolant temperature.
d. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
● Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature
is above 90°C (194°F).
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 con- SEF176Y
secutive seconds.
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008BV

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-1339, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1370
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS008BW

EC
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data> E

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 F
80 (176) 0.27 - 038
2. If NG, replace in take air temperature sensor.

G
H
SEF012P
EC-1371
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008BY
enough.
● Thermostat
The engine coolant temperature does not
● Leakage from sealing portion of thermo-
P0128 Thermostat function reach to specified temperature even though
stat
the engine has run long enough.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008BZ
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
conditions.
PBIB1917E
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1372, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008C0

OK or NG
EC-1372
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS008C1

EC
D
PBIB2005E
<Reference data> E

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 F
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
G
H
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS008C2

I
J
EC-1373
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS008C3

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008C4

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008C5
PBIB1847E
P0132
(Bank 2)
EC-1374
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008C6
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
E
SEF174Y
G
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. I
J
K
EC-1375
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008C7
BANK 1
BBWA1075E
EC-1376
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
50 B
(bank 1)
SEF002V E
EC-1377
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
BBWA1076E
EC-1378
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
51 G
(bank 2)
SEF002V E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008C8 F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0418E

1. Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
>> GO TO 3.
M
EC-1379
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0132 50 2 Bank 1
P0152 51 2 Bank 2
BBIA0189E
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0132 50 2 Bank 1
P0152 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FRONT HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER

OK or NG
EC-1380
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
C
F
PBIB2025E

onds. H
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown right:
SEF647Y J
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1381
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
ground.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
CAUTION: PBIB2157E

one.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008C9

EC-1382
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description UBS008CA

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008CB I

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008CC

measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time M
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
SEF010V
EC-1383
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
● Fuel pressure
P0153 1 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
(Bank 2)
● PCV valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008CD
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
SEF338Z

step 2.
EC-1384
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Procedure" .
EC
SEF658Y
D
Overall Function Check UBS008CE
WITHOUT GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HOS1 (B1) sig- F
nal] or 51 [HOS1 (B2) signal] and ground.
H
1 time : 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times : 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V I
SEF919UA
EC-1385
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008CF
BANK 1
BBWA1075E
EC-1386
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
50 B
(bank 1)
SEF002V E
EC-1387
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
BBWA1076E
EC-1388
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
51 G
(bank 2)
SEF002V E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008CG F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0418E

>> GO TO 3.
M
EC-1389
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1390
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. H
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-1228, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOS-
TIC INFORMATION" . I
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected? J
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-1424 or EC- K
1432 .
No >> GO TO 6.
L
EC-1391
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0133 50 2 Bank 1
P0153 51 2 Bank 2 BBIA0189E

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0133 50 2 Bank 1
P0153 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK PCV VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover;
make sure that a hissing noise will be heard as air passes through it
and a strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
OK or NG
SEC137A
EC-1392
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
C
F
PBIB2025E

G
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below. H
I
SEF647Y
J
M
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1393
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
10. CHECK FRONT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Without CONSULT-II
ground.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
CAUTION: PBIB2157E

one.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008CH

EC-1394
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description UBS008CI

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008CJ I

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008CK

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately M
SEF237U
P0134
(Bank 1) The voltage from the sensor is constantly
1 circuit no activity (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0154 approx. 0.3V.
(Bank 2)
EC-1395
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008CL
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P0134/P0154” of “HO2S1” in “DTC
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
LEC068A

step 2.
Procedure" .
During this test, P1148 and P1168 may be stored in ECM.
LEC034A
Overall Function Check UBS008CM
WITH GST
ground.
EC-1396
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
stant under no load. A
EC
SEF919UA
EC-1397
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008CN
BANK 1
BBWA1075E
EC-1398
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
50 B
(bank 1)
SEF002V E
EC-1399
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
BBWA1076E
EC-1400
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
51 G
(bank 2)
SEF002V E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008CO F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0418E
EC-1401
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
2. CHECK HO2S 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0134 50 2 Bank 1
P0154 51 2 Bank 2
BBIA0189E
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0134 50 2 Bank 1
P0154 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 4.
EC-1402
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
C
F
PBIB2025E

onds. H
SEF647Y J
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1403
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
ground.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
CAUTION: PBIB2157E

one.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008CP

EC-1404
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS008CQ

tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008CR

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
● After keeping engine speed
HO2S2 MNTR Revving engine from idle up to G
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
under no load.
(B2)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008CS

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen I
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during J
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB1848E
L
M
P0138
(Bank 2)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008CT
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-1405
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
ture.
dure" . SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-1406
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008CU
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-1407
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 1)
load
EC-1408
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-1409
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 2)
load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008CV

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1410
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 EC
C
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 56 1 Bank 1 D
P0158 57 1 Bank 2
BBIA0187E
F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 56 1 Bank 1 G
P0158 57 1 Bank 2

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
M
4. CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTORS FOR WATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 connector and harness connector for water.
OK or NG
EC-1411
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
SEF662Y
SEF989RD
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1412
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure. E
sary.
procedure.
CAUTION: H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. J

K
>> INSPECTION END. L
Removal and Installation UBS008CW

M
EC-1413
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
Component Description UBS008CX

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008CY

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
● After keeping engine speed Revving engine from idle up to
HO2S2 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
under no load.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008CZ

sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel-cut.
SEF302U
P0159 2 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. ● Fuel pressure
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008D0
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1414
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. A
CONSULT-II and follow the instruction of CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II. EC
E
PBIB0115E

If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1419, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F
a. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in G
“DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/
S” indication on CONSULT-II. H
go to step 3.
I
J
SEF174Y
Overall Function Check UBS008D1
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. L
WITH GST
M
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 56 [HO2S2(B1)
signal] or 57 [HO2S2(B2) signal] and ground.
at least 10 times.
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
essary.
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D SEF922UA

A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
EC-1415
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008D2
BANK 1
BBWA1079E
EC-1416
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(bank 1) D
load
E
EC-1417
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
BBWA1080E
EC-1418
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(bank 2) D
load
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008D3

F
Refer to EC-1298, "Ground Inspection" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H
BBIA0418E
EC-1419
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
SEF968Y
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-1424 or EC-
1432 .
No >> GO TO 3.

ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0187E
nectors.
EC-1420
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor C
P0139 56 1 Bank 1
P0159 57 1 Bank 2
D
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor F
P0139 56 1 Bank 1
P0159 57 1 Bank 2
G
H
OK or NG
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
EC-1421
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
SEF662Y
SEF989RD
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1422
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure. E
sary.
procedure.
CAUTION: H
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. J

K
>> INSPECTION END L
Removal and Installation UBS008D4

M
EC-1423
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008D5
ratios.
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0171 ● Intake air leaks
(Bank 1) ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Fuel injector
Fuel injection system ● Exhaust gas leaks
too lean ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
P0174 ● Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
(Bank 2) ● Lack of fuel
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008D6
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this
stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1428, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
starts, go to EC-1428, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does SEF968Y
not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
WITH GST
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
EC-1424
[VG33ER]
8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunc-
tion exists. If so, go to EC-1428, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-1428, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. EC
EC-1425
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008D7
BANK 1
BBWA1102E
EC-1426
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1103E
EC-1427
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008D8

SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK FOR PCV HOSE

Check PCV hose for loose connection or disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1428
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
C
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0171 50 2 Bank 1 D
P0174 51 2 Bank 2

F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0171 50 2 Bank 1 G
P0174 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE J

Refer to EC-1214, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . K
At idling:
L
When fuel pressure regulator 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
valve vacuum hose is connected.
When fuel pressure regulator 294 kPa (3.0 kg/cm2 , 43 psi) M
valve vacuum hose is discon-
nected.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-1429
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
With GST
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1718, "INJECTOR" .
EC-1430
[VG33ER]
9. CHECK INJECTOR A
3. Disconnect all injector harness connectors. EC
4. Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-78, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect injector harness connectors on bank 1. C
For DTC P0174, reconnect injector harness connectors on bank 2.
D
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
For DTC P0171, make sure than fuel sprays out from injectors
on bank 1. E
For DTC P0174, make sure than fuel sprays out from injectors
on bank 2.
F
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. G
NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new ones. SEF595Q
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

I
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1431
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008D9
ratios.
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection
Trouble diagnosis
name
Fuel injection system
● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leaks
P0175 too rich
(Bank 2)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008DA
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
The 1st trip DTC P0172, P0175 should be detected at this stage,
if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1436, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
If engine starts, go to EC-1436, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If SEF968Y
engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for foul-
ing, etc.
WITH GST
EC-1432
[VG33ER]
restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed. A
nector.
5. Select MODE 3 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. EC
8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 C
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system D

has a malfunction.
If engine starts, go to EC-1436, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs E
and check for fouling, etc.
EC-1433
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008DB
BANK 1
BBWA1102E
EC-1434
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1103E
EC-1435
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008DC

SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0172 50 2 Bank 1
P0175 51 2 Bank 2

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0172 50 2 Bank 1
P0175 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1436
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE A
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1214, "Fuel Pressure Check" . EC
At idling:
When fuel pressure regulator valve 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi) C
vacuum hose is disconnected. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. E

Check the following. F
G

H
With CONSULT-II
I
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
With GST K
L
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1437
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1713, "INJECTOR
CIRCUIT" .
MEC703B
8. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-78, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
OK or NG

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1438
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008DD
LEC764
E
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 G
CAUTION: H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008DE
nals from engine coolant temperature sensor K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008DF

L
NOTE:
M
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will
be OK.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following
step.
5. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C
(140°F). SEF174Y

EC-1439
[VG33ER]
WITH GST
EC-1440
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008DG
EC
BBWA1117E
EC-1441
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008DH
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

LEC764

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF639W

● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1442
[VG33ER]
heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure. EC

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 C
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. D
PBIB1465E
E
F
>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008DI
G
H
EC-1443
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS008DJ
LEC764
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008DK
Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008DL
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-1444
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008DM
EC
BBWA1117E
EC-1445
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008DN
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

LEC764

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF639W

● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1446
[VG33ER]
heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure. EC

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 C
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. D
PBIB1465E
E
F
>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008DO
G
H
EC-1447
[VG33ER]
PFP:00019
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008DP
This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is
not heavy.
● Thermostat
● Blocked front end
(Vehicle frontal is collided but not repaired)
● Damaged bumper
For more information, refer to EC-1452,
CAUTION:
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-30, "Changing Engine Oil" .
RATIO" .
Overall Function Check UBS008DQ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the engine coolant over temperature enrichment protection
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pres-
up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
ture ratio.
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or the radiator is below
the proper range, skip following steps and go to EC-1450,
ant" .
– Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling
SEF621W

TURE RATIO" .
EC-1448
[VG33ER]
2. Confirm whether customer filled the engine coolant or not. If customer filled the engine coolant, skip fol- A
lowing steps and go to EC-1450, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates. If NG, go to EC-1450, "Diagnos-
tic Procedure" . After repair, go to next step. EC
sure that coolant flows. C
5. Check radiator for blocked air passage D
clogged), after market fog lamps...etc. Check for condenser or radiator fin damage, shroud damage, vehi-
cle front end for clogging of debris or insects...etc.
Check for improper fitting of front end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, vehicle frontal area dam- E
6. Check ECT sensor for proper operation. Refer to step 5 of EC-1450, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If NG, F
Make sure that ignition timing is 10 ± 5° at 700 ± 50 rpm. G
SEF927Z
J
WITH GST
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mix- K
ture ratio.
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the
proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1450, L
replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine Cool- M
ant" .
– Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling SEF621W

TURE RATIO" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the engine coolant or not. If customer filled engine coolant, skip following
steps and go to EC-1450, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-1449
[VG33ER]
5. Check radiator for blocked air passage
clogged), after market fog lamps...etc. Check for condenser or radiator fin damage, shroud damage, vehi-
cle front end for clogging of debris or insects...etc.
Make sure that ignition timing is 10 ± 5° at 700 ± 50 rpm.
SEF927Z
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008DR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
DRIVEN)" .

CAUTION:
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the following for leak:
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump
EC-1450
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK RADIATOR CAP A
pressure.
Radiator cap EC
: 59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14
relief pressure psi)
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 4.
D
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT E

F
ture G
(0.31 in/194°F)
3. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (41°F) below valve opening tem- H
perature.
OK or NG I
SLC343
OK >> GO TO 5.
J
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor termi- K
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF012P
EC-1451
[VG33ER]
6. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
>> INSPECTION END.

Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS008DS

● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-14, "ANTI-
FREEZE COOLANT MIX-
TURE RATIO" .
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level See MA-26, "Changing
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-8, "System
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 Check" .
psi) (Limit)

Check" .
ON*1 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-13, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT" .
ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● Visual Operating See CO-16, "COOLING

(Crankshaft driven) FAN (CRANKSHAFT
DRIVEN)" .

gauge when driving
OFF*3 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-7, "COOLING
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank SYSTEM" .
tor
gauge mum distortion (warping) HEAD" .
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-127, "CYLIN-
tons walls or piston DER BLOCK" .
EC-1452
DTC P0299 SUPERCHARGER FUNCTION
[VG33ER]
DTC P0299 SUPERCHARGER FUNCTION PFP:14110
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008DT
EC
● Supercharger
● Supercharger driving belt
ECM detects that amount of fuel injected is
P0299 Supercharger function smaller than the specified value when super- ● Stuck open of supercharger bypass
C
charger is operating. valve
● Clogging, cracks or improper connection
of vacuum hose
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008DU
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE: E
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with F
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 seconds. G
ENG SPEED Model with A/T: 3,200 - 4,400 rpm (A constant
rotation is maintained.)
Model with M/T: 3,600 - 4,400 rpm (A constant H
rotation is maintained.)
THRTL POS SEN Model with A/T: More than 2.53V SEF058Y I
Model with M/T: More than 2.30V
J
WITH GST
K
EC-1453
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008DV
1. CHECK SUPERCHARGER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-II
1. Stop the engine and turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “SCB/V CONT SOL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
PBIB1439E
Conditions
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
PBIB1434E
With GST
lowing conditions
Conditions
2
No supply No Yes
OK or NG
PBIB1435E
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace the supercharger bypass valve control solenoid valve.
2. CHECK SUPERCHARGER BYPASS VALVE ACTUATOR FOR PROPER OPERATION

1. Stop the engine
2. Start the engine and keep it at idle speed.
3. Stop the engine again.
4. Check the supercharger bypass valve actuator operation when the engine starts and stops.
Does supercharge bypass valve actuator
operate properly
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> Replace supercharger bypass valve actuator.
EC-1454
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK SUPERCHARGER DRIVING BELT A
1. Visually check the supercharger driving belt for damage or worn.
2. Start engine and keep it at idle speed.
3. Check the supercharger driving belt for skipping. EC
Is driving belt skipping, damaged or worn?

C
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the supercharger drive belt.
No >> GO TO 4. D
Refer to EC-1292, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . E
>> INSPECTION END.

F
EC-1455
FIRE
[VG33ER]
FIRE PFP:00000
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008DW
sensor signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.

for a change.
Multiple cylinder misfire
detected ● Improper spark plug
No.1 cylinder misfire ● Insufficient compression
detected ● Incorrect fuel pressure
No. 2 cylinder misfire ● The injector circuit is open or shorted
detected ● Fuel injector
No. 3 cylinder misfire ● Intake air leak
detected ● The ignition secondary signal circuit is
No. 4 cylinder misfire open or shorted
detected ● Lack of fuel
No. 5 cylinder misfire ● Signal plate or flywheel
No. 6 cylinder misfire ● Incorrect PCV hose connection
detected
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008DX
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-1456
FIRE
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode A
with CONSULT-II.
EC
4. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
C
dure" .
NOTE:
the following procedure is advised. D
SEF213Y

time. Refer to the table below. E
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con- F
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
G
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F). H
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
I
Engine speed Time
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes J
K
WITH GST
L
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008DY

M
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1457
FIRE
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
engine speed drop?
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
speed drop?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 7.
LEC809
4. CHECK INJECTOR
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
MEC703B
EC-1458
FIRE
[VG33ER]
3. Disconnect ignition wire from spark plug. EC
C
6. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
NG >> GO TO 6.
F
SEF282G

G
Move each wire while testing to check for intermittent breaks. H
Resistance:
I
1 Approx. 6.5
2 Approx. 10.0
3 Approx. 8.5 J
4 Approx. 12.5
6 Approx. 11.0
K
connection or replace the ignition wire with a new one. L
OK or NG
OK >> Check the following:
● Distributor rotor head for incorrect parts M
● Ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits
Refer to EC-1707, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> Replace.
7. CHECK SPARK PLUGS

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
Spark Plugs" .
SEF156I
EC-1459
FIRE
[VG33ER]
8. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Refer to EM-99, "Measurement of Compression" .
● Check compression pressure.
Standard : 1,196 kPa (12.2 kg/cm2 ,
173 psi)/300 rpm
Minimum : 883 kPa (9.0 kg/cm2 , 128
psi)/300 rpm
Difference between : 98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14
each cylinder psi)/300 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to
EC-1214, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
At idle: Approx. 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
WEC875

EC-1460
FIRE
[VG33ER]
EC
Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON D
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13. F
EC-1461
FIRE
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and “HI SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1
(B1)/(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
PBIB2025E

onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown left:
SEF647Y
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
EC-1462
FIRE
[VG33ER]
13. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK1)(BANK2) A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
D
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

CAUTION: F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. H

I
With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
With GST K
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
L
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. M
15. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-1228, "HOW TO ERASE
>> GO TO 17.
EC-1463
FIRE
[VG33ER]
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1464
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33ER]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
A
Component Description UBS008DZ

C
SEF332I
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008E0
The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.

Trouble diagnosis F
DTC No. DTC detected condition Possible cause
name
Knock sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
low input sent to ECM. G
Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Knock sensor
P0328 ●
high input sent to ECM.
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008E1
NOTE:
I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
K
dure" . L
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1465
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008E2
BBWA0512E
EC-1466
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008E3

D
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
E
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 64 and ground.
NOTE:
F
Resistance: Approximately 500 - 620 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
I
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 64 and knock sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram. J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
Check the following. M
● Harness connector F37, F101
● Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor
EC-1467
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33ER]
NOTE:
Resistance: 500 - 620 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEC439D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
BBIA0418E
6. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Harness for open or short between harness connector F37 and ground.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1468
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008E5

change.
changes.
SEF804Z
E
This sensor is not used to control the engine system. It is used only
for the on board diagnosis.
H
BBIA0182E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008E6

ENG SPEED J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008E7
K
● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft ● Harness or connectors
Crankshaft position position sensor (OBD) is not sent to ECM (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) L
P0335
sensor (OBD) circuit while the engine is running at the specified
engine speed. ● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008E8 M

NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
dure" .
SEF058Y
EC-1469
[VG33ER]
WITH GST
EC-1470
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008E9
EC
BBWA0513E
EC-1471
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
1 - 2V
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
Crankshaft position SEF690W

47 L
sensor (OBD)
3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008EA

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1472
[VG33ER]
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (OBD) and ECM
harness connectors.
2. Check continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CKP sensor EC
(OBD) terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0182E

F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
1. Check harness continuity between sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. J
NG >> GO TO 5.

L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-1473
[VG33ER]
● Harness for open or short between harness connector F38 and ground.

SEF960N

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF504V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1474
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008EC

input signals to the ECM are used to control fuel injection, ignition
timing and other functions.
SEF928V
are converted into ON-OFF signals by the wave-forming circuit and
E
sent to the ECM.
NOTE: F
tributor shaft must be torqued properly.
G
: 3.6±0.3 N·m (37±3 kg-cm, 32±3 in-lb)
H
SEF614B
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008ED

I
Trouble diagnosis
name
J
● Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM ● Harness or connectors
A) for the first few seconds during engine (The CMP sensor circuit is open or
cranking. shorted)
● Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM ● Camshaft position sensor K
P0340 B) often enough while the engine speed is ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-9, "START-
sor circuit
higher than the specified engine speed. ING SYSTEM" .)
● The relation between 1° and 120° signal is ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-9, L
C) not in the normal range during the speci- "STARTING SYSTEM" .)
fied engine speed. ● Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008EE

M
NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCE-
DURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C.
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-II
EC-1475
[VG33ER]
dure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
EC-1476
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008EF
EC
BBWA0482E
EC-1477
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF997U
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF998U
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF999U
49 LG
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF001V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
67 B/P [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM
BATTERY VOLTAGE
72 B/P [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
EC-1478
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008EG

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0418E
E
2. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
G
I
AEC647A
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 5 and ground with J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
SEF708U M
EC-1479
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49, CMP sensor terminal 3
and ECM terminals 44, 48. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

2. Start engine.
NOTE:
Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse sig-
nal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U SEF998U

Pulse sig-
nal
SEF999U SEF001V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1480
[VG33ER]
Removal and Installation UBS008EH
DISTRIBUTOR C
EC-1481
[VG33ER]
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008EI

sensors 1 and 2.
A three way catalyst (Manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
switching frequency will increase.
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (Manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed.
SEF484YF
P0420 ● Three way catalyst (Manifold)
(Bank 1) ● Exhaust tube
● Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not oper- ● Intake air leaks
Catalyst system effi- ate properly.
● Fuel injector
P0430 ciency below threshold ● Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity. ● Fuel injector leaks
(Bank 2)
● Spark plug
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008EJ
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION
● Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
load.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step
10.
SEF344Z
EC-1482
[VG33ER]
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take A
EC
SEF345Z
D
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1485, "Diagnostic Pro- E
cedure" .
G
SEF560X
Overall Function Check UBS008EK

H
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a DTC
CAUTION: I
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operation temperature. J
load. K
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminals 50 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal], 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and ground, and ECM terminals L
56 [HO2S2 (B1) signal], 57 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground.
M
PBIB2157E
EC-1483
[VG33ER]
between ECM terminals 56 and ground, or 57 and ground is
very less than that of ECM terminals 50 and ground, or 51 and
ground.
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
(manifold) does not operate properly. Go to EC-1485, "Diagnos-
tic Procedure" .
PBIB1437E
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 50 or 51 does not switch periodically more than 5 times within 10 seconds at step 5,
perform trouble diagnosis for “DTC P0133, P0153” first. (See EC-1383, "DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1" .)
EC-1484
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008EL
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 2.
C
D
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 4.
K
L
Ignitions timing
A/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) M
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1485
[VG33ER]
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1. Refer to EC-1714, "Wiring Diagram" , for circuit.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 102, 104, 106, 109, 111
and 113 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-1715, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF711U

6. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF282G

Resistance:
1 Approx. 6.5
2 Approx. 10.0
3 Approx. 8.5
4 Approx. 12.5
6 Approx. 11.0
connection or replace the ignition wire with a new one.
OK or NG
OK >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1707, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> Replace.
EC-1486
[VG33ER]
8. CHECK INJECTOR A
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery. EC
OK or NG
D
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

F
Trouble is fixed>>INSPECTION END.
Trouble is not fixed>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).
G
EC-1487
[VG33ER]
System Description UBS008EM
NOTE:
"DTC P0510 CLOSED TP SWITCH" .)
PBIB1438E
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008EN
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
and the circuit
● Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system does not operate prop- nection of rubber tube
EVAP control system erly, EVAP control system has a leak between ● Blocked rubber tube
P0441
incorrect purge flow intake manifold and EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor.
solenoid valve circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008EO
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-1488
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
EC
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
C
D
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,400 rpm E
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 119°C (32 - 246°F)
F
I
PBIB0826E

7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC- J
Overall Function Check UBS008EP
K
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST L
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. M
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Headlamp switch ON
SEF906U
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position Any position other than P, N or R
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
EC-1489
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008EQ

OK or NG
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW

With CONSULT-II
vacuum gauge.
CONSULT-II.
AEC649A
5. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to adjust “PURG

PURG VOL CONT/V VACUUM
100% Should exist
0% Should not exist
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF677Y
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW

Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
vacuum gauge.
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should not exist.
OK or NG AEC649A
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1490
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE A
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-1740, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it. C

D
E
G
SEF367U
3. Check that air flows freely. H

OK or NG
OK (without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7. I
SEF368U
K
EC-1491
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
SEF985Y

100% Yes
0% No
valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
valve.

Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
Yes
No supply No

valve.
OK or NG
valve.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it.
EC-1492
[VG33ER]
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR A
nector.
2. Check connectors for water. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. C
D
AEC651A
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE G
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. H

Air passage continuity between I
A and B
ON No
OFF Yes J

K
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
L
Air passage continuity between A M
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG
EC-1493
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
5. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW”.

Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
tion switch.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
EC-1494
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
nals 4 and 5.
Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle
position switch installed in vehicle.
D
Partially open or completely closed No E

Check the following items. Refer to EC-1242, "Basic Inspection" BBIA0423E
. F
M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) G
Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF I
Target idle speed
J
tion switch.
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE L
Refer to EC-1740, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace it.

>> GO TO 16.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1495
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008ER
NOTE:
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the
PBIB1438E
EC-1496
[VG33ER]
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid C
valve.
control valve.
D
E
EVAP control system EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP tem pressure sensor
P0442 small leak detected control system does not operate prop- ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
(negative pressure) erly. F
● Fuel tank temperature sensor G
missing or damaged
● water separator H
● Fuel level sensor and the circuit I
● ORVR system leaks J
CAUTION:
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008ES
NOTE:
● If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC- M
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full, and vehicle is
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1497
[VG33ER]
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
SEF475Y
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
NOTE:
purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
LEC048A
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle.
6. Start engine.
8. Stop vehicle.
EC-1498
[VG33ER]
– If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1490, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A
EC
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008ET C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. E
G
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION H

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. L

Refer to EC-1742, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1499
[VG33ER]
AEC649A
SEF916U
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
EC-1500
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
C
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
F
G
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
I
SEF200U
EC-1501
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
AEC632A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB1032E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1502
[VG33ER]
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14. C
SEF596U
E
F
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13. G
NG >> GO TO 12.
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

● EVAP canister for damage I
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. J
K
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine. L
CONT/V” opening to 100%. M
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.
SEF677Y
EC-1503
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF677Y
EC-1504
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
AEC652A
E
Condition PURG VOL CONT/V value Air passage continuity between A or B

100% Yes F
0% No
SEF660U
I
Without CONSULT-II
J
AEC652A
M
Condition Air passage continuity between A or B
12V direct supply between terminals 1
Yes
and 2
No supply No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
EC-1505
[VG33ER]
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 1 and 4 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor. AEC052B

CAUTION:

OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 20.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.

improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1745, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
EC-1506
[VG33ER]
23. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 24.
C
EC-1745, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)"

D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.
E
Refer to DI-17, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. G

Refer to EC-1292, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . H
>> INSPECTION END.

I
EC-1507
VALVE
[VG33ER]
VALVE PFP:14920
Description UBS008EU
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
EVAP can-
trol
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008EV

PURG VOL C/V
● No load
EC-1508
VALVE
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008EW
A
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
An excessively low voltage signal is sent EC
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
to ECM through the valve
open ● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
C
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
shorted
solenoid valve D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008EX
NOTE: E
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. F
WITH CONSULT-II
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1512, "Diagnostic Proce- H
dure" .
J
SEF058Y
WITH GST
K
EC-1509
VALVE
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008EY
BBWA1085E
EC-1510
VALVE
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off) D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
G
valve BATTERY VOLTAGE H
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
I
J
SEF995U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE L
M
EC-1511
VALVE
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008EZ
CUIT
harness connector.
AEC652A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF646W

valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1512
VALVE
[VG33ER]
C

D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
E
valve opening.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
G
H
SEF677Y

I
With CONSULT-II
J
100% Yes K
0% No
SEF660U
M
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
valve.
SEF661U
EC-1513
VALVE
[VG33ER]
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1514
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008F1
opened. D
SEF032W
E
H
SEF143S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008F2 I

J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008F3

K
EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The valve circuit is open or shorted.) L
P0447
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008F4

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1515
[VG33ER]
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1516
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008F5
EC
BBWA1118E
EC-1517
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EVAP canister vent con- BATTERY VOLTAGE
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008F6
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-II screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF989Y
EC-1518
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
SEF143S
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
SEF648W

● Harness connectors E43, M65 J
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E49 K
● 10A fuse
L
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND M
SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1519
[VG33ER]

With CONSULT-II
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

BBIA0309E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1520
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008F7

nosis.
C
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008F8 I

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008F9

K

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008FA

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1521
[VG33ER]
dure" .
SEF194Y
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less
than 4.2V.
EC-1522
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008FB
EC
BBWA1119E
EC-1523
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008FC

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
AEC651A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0418E
3. CHECK CONNECTOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1524
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
SEF889U
E
F
SHORT I
J
43.
K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
M
EC-1525
[VG33ER]
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.


CAUTION:
OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 11.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1526
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008FE

nosis.
C
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008FF I

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008FG

K
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
EVAP control system ● EVAP canister vent control valve
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0453 pressure sensor high M
sent to ECM. ● EVAP canister
input
● Water separator
● Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008FH
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1527
[VG33ER]
dure" .
SEF194Y
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less
than 4.2V.
EC-1528
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008FI
EC
BBWA1119E
EC-1529
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008FJ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
AEC651A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0418E
3. CHECK CONNECTOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1530
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
SEF889U
E
F
SHORT I
J
43.
K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
M
EC-1531
[VG33ER]
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

EC-1532
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
Condition Air passage continuity C
VENT CONTROL/V between A and B
ON No
OFF Yes D

E
SEF013Z
G
Condition
between A and B
terminals 1 and 2
No H
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second. I

If portion B is rusted, replace control valve. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. K
11. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR L

3. Turn ignition switch ON. M
CAUTION:
OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 12.
EC-1533
[VG33ER]
Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
PBIB1032E

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 15.
No >> GO TO 17.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.

EC-1534
[VG33ER]
EC-1535
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008FL
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1655, "DTC
P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE" .)
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
PBIB1438E
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold
solenoid valve.
vent control valve.
leaks
EVAP control system has a very large leak
EVAP control system ● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
P0455 such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control sys-
gross leak detected
tem does not operate properly. ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
control system pressure sensor
circuit
solenoid valve and the circuit
EC-1536
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, A
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008FM
CAUTION: C
Never remove fuel filter cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-
D
properly.
E
TESTING CONDITION:
F
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
G
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
CONSULT-II. I
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F) J
SEF475Y
L
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed. M
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
EC-1537
[VG33ER]
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with
is displayed, refer to EC-1538, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0442 is displayed, perform EC-1499, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
LEC048A
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle.
● If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
6. Start engine.
7. Drive vehicle again according to EC-1225, "Driving Pattern" .
8. Stop vehicle.
● If P0442 or P1442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1499, "Diagnostic Procedure" or EC-1639, "Diag-
nostic Procedure" .
● If P0442, P0455 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
● If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008FN

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U
EC-1538
[VG33ER]
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. EC
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. E
Refer to EC-1742, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. G

H
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 6.
J
K
>> GO TO 7.
L
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1539
[VG33ER]
AEC649A
NOTE:
SEF916U

With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
SEF200U
EC-1540
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
NOTE:
E
sure in the system.
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 12.
H
I
SEF200U
J
With CONSULT-II
K
2. Start engine.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%. L
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
SEF985Y
EC-1541
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.

OK or NG

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
SEF985Y

100% Yes
0% No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
valve.
SEF660U
EC-1542
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
Condition
and B
12V direct current supply C
Yes
No supply No
SEF661U
E
AEC652A
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 16.
J
EC-1543
[VG33ER]
as shown in the figure.
Temperature °C Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.78 - 0.90
PBIB1465E
LEC764
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
EC-1544
[VG33ER]
tem pressure sensor as shown in figure. C
D
AEC651A
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground. E

Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 F
CAUTION:
G
H
OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 18.
I
Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and J
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 19.
19. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE L
ness and improper connection. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1545
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008FO
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
PBIB1438E
EC-1546
[VG33ER]
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
D
E
tem pressure sensor
Evaporative emission ● EVAP system has a very small leak.
control system very ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
small leak (negative ● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
pressure check) erly. F
ing or damaged
● Water separator
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve J
CAUTION:
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008FP
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure. M
NOTE:
● If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456 or
P1456.
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-1547
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
start from step 1).
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0837E

NOTE:
properly.
Overall Function Check UBS008FQ
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a
CAUTION:
vice port.
isfied. SEF462UA
EC-1548
[VG33ER]
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped: A
NOTE: EC
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008FR
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN C

2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. E
SEF915U G

H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. I
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1549
[VG33ER]
AEC649A
NOTE:
SEF916U

With CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-1550
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
NOTE:
2 E
sure in the system.
AEC632A
F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
SEF200U
J
NOTE:
Do not disassemble water separator. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB1032E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1551
[VG33ER]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
SEF677Y
EC-1552
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15. E
OK or NG
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
valve opening.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
K
L
SEF985Y
EC-1553
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
AEC652A
Condition
PURG VOL CONT/V
between A and B
value
100 % Yes
0% No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
AEC652A

Condition
between A and B
Yes
between terminals 1and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
valve.
SEF661U
EC-1554
[VG33ER]
4 by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure. EC

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 C
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19. D
PBIB1465E
E
F
H
CAUTION: I

OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 20.

L
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.

(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
EC-1555
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.

● Refer to EC-1292, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1556
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008FS
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008FT
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc- F
tion is detected.
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal ● Harness or connectors G

noise
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008FU
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
K
dure" .
L
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-1557
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008FV
BBWA1120E
EC-1558
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
level.

Diagnostic Procedure UBS008FW

E
ground with CONSULT-II or a tester. G
Voltage: Battery voltege

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
I
PBIB1466E
J
L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1559
[VG33ER]
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and fuel level sensor unit terminal 2, ECM terminal
66 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008FX
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-1560
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008FY
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008FZ
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.

This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has F
been driven.
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does G
P0461
H
Overall Function Check UBS008G0
I
WARNING:
"FUEL TANK" . J
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II K
NOTE:
L
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-1214, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . M
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds then turn ON.
SULT-II.
II.
If NG, check the fuel level sensor, refer to DI-17, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-1561
[VG33ER]
WITH GST
NOTE:
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer toEC-1214, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
sor signal) and ground.
it.
If NG, check component of fuel level sensor, refer to DI-17,

"FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-1562
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008G1
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008G2
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage is sent from the G
high input sensor is sent to ECM. H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008G3
NOTE: I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II K
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. L
dure" .
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-1563
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008G4
BBWA1121E
EC-1564
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
level.

Diagnostic Procedure UBS008G5
E
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
I
PBIB1466E
J
L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1565
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and fuel level sensor unit terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS008G6
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-1566
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008G7

a pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the EC
AEC110
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008G8
F
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM shorted.)
● Vehicle speed sensor G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008G9
CAUTION: H
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. K
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. L
M
onds.
END SPEED 1,700 - 6,000 rpm (A/T) SEF196Y
2,000 - 6,000 rpm (M/T)

PW/ST SIGNAL OFF

Overall Function Check UBS008GA
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
EC-1567
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33ER]
WITH GST
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
EC-1568
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008GB
EC
BBWA0448E
EC-1569
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
2 - 3V
[Engine is running]
SEF996U
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008GC
1. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

3. CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> Check combination meter and vehicle speed sensor. Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
EC-1570
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33ER]
EC-1571
[VG33ER]
Description UBS008GE
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Park/neutral position Idle air
IACV-AAC valve
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation control

Ambient air temperature switch Ambient air temperature
engine load (air conditioner and power steering).
IACV-AAC Valve
The IACV-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM.
The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will flow
through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
SEF040E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008GF

IACV-AAC/V
● No load
EC-1572
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008GG
A
Idle speed control sys- The IACV-AAC valve does not operate
A) (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open) EC
tem circuit properly
● IACV-AAC valve

P0505 B) tem RPM lower than C
properly

C) tem RPM higher than D
properly
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008GH

E
NOTE:
F
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If 1st trip DTC cannot confirmed, perform PRO-
CEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A G
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON. H
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. I
dure" . J
SEF058Y
L
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. M
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-II
EC-1573
[VG33ER]
dure" .
SEF174Y
With GST
EC-1574
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008GI
EC
BBWA1104E
EC-1575
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
8 - 11V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF005V
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
SEF692W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008GJ
1. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Stop engine.
LEC766

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF651W
EC-1576
[VG33ER]
● 10A fuse
C
3. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. H

● Harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and ECM
J
K
1. Remove IACV-AAC valve.
– Check IACV-AAC valve resistance. L
Resistance: Approximately 10Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]

– Check plunger for seizing or sticking. M
– Check for broken spring.
2. Supply battery voltage between IACV-AAC valve connector ter-
minals.
Plunger should move.
OK or NG

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1577
[VG33ER]
Removal and Installation UBS008GK
IACV-AAC VALVE
EC-1578
[VG33ER]
DTC P0510 CLOSED TP SWITCH PFP:22620
A
Component Description UBS008GZ

switch are built into the throttle position sensor unit. The wide open EC
uses this signal to open or close the EVAP canister purge volume C
control solenoid valve when the throttle position sensor is malfunc-
tioning.
D
SEF505V
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008H0

● Engine: After warming up, idle the Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL/P SW
engine Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008H1
Battery voltage from the closed throttle (The closed throttle position switch circuit is
Closed throttle position open or shorted)
switch I
throttle valve opened ● Closed throttle position switch
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008H2 J

CAUTION:
NOTE: K
L
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then start engine. M
3. Select “CLSD THL/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check the signal under the following conditions.

SEF197Y
EC-1579
[VG33ER]
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will
Driving location help maintain the driving conditions required for
this test.
SEF198Y

dure" .
Overall Function Check UBS008H3
WITH GST
tions.
At idle : Battery voltage
At 2,000 rpm : Approximately 0V
SEF872U
EC-1580
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008H4
EC
BBWA0490E
EC-1581
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
28 BR/W
(Closed position)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008H5
1. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

AEC653A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF715U

● Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM
EC-1582
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 28 and throttle position switch terminal 4. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND ENGINE IDLE SPEED E

Items Specifications F
Ignitions timing
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) G
Base idle speed
Target idle speed
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6. I

J
With CONSULT-II
5. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW”. L
M
Partially open or completely closed OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-1583
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
4. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5.
Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 7.
BBIA0423E
7. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH

Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle position
switch.
OK or NG
EC-1584
[VG33ER]
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A
With CONSULT-II
EC
5. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN”.
D
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. F
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR G
Without CONSULT-II
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sensor signal) and ground. I
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.
J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. L

M
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1585
[VG33ER]
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
System Description UBS00CW5
These circuit lines are used to control the smooth shifting up and down of A/T during the hard acceleration/
deceleration.
Voltage signals are exchanged between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00CW6
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

ECM receives incorrect voltage from ● Harness or connectors
A/T control serial com-
P0600* TCM (Transmission Control Module) con- [The circuit between ECM and TCM (Trans-
munication link
tinuously. mission Control Module) is open or shorted.]
*: This DTC can be detected only by “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” with CONSULT-II.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00CW7
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine, and rev engine more than 1,000 rpm once, then let
it idle for more than 40 seconds.
4. If DTC 1st trip is detected, go to EC-1590, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1586
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00CW8
WITHOUT VDC A
EC
BBWA1092E
EC-1587
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EC-1588
[VG33ER]
WITH VDC
A
EC
BBWA1329E
EC-1589
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00CW9
WITHOUT VDC
1. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
LEC106A

terminal 5, ECM terminal 27 and TCM terminal 6, ECM terminal
35 and TCM terminal 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
AEC655A


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 26 and ground, ECM terminal 27 and ground, ECM ter-
minal 35 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1590
[VG33ER]
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness. EC

C
>> INSPECTION END. D

WITH VDC
1. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN E
F
LEC106A
I
terminal 33. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors. L
AEC655A
2. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1591
DTC P0605 ECM
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS008HC

input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the engine.
SEC220B
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008HD
P0605 Engine control module ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ● ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008HE
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1592
DTC P0605 ECM
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008HF
With CONSULT-II
EC
3. Touch “ERASE”. C
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? D
With GST
2. Select MODE 4 with GST. E
See EC-1592, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . F
Yes or No
G
Yes >> Replace ECM.
H
EC-1593
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS008HG
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008HH

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008HI
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
EC-1594
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
The maximum and minimum voltage from the
1 lean shift monitoring
sensor are not reached to the specified volt- ● Fuel pressure EC
P1163 ages. ● Fuel injector
(Bank 2)
C
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008HJ
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. D
NOTE:
E
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. F
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds. G
CONSULT-II. H
I
NOTE:
J
LEC072A
K
take approximately 50 seconds or more.) L
EGN SPEED 1,200 - 2,700 rpm

Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH) M
step 2.
Procedure" .
LEC055A
EC-1595
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Overall Function Check UBS008HK
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1(B1) signal] or 51 [HO2S1(B2) signal] and
ground.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008HL

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

>> GO TO 3.
EC-1596
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
H
I
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 4.
L
1. Stop engine. M
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust sys- SEF935X
tem threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-

43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
EC-1597
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
PBIB2025E

onds.
SEF647Y
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1598
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
ground.
C
D
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
CAUTION: PBIB2157E
F
one.
G
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I

For circuit, refer to EC-1398, "Wiring Diagram" . J
>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008HM
K
L
EC-1599
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS008HN
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008HO

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008HP
SEF299U
Heated oxygen sensor The maximum and minimum voltages from the
P1164 1 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. ● Fuel pressure
EC-1600
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008HQ
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
C
WITH CONSULT-II D
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P1144/ E
CONSULT-II.
4. Touch “START”. F
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 2,800 rpm after this step. If G
H
LEC074A

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con- I
J
Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 14.0 msec K

L
step 2.
Procedure" . M
LEC058A
Overall Function Check UBS008HR
WITH GST
EC-1601
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1(B1)
signal] or 51 [HO2S1(B2) signal] and ground.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008HS

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

>> GO TO 3.
EC-1602
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
H
I
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 4.
L
4. CHECK HO2S 1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1603
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals 3 and 1.
Check continuity between HO2S1 terminals 2 and 1, 3 and 2.
CAUTION:
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system SEF935X
OK or NG
EC-1604
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
C
F
PBIB2025E

onds. H
SEF647Y J
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1605
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

For circuit, refer to EC-1398, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008HT

EC-1606
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS008HU

tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008HV

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008HW

H
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is
sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. J
SEF972Z
L
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
2 minimum voltage
P1166 reached to the specified voltage.
monitoring ● Fuel pressure
(Bank 2)
● Fuel injector
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008HX
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1607
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CONSULT-II.
PBIB0818E

b. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
d. Start engine.
Overall Function Check UBS008HY
CAUTION:
WITH GST
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
essary.
procedure.
EC-1608
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008HZ
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-1609
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 1)
under no load
EC-1610
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-1611
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 2)
under no load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008I0

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1612
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
H
I
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 3.
L
ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0187E
nectors.
EC-1613
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1146 56 1 Bank 1
P1166 57 1 Bank 2

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1146 56 1 Bank 1
P1166 57 1 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 5.
EC-1614
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
SEF662Y
G
SEF989RD
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 L
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1615
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.
procedure.
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008I1

EC-1616
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS008I2

tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008I3

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008I4

H
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel- J
cut.
SEF303UB
L
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1167 maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. ● Fuel pressure
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008I5
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1617
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CONSULT-II.
PBIB0819E

d. Start engine.
Overall Function Check UBS008I6
CAUTION:
WITH GST
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
essary.
The voltage should be above 0.62V at least once during this SEF922UA
procedure.
EC-1618
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008I7
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-1619
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 1)
under no load
EC-1620
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-1621
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 2)
under no load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008I8

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1622
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
H
I
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 3.
L
ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0187E
nectors.
EC-1623
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1147 56 1 Bank 1
P1167 57 1 Bank 2

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1147 56 1 Bank 1
P1167 57 1 Bank 2

OK or NG
EC-1624
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
SEF662Y
G
SEF989RD
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1625
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.
procedure.
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008I9

EC-1626
[VG33ER]
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL PFP:22690
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008IA

EC
The closed loop control function for bank 1
P1148
does not operate even when vehicle is driving ● The heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is
(Bank 1) C
Closed loop control in the specified condition. open or shorted.
function The closed loop control function for bank 2 ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1168
does not operate even when vehicle is driving ● Heated oxygen sensor heater
(Bank 2)
in the specified condition. D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008IB
CAUTION: E
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
G
WITH CONSULT-II H
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check one of the following. I
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If the check result is NG, perform EC-1628, "Diagnostic Proce- J
dure" .
If the check result is OK, perform the following step.
4. Let engine idle at least 5 minutes. K
onds.
SEF967Y
L
ENG SPEED 1,500 rpm or more
Selector lever Suitable position M
During this test, P0134 and/or P0154 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
Overall Function Check UBS008IC
be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC-1627
[VG33ER]
stant under no-load.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008ID
Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1389, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-1628
[VG33ER]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT) PFP:00021
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008IE
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction EC
is indicated.
● Cooling fan does not operate properly ● Radiator hose
(Overheat). D
● Radiator
● Radiator cap
Engine over tempera- erly (Overheat).
P1217 ● Water pump
ture (Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the sys-
● Thermostat
E
tem using the proper filling method.
● Engine coolant is not within the specified ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
range. For more information, refer to EC-1631,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" . F
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated be sure to replace the coolant, follow the procedure in MA-26,
G
"Changing Engine Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-30, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring
coolant by kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-
FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE RATIO" . H
Overall Function Check UBS008IF I
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING: J
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up K
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. L
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1630, M
3. Start engine.
SEF621W
WITH GST
EC-1629
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008IG

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
DRIVEN)" .

CAUTION:
Testing pressure2 : 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm, 23 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the following for leak
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump

pressure.
Radiator cap : 59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14
relief pressure psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT
Valve opening : 76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
temperature
Valve lift : More than 10 mm/90°C (0.39 in/194°F)
perature.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. SLC343
NG >> Replace thermostat
EC-1630
[VG33ER]
<Reference data> EC
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
C
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
D
PBIB2005E
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. F
H
SEF012P
6. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES I

J
>> INSPECTION END.
Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS008IH
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page K

L
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-14 . M
ator filler neck
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan (crank- ● Visual Operating See CO-31 .

shaft driven)
EC-1631
[VG33ER]

gauge when driving
tor
gauge mum distortion (warping)
EC-1632
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008II

change.
changes.
SEF804Z
E
H
BBIA0182E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008IJ

I
● Harness or connectors J
Crankshaft position (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
A chipping of the flywheel or drive plate gear
P1336 sensor (OBD) range/
tooth (cog) is detected by the ECM. ● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
performance
● Drive plate/Flywheel
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008IK
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
WITH CONSULT-II
M
CONSULT-II.
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1633
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008IL
BBWA0513E
EC-1634
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
1 - 2V D
● Idle speed E
NOTE:
idle F
SEF690W
Crankshaft position
47 L
sensor (OBD) 3 - 4V
(AC range) G
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm H
SEF691W
I
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008IM J

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 2.
M
BBIA0418E
EC-1635
[VG33ER]
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
connectors.
2. Check continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CKP sensor
(OBD) terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0182E

1. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-1636
[VG33ER]
● Harness for open or short between harness connector F38 and ground. EC

C
8. CHECK IMPROPER INSTALLATION
1. Loosen and retighten the fixing bolt of the crankshaft position sensor (OBD). D
2. Perform EC-1633, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Is a 1st trip DTC P1336 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 9. E
9. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD) F

G
H
SEF960N
K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
M
SEF504V

Visually check for chipping flywheel or drive plate gear tooth (cog).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace the flywheel or drive plate.

>> INSPECTION END.

EC-1637
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008IO
NOTE:
If DTC P1442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1655 .)
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank.
LEC086A
EC-1638
[VG33ER]
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to EC
close.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold C
solenoid valve.
vent control valve. D
● EVAP canister
leaks E
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
EVAP control system control system pressure sensor F
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control
P1442 small leak detected ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
system does not operate properly.
(positive pressure)
circuit
G
solenoid valve
H
● Water separator
● EVAP canister is saturated with water I
J
purge volume control solenoid valve K
CAUTION:
L
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008IP

Diagnostic Procedure UBS008IQ
EC-1639
[VG33ER]
PFP:14920
Description UBS008IR
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
EVAP can-
trol
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008IS

PURG VOL C/V
● No load
EC-1640
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008IT
A
● EVAP canister purge volume control EC
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge
P1444 volume control solenoid ● EVAP canister vent control valve C
completely closed.
● Hoses
clogged.)
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008IU
NOTE: E
WITH CONSULT-II
H
4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
I
L
PBIB1460E
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take for
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. M
WITH GST
EC-1641
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008IV
BBWA1085E
EC-1642
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
4 OR/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
D
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE E
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
EVAP canister G
SEF994U
purge volume
5 R/Y
control solenoid BATTERY VOLTAGE
valve
(11 - 14V) H
[Engine is running]
I
SEF995U J
72 B/P ECM (11 - 14V)
K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) L
EC-1643
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008IW
CUIT
harness connector.
AEC652A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF646W

valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1644
[VG33ER]
C

D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. E
NG >> Repair it.
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR F

nector.
2. Check connectors for water. G
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 7.
I
AEC651A
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR J
2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor. K
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground. L

Not applied 1.4 - 4.8 M
CAUTION:
OK or NG PBIB1426E
EC-1645
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
SEF985Y

100% Yes
0% No
valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
valve.

Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No

valve.
OK or NG
valve.
EC-1646
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
A and B C
ON No
OFF Yes
D
SEF013Z
E
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B G
No
OFF Yes H
I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 11.
K
Check for obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Clean, repair or replace rubber tube. M
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
PBIB1032E
EC-1647
[VG33ER]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> GO TO 16.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1648
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008IY
opened. D
SEF032W
E
H
SEF143S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008IZ I

J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008J0

K
● EVAP control system pressure sensor L
and the circuit
vent control valve M
● Water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008J1
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1649
[VG33ER]
3. Start engine.
NOTE:
dure" .
SEF201Y
WITH GST
EC-1650
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008J2
EC
BBWA1118E
EC-1651
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EVAP canister vent con- BATTERY VOLTAGE
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008J3

2. Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent
control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF143S

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
PBIB1032E
EC-1652
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE AND O-RING A
With CONSULT-II
EC
A and B C
ON No
OFF Yes
D
SEF013Z
E
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B G
No
OFF Yes H
I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
K
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. L
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5. M
No >> GO TO 7.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1653
[VG33ER]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair it.

nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
AEC651A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1654
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008J4
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagno- EC
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the C
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative D
opened.
SEF032W E
SEF143S I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008J5
Specification data are reference values. J

K
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008J6
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
and the circuit M
EVAP canister vent control EVAP canister vent control valve remains ● Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
valve open open under specified driving conditions.
● Water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008J7
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is less than 3/4 full and vehicle is placed on
flat level surface.
EC-1655
[VG33ER]
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
INT/A TEMP SE More than 0°C (32°F)
SEF475Y
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB1461E
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed, go to the following step.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
7. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn ON.
9. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” of “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
10. Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately.
11. Make sure the following.
Condition Air passage continuity between A and
VENT CONTROL/V B
ON No
OFF Yes

SEF013Z
EC-1656
[VG33ER]
Overall Function Check UBS008J8
A
WITH GST EC
3. Verify the following. C
No D
minals 1 and 2
No supply Yes
If the result is NG, go to EC-1659, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E

BBIA0309E F
EC-1657
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008J9
BBWA1118E
EC-1658
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008JA
D
2. Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent E
control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
SEF143S
H

I
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. J
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts. K
NOTE:
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
M
PBIB1032E
EC-1659
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE AND O-RING
With CONSULT-II
A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.

port B .
port A .
of port A .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1660
[VG33ER]
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 8.
C
SEF596U
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
NG >> GO TO 7.

H
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection I

J
Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it. L
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness con- M
nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
AEC651A

Refer to “DTC Confirmation procedure” for DTC P0452 EC-1521 or DTC P0453 EC-1527 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1661
[VG33ER]
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1662
[VG33ER]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008JB
control solenoid valve, using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank in the same way as conventional EVAP small EC
leak diagnosis.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK. C
PBIB1438E I
● Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve J
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con- L
trol valve.
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks M
Evaporative emission ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control sys-
● EVAP system has a very small leak. tem pressure sensor
control system very
small leak (positive ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
pressure check) erly.
valve
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged
● Water separator
EC-1663
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008JC
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442 or P1442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456
or P1456 first.
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
start from step 1).
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0837E

EC-1664
[VG33ER]
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to A
properly. EC
Overall Function Check UBS008JD
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st C
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system. D
E
vice port.
F
5. Connect GST and select MODE 8. G
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are sat- H
isfied. SEF462UA

60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg) I
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST instruction manual. J
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008JE
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN K

2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. M
SEF915U

● Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1665
[VG33ER]
● Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

AEC649A
NOTE:
SEF916U
EC-1666
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
C
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
F
ING" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace. H
I
SEF200U

J
Without CONSULT-II
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The K
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.) L
EVAP service port adapter. M
NOTE:
sure in the system.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-1667
[VG33ER]
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB1032E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

EC-1668
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm. D
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
SEF677Y
Without CONSULT-II
G
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. J
NG >> GO TO 15.

OK or NG
M
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF985Y
EC-1669
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
AEC652A

PURG VOL CONT/V value A and B
100 % Yes
0% No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
AEC652A

Condition
A and B
12V direct current supply between terminals
Yes
1 and 2
No supply No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
EC-1670
[VG33ER]
as shown in the figure. EC

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 C
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
E
PBIB1465E
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 19.
19. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR G
2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor. H
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground. I

Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 J
CAUTION:
K
L
OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 20.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.
EC-1671
[VG33ER]
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1672
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008JF
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008JG

DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008JH

H
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
J
K
dure" .
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-1673
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008JI
BBWA1122E
EC-1674
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
level.

Diagnostic Procedure UBS008JJ

E
Continuity should exist. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> GO TO 2.

● Harness connectors F36, M81 J
K
>> Replace open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR L

OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 4.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008JK
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-1675
[VG33ER]
Description UBS008JL
the EVAP canister.
SEF186S
PBIB1438E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008JM

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008JN
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008JO
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle
speed.
EC-1676
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
EC
dure" .
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST E
EC-1677
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008JP
BBWA1123E
EC-1678
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008JQ
D
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No E
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
F
With CONSULT-II G
2. Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
valve bypass valve.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
J
SEF014Z
K
EC-1679
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALUE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Without CONSULT-II
SEF186S

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF659W

● 10A fuse
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1680
[VG33ER]
C
With CONSULT-II
E
H
SEF014Z
following conditions. I
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
J
ON Yes
OFF No
Operation takes less than 1 second. K
PBIB1429E
L
Without CONSULT-II
M
lowing conditions.
Yes
No supply No

OK or NG

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1681
[VG33ER]
Description UBS008JR
the EVAP canister.
SEF186S
PBIB1438E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008JS

EC-1682
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008JT
A
P1491 clogged
clogged
● EVAP canister
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008JU
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 30°C (41 to 86°F).
WITH CONSULT-II I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. J
5. Select “VC CUT/V BP/V P1491” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II. K
PBIB1462E
CMPS·RPM (POS) More than 500 rpm

EC-1683
[VG33ER]
Overall Function Check UBS008JV
WITH GST
1. Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve
as an assembly.
port B .
port A .
of port A .
SEF530Q
EC-1684
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008JW
EC
BBWA1123E
EC-1685
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008JX
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
SEF017Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-1686
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
port B.
C
4. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port
A.
5. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out D
of port A.
7. Supply battery voltage to the terminal. E
9. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A. PBIB0635E
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
G
1. Check EVAP purge line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging or disconnection.
H
3. Check EVAP canister. Refer to EC-1742, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG (Step 3)>>Replace EVAP canister. J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. L
EC-1687
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
SEF014Z
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
ON Yes
OFF No
PBIB1429E
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No

OK or NG
EC-1688
[VG33ER]
7. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE A
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from EC
port B .
port A . C
of port A .
5. Open port C and D . D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. H
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR I

nector.
2. Check connectors for water. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. K
L
AEC651A
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION M
Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0452 EC-1521 or DTC P0453 EC-1527 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1689
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
EC-1690
[VG33ER]
SEF706Z I
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14. J
EC-1691
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
the tank.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
EC-1692
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
the tank. D
L
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. M

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1693
[VG33ER]
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
Component Description UBS00CWA
The malfunction information related to A/T (Automatic Transmission) is transferred through the line (circuit)
from TCM (Transmission control module) to ECM. Therefore, be sure to erase the malfunction information
such as DTC not only in TCM (Transmission control module) but also ECM after the A/T related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00CWB
[The communication line circuit between ECM
A/T diagnosis communi- An incorrect signal from TCM (Transmis- and TCM (Transmission Control Module) is
P1605 open or shorted.]
cation line sion Control Module) is sent to ECM.
● Dead (Weak) battery
● TCM (Transmission Control Module)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00CWC
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF985Y
WITH GST
EC-1694
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00CWD
WITHOUT VDC A
EC
BBWA1095E
EC-1695
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TERMINAL WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
EC-1696
[VG33ER]
WITH VDC
A
EC
BBWA1329E
EC-1697
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
68 W/G A/T signal 0 - 5.0V
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00CWE
WITHOUT VDC
1. CHECK A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
LEC106A

terminal 15. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
AEC655A


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1698
[VG33ER]
WITH VDC
1. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN A

LEC106A
E

4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 68 and TCM F
terminal 33.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. H
AEC655A
I
1. Check harness continuity between ECM termnal 68 and ground. J
2. Also check harness for short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
L

M
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1699
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS008K3
When the gear position is P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral

position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON
signal) exists.
For A/T models, the park/neutral position (PNP) switch assembly
also includes a transmission range switch to detect selector lever
position.
AEC877A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008K4

Except above OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS008K5
switch
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS008K6
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
ing conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known good signal
N or P position (A/T)
ON
Except above position OFF

If OK, go to following step. SEF212Y
EC-1700
[VG33ER]
onds. A
EC
Selector lever Suitable position C
dure" . SEF213Y
D
Overall Function Check UBS008K7
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 22 and ground under the F
Condition (Gear position) Voltage (V) (Known good data) G
P or N position (A/T)
Approx. 0
Except above position Approx. 5 H
I
SEF877U
EC-1701
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008K8
BBWA1096E
EC-1702
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
Park/neutral position ● Shift lever: N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
22 L/B
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008K9
FOR M/T MODELS E

1. CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
tor.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and G
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
I
NG >> GO TO 2.
AEC877A

● Harness for open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and ground K
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. L

3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 22 and PNP switch terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) switch
EC-1703
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END.

FOR A/T MODELS
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) relay.
4. Shift selector lever to P or N position.
5. Check voltage between PNP relay terminal 2 and ground with
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF661W
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

tor.
PNP relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0421E
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

2. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1704
[VG33ER]
● 7.5A fuse EC
● Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse
C

D
Refer to AT-103, "PNP SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. E
6. CHECK PNP RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F

2. Check harness continuity between PNP relay terminals 1, 6 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG (With vehicle security system)>>GO TO 7 I
NG (Without vehicle security system)>>Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

Check the circuit between PNP relay and ground.
Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 11.
L
8. CHECK PNP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 22 and PNP relay terminal 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
EC-1705
[VG33ER]
● Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) relay
10. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) RELAY

1. Apply 12V direct current between park/neutral position (PNP) relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) relay ter-
minals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
12V (1 and 2) applied : Continuity should exist.
No voltage applied : Continuity should not
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) relay.
SEC202B

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1706
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008KA

The power transistor switches ON and OFF the ignition coil primary EC
circuit according to the ECM signal. As the primary circuit is turned
ON and OFF, the proper high voltage is induced in the secondary cir-
cuit. The distributor is not repairable except for the distributor cap
and rotor head. C
NOTE:
tributor shaft must be torqued properly. D
: 3.6±0.3 N·m (37±3 kg-cm, 32±3 in-lb)

SEF928V
E
EC-1707
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008KB
BBWA0496E
EC-1708
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0.7V C
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE: D
idle
SEF988U E
1.1 - 1.5V
F
[Engine is running]
G
SEF989U
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008KC
1. INSPECTION START I
Is engine running?
Yes or No J
No >> GO TO 4. K

L
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine M
speed drop.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF070Y
EC-1709
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal 1 and ground
with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
NOTE:
PBIB1431E
SEF988U
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

LEC811

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF721U

EC-1710
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
6. CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Disconnect power transistor harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between power transistor terminal 2 and ground. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
7. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT E

F
4. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 8 and resistor terminal 1, resistor terminal 2 and
ECM terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
5. Also check for short to ground and short to power.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
I
8. CHECK RESISTOR
Check resistance between resistor terminals 1 and 2. J
Resistance: Approximately 2.2 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF240V M
9. CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and power transistor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1711
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
Resistance [at 20°C
Terminal
(68°F)]
7 - 8 (Primary coil) Approx. 1.0Ω
7 - 9 (secondary coil) Approx. 10 kΩ
SEF013S
For checking secondary coil, remove distributor cap and mea-

sure resistance between coil tower metal tip 9 and terminal 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
AEC657A

1. Disconnect camshaft position sensor & power transistor harness connector and ignition coil harness con-
nector.
Except 0Ω OK
2 and 8
0Ω NG
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF015S

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008KD
DISTRIBUTOR
EC-1712
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008KE
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is EC
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM C
SEF812J
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008KF

INJ PULSE-B2 ● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 3.3 msec G
● No load
H
B/FUEL SCHDL
● No load
I
EC-1713
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008KG
BBWA0515E
EC-1714
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
● Idle speed D
NOTE:
104 W/R Injector No. 3 E
SEF007V
109 W/L Injector No. 2
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) F
[Engine is running]
G
SEF008V H
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008KH I

1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START. J
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. K
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-1715
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 3.
MEC703B
3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0080E
EC-1716
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
● 10A fuse
C
>> Repair harness or connectors. D

5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 102, 104, 106, 109, 111, 113.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. H

J
● Harness for open or short between ECM and injector
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector. L
Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF625V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1717
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
Removal and Installation UBS008KI
INJECTOR
EC-1718
START SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008KJ

EC-1719
START SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008KK
BBWA1097E
EC-1720
START SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(11 - 14V)
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008KL
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3. F

G
With CONSULT-II
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON- H
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition “START SIGNAL”
I
Ignition switch ON OFF
Ignition switch START ON
OK or NG J
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E
K

L
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 20 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions. M
Condition Voltage
Other positions Approx. 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF733U
4. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
EC-1721
START SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
5. CHECK FUSE
2. Disconnect 7.5A fuse.
3. Check if 7.5A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and fuse block. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1722
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
A
Description UBS008KM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func- EC
tion
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed Fuel pump
Fuel pump relay
Ignition switch Start signal control C
rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 120° signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the D
engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
fuel pump. E
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 5 seconds
Engine running and cranking Operates
F
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds

Except as shown above Stops G
The fuel pump with a fuel damper is an in-tank type (the pump and
damper are located in the fuel tank). H
SEF018S
K
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008KN

L
● Ignition switch is turned to ON. (Operates for 5 seconds.)
ON
M
EC-1723
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008KO
BBWA1124E
EC-1724
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 1V
ON
11 W/R Fuel pump relay [Engine is running] D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008KP
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION F

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose G
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END. H
NG >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0422E
J
EC-1725
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.
LEC103A

4. Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminals 2, 5 and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF674W

● 15A fuse
4. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump terminal 2 and
ground, fuel pump terminal 1 and fuel pump relay terminal 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
LEC764
EC-1726
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
● Harness for open or short between fuel pump and ground EC
C
6. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. G
Check the following. H
I
J
EC-1727
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
8. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY
With CONSULT-II
3. Turn fuel pump relay ON and OFF in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II and check operating sound.
SEF073Y
Without CONSULT-II
Condition Continuity
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No current supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF511P
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP

2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
SEC316C

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS008KQ
FUEL PUMP
EC-1728
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008KR

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. EC
C
LEC521
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS008KS

engine
The steering wheel is turned. ON G
EC-1729
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008KT
BBWA0500E
EC-1730
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
39 GY/R
Approximately 5V
● Steering wheel is not being turned D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008KU
1. INSPECTION START E

Yes or No F
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION G
With CONSULT-II
H
1. Start engine.
2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
I
Condition PW/ST SIGNAL
Steering is in neutral position OFF
Steering is turned ON J
OK or NG
K
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0304E
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION L
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. M
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 39 and ground.
Steering is neutral position Approx. 5
Steering is turned to full position Approx. 0
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF739U
EC-1731
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connec-
tor.
3. Check harness continuity between power steering oil pressure
switch terminal 2 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
LEC521
nectors.
5. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

2. Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminals 1 and 2.
Steering wheel is being fully turned Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
SEC312C

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1732
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS008KV
When the air conditioner is on, the IACV-FICD solenoid valve sup-
plies additional air to adjust to the increased load. EC
LEC515
EC-1733
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS008KW
BBWA1106E
EC-1734
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
0V
● Air conditioner is operating D
[Engine is running]
9 B/Y
ture switch ● Ambient air temperature is below 19°C (66°F) (11 - 14V) E
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed F
Approximately 5V
G
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE H
I
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008KX

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
M/T: 750±50 rpm (in Neutral position) K
3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON. L
M/T: 850 rpm or more (in Neutral position) M
A/T: 850 rpm or more (in P or N position)
SEF742U
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refer to MTC-23, "SYMPTOM TABLE" .
EC-1735
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
4. Start engine, then turn air conditioner switch and blower fan
switch ON.
LEC515
5. Check voltage between IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminal 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF680W

5. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT-I

2. Disconnect ambient air temperature switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ambient air temperature switch terminal 1 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
EC-1736
[VG33ER]
6. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT-II A
1. Check harness continuity between ambient air temperature
switch terminal 2 and IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminal 1.
EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
PBIB1432E

F
● Diode-3 G
● Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and ambient air temperature switch

I
2. Check for clicking sound when applying 12V direct current to ter-
minals.
J
3. Check plunger for seizing or sticking.
SEF682W
M
4. Check for broken spring.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF097K

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1737
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[VG33ER]
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814
Wiring Diagram UBS008KZ
BBWA1100E
EC-1738
[VG33ER]
A
Description UBS008L0
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
G
SEF569XA
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. H
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the I
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and J
idling.
EC-1739
[VG33ER]
PBIB1463E
EC-1740
[VG33ER]
EC
AEC886A
EC-1741
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS008L1
EVAP CANISTER
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B .
AEC630A
Tightening Torque
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly between EVAP can-
BBIA0343E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
SEF445Y

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 -
2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2 ,
−0.87 to −0.48 psi)
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If
an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come ON SEF943S

Refer to EC-1676 .
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1508 .
Refer to EC-1439 .
EC-1742
[VG33ER]
EVAP SERVICE PORT
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP A
EC
SEF462UA
D
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage UBS008L2
CAUTION: E
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE: F
● Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
G
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter. H
MODE” with CONSULT-II. I
J
PEF838U
L
7. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure M
pump.
PEF917U
EC-1743
[VG33ER]
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
vice port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
SEF462UA

0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
pump.
AEC632A
EC-1744
[VG33ER]
A
System Description UBS008L3
EC
SEF206VA
G
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP can- H
during driving. I
WARNING: J
● Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. K
CAUTION:
L
M
EC-1745
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS008L4
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
SEF596U

>> GO TO 4.

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
PBIB1032E

EC-1746
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
– Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and C
the tank.
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. G
SEF707Z
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1747
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
the tank.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1748
[VG33ER]
SEF706Z I
OK or NG
NG >> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank. J
WHILE REFUELING.
K
L
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
SEF596U
EC-1749
[VG33ER]
>> GO TO 4.

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
PBIB1032E

6. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES

improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

Check signal line and recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace filler neck tube.
EC-1750
[VG33ER]
SEF706Z I
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 10. J
EC-1751
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
the tank.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1752
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
the tank. D
L
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-1753
[VG33ER]
13. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
SEF665U
EC-1754
[VG33ER]
A
Description UBS008L5
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to con-

duct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold. EC
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold
sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by
and a small amount of ventilating air. C
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the
crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connect-
ing air inlet tubes to rocker cover. D
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to
draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the
SEF559A
hose connection in the reverse direction.
E
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions. F
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
H
SEC297C
Component Inspection UBS008L6
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE I

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover; if
the valve is working properly, a hissing noise will be heard as air
passes through it and a strong vacuum should be felt immediately J
when a finger is placed over valve inlet.
L
SEC137A
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE

1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. M
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
S-ET277
EC-1755
[VG33ER]
Fuel Pressure Regulator UBS008L7
Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)

Vacuum hose is connected Approximately 235 (2.4, 34)
Vacuum hose is disconnected Approximately 294 (3.0, 43)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing UBS008L8

Base idle speed*1 700±50 rpm
M/T No load*4 (in Neutral position)
Target idle speed*2 750±50 rpm
M/T No load*4 (in Neutral position)
Air conditioner: ON 850 rpm or more
Ignition timing*3 10±5° BTDC
Throttle position sensor idle position 0.15 - 0.85V
*3: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected
● Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
Ignition Coil UBS008L9
Primary voltage 12V

Primary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 1.0Ω
Secondary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 10 kΩ
Mass Air Flow Sensor UBS008LA
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14)V

Output voltage at idle 1.0 - 1.7*V
3.3 - 4.8 g·m/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor UBS008LB

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater UBS008LC
Fuel Pump UBS008LD
EC-1756
[VG33ER]
IACV-AAC Valve UBS008LE
A
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 10.0Ω
Injector UBS008LF
EC
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 -140°F)] 10.4 - 15.3Ω
Throttle Position Sensor UBS008LG
C
Voltage (at normal operating temperature, engine off, ignition
Throttle valve conditions
switch ON)
Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85V
D
Calculated Load Value UBS008LH

E
Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT or GST)
At idle 18.0 - 26.0
At 2,500 rpm 18.0 - 21.0 F
Intake Air Temperature Sensor UBS008LI
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ G

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
H
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater UBS008LJ

I
Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) UBS008LK
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] 512 - 632Ω

J
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor UBS008LL

K
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
L
EC-1757
[VG33ER]
EC-1758

2004 PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

2004 PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

B ENGINE

×: Applicable —: Not applicable

×: Applicable —: Not applicable

● Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-

● When connecting ECM harness connector, tighten securing

● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

● Before replacing ECM, perform Terminals and Reference

When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

Special Service Tools UBS008LV

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen-

(J-45178) Used to test the throttle position sensor

EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap

Commercial Service Tools UBS008LW

Tool name Description

Leak detector Locating the EVAP leak

Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

System Diagram UBS008LX

Refer to EC-28, "System Diagram" for vacuum control system.

Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS008M0

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Two types of systems are used.

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

NG >> ● Repair or replace components as necessary. G

6. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

3. Stop engine and disconnect throttle position sensor harness F

5. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

5. CHECK BASE IDLE SPEED

6. ADJUST BASE IDLE SPEED

3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. F

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

2. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 50 and ground.

11. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS

13. CHECK CO% J

15. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL

2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

Fuel Pressure Check UBS008M6

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.

EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS A

IAT SENSOR P0127 — — × EC-182

EGRC-BPT VALVE P0402 × × ×*4 EC-291

FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

*1 EC-51 *2 EC-55 *3 EC-56

How to Display SRT Code

Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear EC

HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK

OBD System Operation Chart UBS008MC

It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-

– Air conditioner switch is OFF.

2. CONNECT CONSULT-II TO THE VEHICLE

5. When the engine coolant temp is 75 to 85°C (167 to 185°F),

4. CHECK FI CAM FUNCTION

6. CHECK BASE IDLE SPEED J

9. Check “CLSD THL/P SW” signal. I

9. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION-2

11. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED

5. Check ignition timing at idle using timing light.

16. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION-2 L

1 EC-51 2 EC-55 *3 EC-56